Werehunter
by Mercedes Lackey
Copyright 1999
“Werehunter” copyright © 1989 (Tales of the Witch World); “SKitty” copyright © 1991 (Catfantastic, Andre Norton, ed.); “A Tail of Two SKitties copyright © 1994 (Catfantastic 3, Andre Norton & Martin Greenberg, eds.); “SCat” copyright © 1996 (Catfantastic 4, Andre Norton & Martin Greenberg, eds.); “A Better Mousetrap” copyright © 1999 (Werehunter, Baen Books); “The Last of the Season” copyright © American Fantasy Magazine; “Satanic, Versus …” copyright © 1990 (Marion Zimmer Bradley’s Fantasy Magazine, Fall 1990); “Nightside” copyright © 1990 (Marion Zimmer Bradley’s Fantasy Magazine, Spring 1990); “Wet Wings” copyright © 1995 (Sisters of Fantasy 2, Susan Shwartz & Martin Greenberg, ed.); “Stolen Silver” copyright © 1991 (Horse Fantastic); “Roadkill” copyright © 1990 (Marion Zimmer Bradley’s Fantasy Magazine, Summer 1990); “Operation Desert Fox” copyright © 1993 (Honor of the Regiment: Bolos, Book I, eds. Keith Laumer & Bill Fawcett); “Grey” copyright © 1997 (Sally Blanchard’s Pet Bird Report October 1997); “Grey’s Ghost” copyright © 1999 (Werehunter, Baen Books)
Introduction
Those of you who are more
interested in the stories than in some chatty author stuff should just skip
this part, since it will be mostly about the things people used to ask us about
at science fiction conventions.
For those of you who have
never heard of SF conventions (or “cons” as they are usually called), these are
gatherings of people who are quite fanatical about their interest in one or
more of the various fantasy and science fiction media. There are talks and
panel discussions on such wildly disparate topics as costuming, prop-making,
themes in SF/F literature, Star Wars, Star Trek, Babylon 5, X-Files, SF/F art,
medieval fighting, horse-training, dancing, and the world of fans in general.
There are workshops on writing and performance arts. Guests featured in panels
and question and answer sessions are often featured performers from television
and movies along with various authors and the occasional professional
propmaker. Larry and I no longer attend conventions for a number of reasons,
not the least of which is that we have a great many responsibilities that
require us to be home.
Some of those
responsibilities are that we are volunteers for our local fire department.
Larry is a driver and outside man; I am learning to do dispatch, and hopefully
will be able to take over the night shift, since we are awake long after most
of the rest of the county has gone to sleep. Our local department is strictly
volunteer and works on a very tight budget. Our equipment is old and needs
frequent repair, we get what we can afford, and what we can afford is generally
third or fourth-hand, having passed through a large metropolitan department or
the military to a small municipal department to the Forestry Service and
finally to us. In summer I am a water-carrier at grass-fires, meaning that I
bring drinking-water to the overheated firefighters so they don’t collapse in
the 100 plus degree heat.
Another duty is with the EOC
(formerly called the Civil Defense Office). When we are under severe weather
conditions, the firefighters are called in to wait at the station in case of
emergency, so Larry is there. I go in to the EOC office to read weather-radar
for the storm-watchers in the field. Eventually I hope to get my radio license
so I can also join the ranks of the storm-watchers. We don’t “chase” as such,
although there are so few of the storm-watchers that they may move to active
areas rather than staying put. Doppler radar can only give an indication of
where there is rotation in the clouds; rotation may not produce a tornado. You
have to have people on the ground in the area to know if there is a funnel or a
tornado (technically, it isn’t a tornado until it touches the ground; until
then it is a funnel-cloud). Our area of Oklahoma is not quite as active as the
area of the Panhandle or around Oklahoma City and Norman (which is why the
National Severe Storms Laboratory is located there) but we get plenty of severe,
tornado-producing storms.
In addition, we have our
raptor rehabilitation duties.
Larry and I are raptor
rehabilitators; this means that we are licensed by both the state and the
federal government to collect, care for, and release birds of prey that are
injured or ill. Occasionally we are asked to bring one of our “patients” for a
talk to a group of adults or children, often under the auspices of our local
game wardens.
I’m sure this sounds very
exciting and glamorous, and it certainly impresses the heck out of people when
we bring in a big hawk riding on a gloved hand, but there are times when I
wonder how we managed to get ourselves into this.
We have three main
“seasons”—baby season, stupid fledgling season, and inexpert hunter season.
Now, injuries—and victims of
idiots with guns—can come at any time. We haven’t had too many shooting victims
in our area, thank heavens, in part because the cattle-farmers around our area
know that shooting a raptor only adds field rats and mice to their property. But
another rehabber gave up entirely a few years ago, completely burned out,
because she got the same redtail hawk back three times, shot out of the sky.
Injuries that we see in our area are most often the case of
collision—literally—with man’s environmental changes. Birds hit windows that
seem to them to be sky, Great Blue Herons collide with power-lines, raptors get
electrocuted by those same lines. But most often, we get birds hit by cars.
Owls will chase prey across the road, oblivious to the fact that something is
approaching, and get hit. Raptors are creatures of opportunity and will quite
readily come down to feed on roadkill and get hit. Great Horned Owls, often
called the “tigers of the sky,” are top predators, known to chase even eagles
off nests to claim the nest for themselves—if a Great Horned is eating roadkill
and sees a car approaching, it will stand its ground, certain that it will get
the better of anything daring to try to snatch its dinner! After all, they have
been developing and evolving for millions of years, and swiftly moving vehicles
have only been around for about seventy-five years; they haven’t had nearly
enough time to adapt to the situation as a species. Individuals do learn,
though, often to take advantage of the situation. Kestrels and redtails are
known to hang around fields being harvested to snatch the field-rats running
from the machinery, or suddenly exposed after the harvesters have passed.
Redtails are also known to hang about railway right-of-ways, waiting for trains
to spook out rabbits!
Our current education bird,
a big female redtail we call Cinnamon, is one such victim; struck in the head
by a CB whip-antenna, she has only one working eye and just enough brain damage
to render her partially paralyzed on one side and make her accepting and calm
in our presence. This makes her a great education-bird, as nothing alarms her
and children can safely touch her, giving them a new connection with wild
things that they had never experienced before.
But back to the three
“seasons” of a raptor rehabber, and the different kinds of work they involve.
First is “baby season,”
which actually extends from late February through to July, beginning with Great
Horned Owl babies and ending when the second round of American Kestrels
(sparrowhawks, or “spawks” as falconers affectionately call them) begins to
push their siblings out of nests. The first rule of baby season is—try to get
the baby back into the nest, or something like the nest. Mother birds are
infinitely better at taking care of their youngsters than any human, so when
wind or weather send babies (eyases, is the correct term) tumbling, that is our
first priority. This almost always involves climbing, which means that poor
Larry puts on his climbing gear and dangles from trees. When nest and all have
come down, we supply a substitute, in as close to the same place as possible;
raptor mothers are far more fixated on the kids than the house, and a box
filled with branches will do nicely, thank you.
Sometimes, though, it’s not
possible to put the eyases back. Youngsters are found with no nest in sight, or
the nest is literally unreachable (a Barn Owl roost in the roof of an
institution for the criminally insane, for instance), or worst of all, the
parents are known to be dead.
Young raptors eat a lot.
Kestrels need feeding every hour or so, bigger birds every two to three, and
that’s from dawn to dusk. We’ve taken eyases with us to doctor’s appointments,
on vacation, on shopping expeditions, and even to racing school! And we’re not
talking Gerber’s here; “mom” (us) gets to take the mousie, dissect the mousie,
and feed the mousie parts to baby. By hand. Yummy! Barred Owl eyases are the
easiest of the lot; they’ll take minnows, which are of a size to slip down
their little throats easily, but not the rest. There’s no use thinking you can
get by with a little chicken, either—growing babies need a lot of calcium for
those wonderful hollow bones that they’re growing so fast, so they need the
whole animal.
Fortunately, babies do grow
up, and eventually they’ll feed themselves. Then it’s just a matter of helping
them learn to fly (which involves a little game we call “Hawk Tossing”) and
teaching them to hunt. The instincts are there; they just need to connect
instinct with practice. But this is not for the squeamish or the
tender-hearted; for the youngsters to grow up and have the skills to make them
successful, they have to learn to kill.
The second season can
stretch from late April to August, and we call it “silly fledgling season.”
That’s when the eyases, having learned to fly at last, get lost. Raptor
mothers—with the exception of Barn Owls—continue to feed the youngsters and
teach them to hunt after they’ve fledged, but sometimes wind and weather again
carry the kids off beyond finding their way back to mom. Being inexperienced
flyers and not hunters at all yet, they usually end up helpless on the ground,
which is where we come in.
These guys are actually the
easiest and most rewarding; they know the basics of flying and hunting, and all
we have to do is put some meat back on their bones and give them a bit more
experience. We usually have anywhere from six to two dozen kestrels at this
stage every year, which is when we get a fair amount of exercise, catching
grasshoppers for them to hunt.
Then comes the “inexpert
hunter” season, and I’m not referring to the ones with guns. Some raptors are
the victims of a bad winter, or the fact that they concentrated on those
easy-to-kill grasshoppers while their siblings had graduated to more difficult
prey. Along about December, we start to get the ones that nothing much is wrong
with except starvation. Sometimes starvation has gone too far for them to make
it; frustrating and disappointing for us.
We’ve gotten all sorts of
birds over the years; our wonderful vet, Dr. Paul Welch (on whom may blessings
be heaped!) treats wildlife for free, and knows that we’re always suckers for a
challenge, so he has gotten some of the odder things to us. We’ve had two Great
Blue Herons, for instance. One was an adult that had collided with a powerline.
It had a dreadful fracture, and we weren’t certain if it would be able to fly
again (it did) but since we have a pond, we figured we could support a
land-bound heron. In our ignorance, we had no idea that Great Blues are terrible
challenges to keep alive because they are so shy; we just waded right in,
force-feeding it minnows when it refused to eat, and stuffing the minnows right
back down when it tossed them up. This may not sound so difficult, but remember
that a Great Blue has a two-foot sword on the end of its head, a spring-loaded
neck to put some force behind the stab, and the beak-eye coordination to impale
a minnow in a foot of water. It has no trouble targeting your eye.
We fed it wearing
welding-masks.
We believe very strongly in
force-feeding; our experience has been that if you force-feed a bird for two to
three days, it gives up trying to die of starvation and begins eating on its
own. Once again, mind you, this is not always an easy proposition; we’re
usually dealing with fully adult birds who want nothing whatsoever to do with
us, and have the equipment to enforce their preferences. We very seldom get a
bird that is so injured that it gives us no resistance. Great Horned Owls can
exert pressure of 400 ft/lbs per talon, which can easily penetrate a
Kevlar-lined welding glove, as I know personally and painfully.
That is yet another aspect
of rehabbing that most people don’t think about—injury. Yours, not the bird’s.
We’ve been “footed” (stabbed with talons), bitten, pooped on (okay, so that’s
not an injury, but it’s not pleasant), gouged, and beak-slashed. And we have to
stand there and continue doing whatever it was that earned us those injuries,
because it certainly isn’t the bird’s fault that he doesn’t recognize the fact
that you’re trying to help him.
We also have to know when
we’re out of our depth, or when the injury is so bad that the bird isn’t
releasable, and do the kind and responsible thing. Unless a bird is so
endangered that it can go into a captive breeding project, or is the rare,
calm, quiet case like Cinnamon who will be a perfect education bird, there is
no point in keeping one that can’t fly or hunt again. You learn how to let go
and move on very quickly, and just put your energy into the next one.
On the other hand, we have
personal experience that raptors are a great deal tougher than it might appear.
We’ve successfully released one-eyed hawks, who learn to compensate for their
lack of binocular vision very well. Birds with one “bad” leg learn to strike
only with the good one. One-eyed owls are routine for us now; owls mostly hunt
by sound anyway and don’t actually need both eyes. But the most amazing is that
another rehabber in our area has routinely gotten successful releases with owls
that are minus a wingtip; evidently owls are such strong fliers that they don’t
need their entire wingspan to prosper, and that is quite amazing and
heartening.
We’ve learned other things,
too; one of the oddest is that owls by-and-large don’t show gradual recovery from
head-injuries. They will go on, day after day, with nothing changing—then,
suddenly, one morning you have an owl fighting to get out of the box you’ve put
him in to keep him quiet and contained! We’ve learned that once birds learn to
hunt, they prefer fresh-caught dinner to the frozen stuff we offer; we haven’t
had a single freeloader keep coming back long after he should be independent.
We’ve learned that “our” birds learn quickly not to generalize about humans
feeding them—once they are free-flying (but still supplementing their hunting
with handouts) they don’t bother begging for food from anyone but those who
give them the proper “come’n’get it” signal, and even then they are unlikely to
get close to anyone they don’t actually recognize.
We already knew that eyases
in the “downy” stage, when their juvenile plumage hasn’t come in and they look
like little white puffballs, will imprint very easily, so we quickly turn
potentially dangerous babies (like Great Horned Owls) over to rehabbers who
have “foster moms”—non-releasable birds of the right species who will at least
provide the right role-model for the youngsters. Tempting as the little things
are, so fuzzy and big-eyed, none of us wants an imprinted Great Horned coming
back in four or five years when sexual maturity hits, looking for love in all
the wrong places! Remember those talons?
For us, though, all the work
is worth the moment of release, when we take the bird that couldn’t fly, or the
now-grown-up and self-sufficient baby, and turn him loose. For some, we just
open the cage door and step back; for others, there’s a slow process called
“hacking out,” where the adolescent comes back for food until he’s hunting
completely on his own. In either case, we’ve performed a little surgery on the
fragile ecosystem, and it’s a good feeling to see the patient thriving.
Those who have caught the
raptor-bug seem like family; we associate with both rehabber and falconers. If
you are interested in falconry—and bear in mind, it is an extremely
labor-intensive hobby—contact your local Fish and Wildlife department for a
list of local falconers, and see if you can find one willing to take you as an
apprentice. If you want to get into rehab, contact Fish and Wildlife for other
rehabbers who are generally quite happy to help you get started.
Here are some basic facts
about birds of prey. Faloners call the young in the nest an eyas; rehabbers and
falconers call the very small ones, covered only in fluff, “downies.” In the
downy stage, they are very susceptible to imprinting; if we have to see babies
we would rather they were at least in the second stage, when the body-feathers
start to come in. That is the only time that the feathers are not molted; the
down feathers are actually attached to the juvenile feathers, and have to be
picked off, either by the parent or the youngster. Body-feathers come in first,
and when they are about half-grown, the adults can stop brooding the babies,
for they can retain their body-heat on their own, and more importantly, the
juvenile feathers have a limited ability to shed water, which the down will not
do. If a rainstorm starts, for instance, the downies will be wet through
quickly before a parent can return to the nest to cover them, they’ll be
hypothermic in seconds and might die; babies in juvenile plumage are safe until
a parent gets back to cover them.
When eyases never fight in
the nest over food this means both that their environmeent provides a wealth of
prey and that their parents are excellent hunters. If they are hungry, the
youngest of the eyases often dies or is pushed out of the nest to die.
Redtails can have up to four
offspring; two is usual. Although it is rare, they have been known to
double-clutch if a summer is exceptionally long and warm. They may also
double-clutch if the first batch is infertile.
Redtails in captivity can
live up to twenty-five years; half that is usual in the wild. They can breed at
four years old, though they have been known to breed as young as two. In their
first year they do not have red tails and their body-plumage is more mottled
than in older birds; this is called “juvenile plumage” and is a signal to older
birds that these youngsters are no threat to them. Kestrels do not have
juvenile plumage, nor do most owls, and eagles hold their juvenile plumage for
four years. Kestrels live about five years in the wild, up to fifteen in
captivity, eagles live fifty years in captivity and up to twenty-five in the
wild.
Should you find an injured
bird of prey, you need three things for a rescue: a heavy blanket or jacket,
cohesive bandage (the kind of athletic wrap that sticks to itself), and a
heavy, dark-colored sock. Throw the blanket over the victim, locate and free
the head and pull the sock over it. Locate the feet, and wrap the feet together
with the bandage; keep hold of the feet, remove the blanket, get the wings
folded in the “resting” position and wrap the body in cohesive bandage to hold
the wings in place. Make a ring of a towel in the bottom of a cardboard box
just big enough to hold the bird, and put the bird in the box as if it was
sitting in a nest. Take the sock off and quickly close up the box and get the
victim to a rehabber, a local game warden or Fish and Wildlife official, or a
vet that treats injured wildlife. Diurnal raptors are very dependent on their
sight; take it away and they “shut down”—which is the reason behind the
traditional falcon-hood. By putting the sock over the head, you take away the
chief source of stress, the sight of enormous two-legged predators bearing down
on it.
Andre Norton, who (as by now
you must be aware) I have admired for ages, was doing a “Friends of the Witch
World” anthology, and asked me if I would mind doing a story for her.
Would I mind? I flashed back
to when I was thirteen or fourteen years old, and I read Witch World and fell
completely and totally into this wonderful new cosmos. I had already been a fan
of Andre’s since I was nine or ten and my father (who was a science fiction
reader) loaned me Beast Master because it had a horse in it and I was horse-mad.
But this was something different, science fiction that didn’t involve thud and
blunder and iron-thewed barbarians. I was in love.
Oh—back in “the old days” it
was all called “science fiction.” There was no category for “fantasy,” and as
for “hard s/f,” “sword and sorcery,” “urban fantasy,” “high fantasy,”
“cyberpunk,” “horror,” “space-opera”—none of those categories existed. You’d
find Clark Ashton Smith right next to E. E. “Doc” Smith, and Andre Norton and
Fritz Leiber wrote gothic horror, high fantasy, and science fiction all without
anyone wondering what to call it. Readers of imaginative literature read everything,
and neither readers nor writers were compelled by marketing considerations to
read or write in only a single category.
At any rate, many years
later, my idol Andre Norton asked me for a story set in one of my favorite
science-fiction worlds. Somehow I managed to tell Andre that I would be very
happy to write a story. This is it. In fact, this is the longer version; she
asked me to cut some, not because she didn’t like it the way it was, but
because she was only allowed stories of 5,000 words or less; here it is as I
originally wrote it.
Werehunter
It had been raining all day,
a cold, dismal rain that penetrated through clothing and chilled the heart to
numbness. Glenda trudged through it, sneakers soaked; beneath her cheap plastic
raincoat her jeans were soggy to the knees. It was several hours past sunset
now, and still raining, and the city streets were deserted by all but the most
hardy, the most desperate, and the faded few with nothing to lose.
Glenda was numbered among
those last. This morning she’d spent her last change getting a bus to the
welfare office, only to be told that she hadn’t been a resident long enough to
qualify for aid. That wasn’t true—but she couldn’t have known that. The
supercilious clerk had taken in her age and inexperience at a glance, and
assumed “student.” If he had begun processing her, he’d have been late for
lunch. He guessed she wouldn’t know enough to contradict him, and he’d been
right. And years of her aunt’s browbeating (“Isn’t one ‘no’ good enough for
you?”) had drummed into her the lesson that there were no second chances. He’d
gone off to his lunch date; she’d trudged back home in the rain. This afternoon
she’d eaten the last packet of cheese and crackers and had made “soup” from the
stolen packages of fast-food ketchup—there was nothing left in her larder that
even resembled food. Hunger had been with her for so long now that the ache in
her stomach had become as much a part of her as her hands or feet. There were
three days left in the month; three days of shelter, then she’d be kicked out
of her shoddy efficiency and into the street.
When her Social Security
orphan’s benefits had run out when she’d turned eighteen, her aunt had
“suggested” she find a job and support herself—elsewhere. The suggestion had
come in the form of finding her belongings in boxes on the front porch with a
letter to that effect on top of them.
So she’d tried, moving
across town to this place, near the university; a marginal neighborhood
surrounded by bad blocks on three sides. But there were no jobs if you had no
experience—but how did you get experience without a job? The only experience she’d
ever had was at shoveling snow, raking leaves, mowing and gardening; the only
ways she could earn money for college, since her aunt had never let her apply
for a job that would have been beyond walking distance of her house. Besides
that, there were at least forty university students competing with her for
every job that opened up anywhere around here. Her meager savings (meant, at
one time, to pay for college tuition) were soon gone.
She rubbed the ring on her
left hand, a gesture she was completely unaware of. That ring was all she had
of the mother her aunt would never discuss—the woman her brother had married
over her own strong disapproval. It was silver, and heavy; made in the shape of
a crouching cat with tiny glints of topaz for eyes. Much as she treasured it,
she would gladly have sold it—but she couldn’t get it off her finger, she’d
worn it for so long.
She splashed through the
puddles, peering listlessly out from under the hood of her raincoat. Her lank,
mouse-brown hair straggled into her eyes as she squinted against the glare of
headlights on rain-glazed pavement. Despair had driven her into the street;
despair kept her here. It was easier to keep the tears and hysterics at bay out
here, where the cold numbed mind as well as body, and the rain washed all her
thoughts until they were thin and lifeless. She could see no way out of this
trap—except maybe by killing herself.
But her body had other
ideas. It wanted to survive, even if Glenda wasn’t sure she did.
A chill of fear trickled
down her backbone like a drop of icy rain, driving all thoughts of suicide from
her, as behind her she recognized the sounds of footsteps.
She didn’t have to turn
around to know she was being followed, and by more than one. On a night like
tonight, there was no one on the street but the fools and the hunters. She knew
which she was.
It wasn’t much of an alley—a
crack between buildings, scarcely wide enough for her to pass. They might not
know it was there—even if they did, they couldn’t know what lay at the end of
it. She did. She dodged inside, feeling her way along the narrow defile, until
one of the two buildings gave way to a seven-foot privacy fence.
She came to the apparent
dead-end, building on the right, a high board fence on the left, building in
front. She listened, stretching her ears for sounds behind her, taut with fear.
Nothing; they had either passed this place by, or hadn’t yet reached it.
Quickly, before they could
find the entrance, she ran her hand along the boards of the fence, counting
them from the dead-end. Four, five—when she touched the sixth one, she gave it
a shove sideways, getting a handful of splinters for her pains. But the board
moved, pivoting on the one nail that held it, and she squeezed through the gap
into the yard beyond, pulling the board back in place behind her.
Just in time; echoing off
the stone and brick of the alley were harsh young male voices. She leaned
against the fence and shook from head to toe, clenching her teeth to keep them
from chattering, as they searched the alley, found nothing, and finally (after
hours, it seemed) went away.
“Well, you’ve got yourself
in a fine mess,” she said dully. “Now what? You don’t dare leave, not yet—they
might have left someone in the street, watching. Idiot! Home may not be much,
but it’s dry, and there’s a bed. Fool, fool, fool! So now you get to spend the
rest of the night in the back yard of a spookhouse. You’d just better hope the
spook isn’t home.”
She peered through the dark
at the shapeless bulk of the tri-story townhouse, relic of a previous century,
hoping not to see any signs of life. The place had an uncanny reputation; even
the gangs left it alone. People had vanished here—some of them important
people, with good reasons to want to disappear, some who had been uninvited
visitors. But the police had been over the house and grounds more than once,
and never found anything. No bodies were buried in the back yard—the ground was
as hard as cement under the inch-deep layer of soft sand that covered it. There
was nothing at all in the yard but the sand and the rocks; the crazy woman that
lived here told the police it was a “Zen garden.” But when Glenda had first
peeked through the boards at the back yard, it didn’t look like any Zen garden she
had ever read about. The sand wasn’t groomed into wave-patterns, and the rocks
looked more like something out of a mini-Stonehenge than islands or
mountain-peaks.
There were four of those
rocks—one like a garden bench, that stood before three that formed a primitive
arch. Glenda felt her way towards them in the dark, trusting to the memory of
how the place had looked by daylight to find them. She barked her shin
painfully on the “bench” rock, and her legs gave out, so that she sprawled
ungracefully over it. Tears of pain mingled with the rain, and she swore under
her breath.
She sat huddled on the top
of it in the dark, trying to remember what time it was the last time she’d seen
a clock. Dawn couldn’t be too far off. When dawn came, and there were more
people in the street, she could probably get safely back to her apartment.
For all the good it would do
her.
Her stomach cramped with
hunger, and despair clamped down on her again. She shouldn’t have run—she was
only delaying the inevitable. In two days she’d be out on the street, and this
time with nowhere to hide, easy prey for them, or those like them.
“So wouldn’t you like to
escape altogether?”
The soft voice out of the
darkness nearly caused Glenda’s heart to stop. She jumped, and clenched the
side of the bench-rock as the voice laughed. Oddly enough, the laughter seemed
to make her fright wash out of her. There was nothing malicious about it—it was
kind-sounding, gentle. Not crazy.
“Oh, I like to make people
think I’m crazy; they leave me alone that way.” The speaker was a dim shape
against the lighter background of the fence.
“Who—”
“I am the keeper of this
house—and this place; not the first, certainly not the last. So there is
nothing in this city—in this world—to hold you here anymore?”
“How—did you know that?”
Glenda tried to see the speaker in the dim light reflected off the clouds, to
see if it really was the woman that lived in the house, but there were no
details to be seen, just a human-shaped outline. Her eyes blurred. Reaction to
her narrow escape, the cold, hunger; all three were conspiring to make her
light-headed.
“The only ones who come to
me are those who have no will to live here, yet who still have the will to
live. Tell me, if another world opened before you, would you walk into it, not
knowing what it held?”
This whole conversation was
so surreal, Glenda began to think she was hallucinating the whole thing. Well,
if it was a hallucination, why not go along with it?
“Sure, why not? It couldn’t
be any worse than here. It might be better.”
“Then turn, and look behind
you—and choose.”
Glenda hesitated, then swung
her legs over the bench-stone. The sky was lighter in that direction—dawn was
breaking. Before her loomed the stone arch—
Now she knew she was
hallucinating—for framed within the arch was no shadowy glimpse of board fence
and rain-soaked sand, but a patch of reddening sky, and another dawn—
A dawn that broke over
rolling hills covered with waving grass, grass stirred by a breeze that carried
the scent of flowers, not the exhaust-tainted air of the city.
Glenda stood, unaware that
she had done so. She reached forward with one hand, yearningly. The place
seemed to call to something buried deep in her heart—and she wanted to answer.
“Here—or there? Choose now,
child.”
With an inarticulate cry,
she stumbled toward the stones—
And found herself standing
alone on a grassy hill.
After several hours of
walking in wet, soggy tennis shoes, growing more spacey by the minute from
hunger, she was beginning to think she’d made a mistake. Somewhere back behind
her she’d lost her raincoat; she couldn’t remember when she’d taken it off.
There was no sign of people anywhere—there were animals; even sheep, once, but
nothing like “civilization.” It was frustrating, maddening; there was food all
around her, on four feet, on wings—surely even some of the plants were
edible—but it was totally inaccessible to a city-bred girl who’d never gotten
food from anywhere but a grocery or restaurant. She might just as well be on
the moon.
Just as she thought that,
she topped another rise to find herself looking at a strange, weatherbeaten man
standing beside a rough pounded-dirt road.
She blinked in dumb
amazement. He looked like something out of a movie, a peasant from a King
Arthur epic. He was stocky, blond-haired; he wore a shabby brown tunic and patched,
shapeless trousers tucked into equally patched boots. He was also holding a
strung bow, with an arrow nocked to it, and frowning—a most unfriendly
expression.
He gabbled something at her.
She blinked again. She knew a little Spanish (you had to, in her neighborhood);
she’d taken German and French in high school. This didn’t sound like any of
those.
He repeated himself, a
distinct edge to his voice. To emphasize his words, he jerked the point of the
arrow off back the way she had come. It was pretty obvious he was telling her
to be on her way.
“No, wait—please—” she
stepped toward him, her hands outstretched pleadingly. The only reaction she
got was that he raised the arrow to point at her chest, and drew it back.
“Look—I haven’t got any
weapons! I’m lost, I’m hungry—”
He drew the arrow a bit
farther.
Suddenly it was all too
much. She’d spent all her life being pushed and pushed—first her aunt, then at
school, then out on the streets. This was the last time anybody was going to
back her into a corner—this time she was going to fight!
A white-hot rage like
nothing she’d ever experienced before in her life took over.
“Damn you!” she was so angry
she could hardly think. “You stupid clod! I need help!” she screamed at him, as
red flashes interfered with her vision, her ears began to buzz, and her hands
crooked into involuntary claws, “Damn you and everybody that looks like you!”
He backed up a pace, his
blue eyes wide with surprise at her rage.
She was so filled with fury
that grew past controlling—she couldn’t see, couldn’t think; it was like being
possessed. Suddenly she gasped as pain lanced from the top of her head to her
toes, pain like a bolt of lightning—
—her vision blacked out; she
fell to her hands and knees on the grass, her legs unable to hold her,
convulsing with surges of pain in her arms and legs. Her feet, her hands felt
like she’d shoved them in a fire—her face felt as if someone were stretching it
out of shape. And the ring finger of her left hand—it burned with more agony
than both hands and feet put together! She shook her head, trying to clear it,
but it spun around in dizzying circles. Her ears rang, hard to hear over the
ringing, but there was a sound of cloth tearing—
Her sight cleared and
returned, but distorted. She looked up at the man, who had dropped his bow, and
was backing away from her, slowly, his face white with terror. She started to
say something to him—
—and it came out a snarl.
With that, the man
screeched, turned his back on her, and ran.
And she caught sight of her
hand. It wasn’t a hand anymore. It was a paw. Judging by the spotted pelt of
the leg, a leopard’s paw. Scattered around her were the ragged scraps of cloth
that had once been her clothing.
Glenda lay in the sun on top
of a rock, warm and drowsy with full-bellied content. Idly she washed one paw
with her tongue, cleaning the last taint of blood from it. Before she’d had a
chance to panic or go crazy back there when she’d realized what had happened to
her, a rabbit-like creature had broken cover practically beneath her nose.
Semi-starvation and confusion had kept her dazed long enough for
leopard-instincts to take over. She’d caught and killed the thing and had half
eaten it before the reality of what she’d done and become broke through her
shock. Raw rabbit-thing tasted fine to leopard-Glenda; when she realized that,
she finished it, nose to tail. Now for the first time in weeks she was warm and
content. And for the first time in years she was something to be afraid of. She
gazed about her from her vantage-point on the warm boulder, taking in the
grassy hills and breathing in the warm, hay-scented air with a growing
contentment.
Becoming a leopard might not
be a bad transformation.
Ears keener than a human’s
picked up the sound of dogs in the distance; she became aware that the man
she’d frightened might have gone back home for help. They just might be hunting
her.
Time to go.
She leapt down from her
rock, setting off at a right angle to the direction the sound of the baying was
coming from. Her sense of smell, so heightened now that it might have been a
new sense altogether, had picked up the coolth of running water off this way,
dimmed by the green odor of the grass. And running water was a good way to break
a trail; she knew that from reading.
Reveling in the power of the
muscles beneath her sleek coat, she ran lightly over the slopes, moving through
the grass that had been such a waist-high tangle to girl-Glenda with no
impediment whatsoever. In almost no time at all, it seemed, she was pacing the
side of the stream that she had scented.
It was quite wide, twenty
feet or so, and seemed fairly deep in the middle. Sunlight danced on the
surface, giving her a hint that the current might be stiffish beneath the surface.
She waded into it, up to her stomach, hissing a little at the cold and the feel
of the water on her fur. She trotted upstream a bit until she found a place
where the course had narrowed a little. It was still over her head, but she
found she could swim it with nothing other than discomfort. The stream wound
between the grassy hills, the banks never getting very high, but there rarely
being any more cover along them than a few scattered bushes. Something told her
that she would be no match for the endurance of the hunting pack if she tried
to escape across the grasslands. She stayed in the watercourse until she came
to a wider valley than anything she had yet encountered. There were trees here;
she waded onward until she found one leaning well over the streambed. Gathering
herself and eying the broad branch that arced at least six feet above the
watercourse, she leaped for it, landing awkwardly, and having to scrabble with
her claws fully extended to keep her balance.
She sprawled over it for a
moment, panting, hearing the dogs nearing—belling in triumph as they caught her
trail, then yelping in confusion when they lost it at the stream.
Time to move again. She
climbed the tree up into the higher branches, finding a wide perch at least
fifty or sixty feet off the ground. It was high enough that it was unlikely
that anyone would spot her dappled hide among the dappled leaf-shadows, wide
enough that she could recline, balanced, at her ease, yet it afforded to
leopard-eyes a good view of the ground and the stream.
As she’d expected, the
humans with the dogs had figured out her scent-breaking ploy, and had split the
pack, taking half along each side of the stream to try and pick up where she’d
exited. She spotted the man who had stopped her easily, and filed his scent
away in her memory for the future. The others with him were dressed much the
same as he, and carried nothing more sophisticated than bows. They looked
angry, confused; their voices held notes of fear. They looked into and under
the trees with noticeable apprehension, evidently fearing what might dwell
under their shade. Finally they gave up, and pulled the hounds off the
fruitless quest, leaving her smiling catwise, invisible above them in her tree,
purring.
Several weeks later Glenda
had found a place to lair up; a cave amid a tumble of boulders in the heart of
the forest at the streamside. She had also discovered why the hunters hadn’t
wanted to pursue her into the forest itself. There was a—thing—an evil
presence, malicious, but invisible, that lurked in a circle of standing stones
that glowed at night with a sickly yellow color. Fortunately it seemed unable
to go beyond the bounds of the stones themselves. Glenda had been chasing a
half-grown deer-beast that had run straight into the middle of the circle,
forgetting the danger before it because of the danger pursuing it. She had
nearly been caught there herself, and only the thing’s preoccupation with the
first prey had saved her. She had hidden in her lair, nearly paralyzed with
fear, for a day and a night until hunger and thirst had driven her out again.
Other than that peril,
easily avoided, the forest seemed safe enough. She’d found the village the man
had come from by following the dirt road; she’d spent long hours when she
wasn’t hunting lurking within range of sight and hearing of the place. Aided by
some new sense she wasn’t sure that she understood—the one that had alerted her
to the danger of the stone circle as she’d blundered in—she was beginning to
make some sense of their language. She understood at least two-thirds of what
was being said now, and could usually guess the rest.
These people seemed to be
stuck at some kind of feudal level—had been overrun by some higher-tech
invaders the generation before, and were only now recovering from that. The
hereditary rulers had mostly been killed in that war, and the population
decimated; the memories of that time were still strong. The man who’d stopped
her had been on guard-duty and had mistrusted her appearance out of what they
called “the Waste” and her strange clothing. When she’d transformed in front of
his eyes, he must have decided she was some kind of witch.
Glenda had soon hunted the
more easily-caught game out; now when hunger drove her, she supplemented her
diet with raids on the villager’s livestock. She was getting better at hunting,
but she still was far from being an expert, and letting leopard-instincts take
over involved surrendering herself to those instincts. She was beginning to
have the uneasy feeling that every time she did that she lost a little more of
her humanity. Life as leopard-Glenda was much easier than as girl-Glenda, but
it might be getting to be time to think about trying to regain her former
shape—before she was lost to the leopard entirely.
She’d never been one for
horror or fantasy stories, so her only guide was vague recollections of
fairy-tales and late-night werewolf movies. She didn’t think the latter would
be much help here—after all, she’d transformed into a leopard, not a wolf, and
by the light of day, not the full moon.
But—maybe the light of the
full moon would help.
She waited until full dark
before setting off for her goal, a still pond in the far edge of the forest,
well away from the stone circle, in a clearing that never seemed to become
overgrown. It held a stone, too; a single pillar of some kind of blueish rock.
That pillar had never “glowed” at night before, at least not while Glenda had
been there, but the pond and the clearing seemed to form a little pocket of
peace. Whatever evil might lurk in the rest of the forest, she was somehow sure
it would find no place there.
The moon was well up by the
time she reached it. White flowers had opened to the light of it, and a faint,
crisp scent came from them. Glenda paced to the pool-side, and looked down into
the dark, still water. She could see her leopard form reflected clearly, and
over her right shoulder, the full moon.
Well, anger had gotten her
into this shape, maybe anger would get her out. She closed her eyes for a
moment, then began summoning all the force of that emotion she could—willing
herself back into the form she’d always worn. She stared at her reflection in
the water, forcing it, angrily, to be her. Whatever power was playing games
with her was not going to find her clay to be molded at will!
As nothing happened, her
frustration mounted; soon she was at the boiling point. Damn everything!
She—would—not—be—played—with—
The same incoherent fury
that had seized her when she first changed washed over her a second time—and
the same agonizing pain sent blackness in front of her eyes and flung her to
lie twitching helplessly beside the pool. Her left forepaw felt like it was
afire—
In moments it was over, and
she found herself sprawling beside the pond, shivering with cold and reaction,
and totally naked. Naked, that is, except for the silver cat-ring, whose topaz
eyes glowed hotly at her for a long moment before the light left them.
The second time she
transformed to leopard was much easier; the pain was less, the amount of time
less. She decided against being human—after finding herself without a stitch
on, in a perilously vulnerable and helpless form, leopard-Glenda seemed a much
more viable alternative.
But the ability to switch
back and forth proved to be very handy. The villagers had taken note of her
raids on their stock; they began mounting a series of systematic hunts for her,
even penetrating into the forest so long as it was by daylight. She learned or
remembered from reading countless tricks to throw the hunters off, and being
able to change from human to leopard and back again made more than one of those
possible. There were places girl-Glenda could climb and hide that
leopard-Glenda couldn’t, and the switch in scents when she changed confused and
frightened the dog-pack. She began feeling an amused sort of contempt for the
villagers, often leading individual hunters on wild-goose chases for the fun of
it when she became bored.
But on the whole, it was
better to be leopard; leopard-Glenda was comfortable and content sleeping on
rocks or on the dried leaves of her lair—girl-Glenda shivered and ached and
wished for her roach-infested efficiency. Leopard-Glenda was perfectly happy on
a diet of raw fish, flesh and fowl—girl-Glenda wanted to throw up when she
thought about it. Leopard-Glenda was content with nothing to do but tease the
villagers and sleep in the sun when she wasn’t hunting—girl-Glenda fretted, and
longed for a book, and wondered if what she was doing was right...
So matters stood until
Midsummer.
Glenda woke, shivering, with
a mouth gone dry with panic. The dream—
It wasn’t just a nightmare.
This dream had been so real she’d expected to wake with an arrow in her ribs.
She was still panting with fright even now.
There had been a man—he
hadn’t looked much like any of the villagers; they were mostly blond or
brown-haired, and of the kind of hefty build her aunt used to call
“peasant-stock” in a tone of contempt. No, he had resembled her in a way—as if
she were a kind of washed-out copy of the template from which his kind had been
cut. Where her hair was a dark mousy-brown, his was just as dark, but the color
was more intense. They had the same general build: thin, tall, with prominent
cheekbones. His eyes—
Her aunt had called her
“cat-eyed,” for she didn’t have eyes of a normal brown, but more of a vague
yellow, as washed-out as her hair. But his had been truly and intensely gold,
with a greenish back-reflection like the eyes of a wild animal at night.
And those eyes had been
filled with hunter-awareness; the eyes of a predator. And she had been his
quarry!
The dream came back to her
with extraordinary vividness; it had begun as she’d reached the edge of the
forest, with him hot on her trail. She had a vague recollection of having begun
the chase in human form, and having switched to leopard as she reached the
trees. He had no dogs, no aid but his own senses—yet nothing she’d done had
confused him for more than a second. She’d even laid a false trail into the
stone circle, something she’d never done to another hunter, but she was
beginning to panic—he’d avoided the trap neatly. The hunt had begun near
mid-morning; by false dawn he’d brought her to bay and trapped her—
And that was when she’d
awakened.
She spent the early hours of
the morning pacing beside the pond; feeling almost impelled to go into the
village, yet afraid to do so. Finally the need to see grew too great; she crept
to the edge of the village past the guards, and slipped into the maze of whole
and half-ruined buildings that was the village-proper.
There was a larger than
usual market-crowd today; the usual market stalls had been augmented by
strangers with more luxurious goods, foodstuffs, and even a couple of ragged
entertainers. Evidently this was some sort of fair. With so many strangers
about, Glenda was able to remain unseen. Her courage came back as she skirted
the edge of the marketplace, keeping to shadows and sheltering within
half-tumbled walls, and the terror of the night seemed to become just one more
shadow.
Finally she found an ideal
perch—hiding in the shadow just under the eaves of a half-ruined building that
had evidently once belonged to the local lordling, and in whose courtyard the
market was usually held. From here she could see the entire court and yet remain
unseen by humans and unscented by any of the livestock.
She had begun to think her
fears were entirely groundless—when she caught sight of a stranger coming out
of the door of what passed for an inn here, speaking earnestly with the village
headman. Her blood chilled, for the man was tall, dark-haired, and lean, and
dressed entirely in dark leathers just like the man in her dream.
He was too far away for her
to see his face clearly, and she froze in place, following him intently without
moving a muscle. The headman left him with a satisfied air, and the man gazed
about him, as if looking for something—
He finally turned in her
direction, and Glenda nearly died of fright—for the face was that of the man in
her dream, and he was staring directly at her hiding place as though he knew
exactly where and what she was!
She broke every rule she’d
ever made for herself—broke cover, in full sight of the entire village. In the
panicked, screaming mob, the hunter could only curse—for the milling, terror-struck
villagers were only interested in fleeing in the opposite direction from where
Glenda stood, tail lashing and snarling with fear.
She took advantage of the
confusion to leap the wall of the courtyard and sprint for the safety of the
forest. Halfway there she changed into human for a short run—there was no one
to see her, and it might throw him off the track. Then at forest edge, once on
the springy moss that would hold no tracks, she changed back to leopard. She
paused in the shade for a moment, to get a quick drink from the stream, and to
rest, for the full-out run from the village had tired her badly—only to look
up, to see him standing directly across the stream from her. He was shading his
eyes with one hand against the sun that beat down on him, and it seemed to her
that he was smiling in triumph.
She choked on the water, and
fled.
She called upon every trick
she’d ever learned, laying false trails by the dozen; fording the stream as it
threaded through the forest not once but several times; breaking her trail
entirely by taking to the treetops on an area where she could cross several
hundred feet without once having to set foot to the ground. She even drove a
chance-met herd of deer-creatures across her back-trail, muddling the tracks
past following. She didn’t remember doing any of this in her dream—in her dream
she had only run, too fearful to do much that was complicated—or so she
remembered. At last, panting with weariness, she doubled back to lair-up in the
crotch of a huge tree, looking back down the way she had passed, certain that
she would see him give up in frustration.
He walked so softly that
even her keen ears couldn’t detect his tread; she was only aware that he was
there when she saw him. She froze in place—she hadn’t really expected he’d get this
far! But surely, surely when he came to the place she’d taken to the branches,
he would be baffled, for she’d first climbed as girl-Glenda, and there wasn’t
any place where the claw-marks of the leopard scored the trunks within sight of
the ground.
He came to the place where
her tracks ended—and closed his eyes, a frown-line between his brows. Late
afternoon sun filtered through the branches and touched his face; Glenda
thought with growing confidence that he had been totally fooled by her trick.
He carried a strung bow, black as his clothing and highly polished, and wore a
sword and dagger, which none of the villagers ever did. As her fear ebbed, she
had time to think (with a tiny twinge) that he couldn’t have been much older
than she—and was very, very attractive.
As if that thought had
touched something that signaled him, his eyes snapped open—and he looked
straight through the branches that concealed her to rivet his own gaze on her
eyes.
With a mew of terror she
leapt out of the tree and ran in mindless panic as fast as she could set paw to
ground.
The sun was reddening
everything; she cringed and thought of blood. Then she thought of her dream,
and the dweller-in-the-circle. If, instead of a false trail, she laid a true
one—waiting for him at the end of it—
If she rushed him suddenly,
she could probably startle him into the power of the thing that lived within
the shelter of those stones. Once in the throes of its mental grip, she doubted
he’d be able to escape.
It seemed a heaven-sent
plan; relief made her light-headed as she ran, leaving a clear trail behind
her, to the place of the circle. By the time she reached its vicinity it was
full dark—and she knew the power of the dweller was at its height in darkness.
Yet, the closer she drew to those glowing stones, the slower her paws moved;
and a building reluctance to do this thing weighed heavily on her. Soon she
could see the stones shining ahead of her; in her mind she pictured the man’s
capture—his terror—his inevitable end.
Leopard-Glenda urged—kill!
Girl-Glenda wailed in fear
of him, but stubbornly refused to put him in the power of that.
The two sides of her
struggled, nearly tearing her physically in two as she half-shifted from one to
the other, her outward form paralleling the struggle within.
At last, with a pathetic
cry, the leopard turned in her tracks and ran from the circle. The will of
girl-Glenda had won.
Whenever she paused to rest,
she could hear him coming long before she’d even caught her breath. The stamina
of a leopard is no match for that of a human; they are built for the short
chase, not the long. And the stamina of girl-Glenda was no match for that of he
who hunted her; in either form now, she was exhausted. He had driven her
through the moon-lit clearings of the forest she knew out beyond the territory
she had ranged before. This forest must extend deep into the Waste, and this
was the direction he had driven her. Now she stumbled as she ran, no longer
capable of clever tricks, just fear-prodded running. Her eyes were glazed with
weariness; her mind numb with terror. Her sides heaved as she panted, and her
mouth was dry, her thirst a raging fire inside her.
She fled from bush to
tangled stand of undergrowth, at all times avoiding the patches of moonlight,
but it seemed as if her foe knew this section of the wilderness as well or
better than she knew her own territory. She could not rid herself of the
feeling that she was being driven to some goal only he knew.
Suddenly, as rock-cliff
loomed before her, she realized that her worst fears were correct. He had
herded her into a dead-end ravine, and there was no escape for her, at least
not in leopard-form.
The rock before her was
sheer; to either side it slanted inward. The stone itself was brittle shale;
almost impassable—yet she began shifting into her human form to make that
attempt. Then a sound from behind her told her that she had misjudged his
nearness—and it was too late.
She whirled at bay, half-human,
half-leopard, flanks heaving as she sucked in pain-filled gasps of air. He
blocked the way out; dark and grim on the path, nocked bow in hand. She thought
she saw his eyes shine with fierce joy even in the darkness of the ravine. She
had no doubts that he could see her as easily as she saw him. There was nowhere
to hide on either side of her.
Again leopard-instinct
urged—kill!
Her claws extended, and she
growled deep in her throat, half in fear, half in warning. He paced one step
closer.
She could—she could fight
him. She could dodge the arrow—at this range he could never get off the second.
If she closed with him, she could kill him! His blood would run hot between her
teeth—
Kill!
No! Never, never had she
harmed another human being, not even the man who had denied her succor. No!
Kill!
She fought the leopard
within, knowing that if it won, there would never be a girl-Glenda again; only
the predator, the beast. And that would be the death of her—a death as real as
that which any arrow could bring her.
And he watched from the
shadows; terrible, dark, and menacing, his bow half-drawn. And yet—he did not
move, not so much as a single muscle. If he had, perhaps the leopard would have
won; fear triumphing over will. But he stirred not, and it was the human side
of her that conquered.
And she waited, eyes fixed
on his, for death.
:Gentle, lady.:
She started as the voice
spoke in her head—then shook it wildly, certain that she had been driven mad at
last.
:Be easy—do not fear me.:
Again that voice! She stared
at him, wild-eyed—was he some kind of magician, to speak in her very thoughts?
And as if that were not
startlement enough, she watched, dumbfounded, as he knelt, slowly—slowly eased
the arrow off the string of his bow—and just as slowly laid them to one side.
He held out hands now empty, his face fully in the moonlight—and smiled.
And rose—and—
At first she thought it was
the moonlight that made him seem to writhe and blur. Then she thought that
certainly her senses were deceiving her as her mind had—for his body was
blurring, shifting, changing before her eyes, like a figure made of clay
softening and blurring and becoming another shape altogether—
Until, where the hunter had
stood, was a black leopard, half-again her size.
Glenda stared into the
flames of the campfire, sipping at the warm wine, wrapped in a fur cloak, and
held by a drowsy contentment. The wine, the cloak and the campfire were all
Harwin’s.
For that was the name of the
hunter—Harwin. He had coaxed her into her following him; then, once his camp
had been reached, coaxed her into human form again. He had given her no time to
be shamed by her nakedness, for he had shrouded her in the cloak almost before
the transformation was complete. Then he had built this warming fire from the
banked coals of the old, and fed her the first cooked meal she’d had in months,
then pressed the wine on her. And all with slow, reassuring movements, as if he
was quite well aware how readily she could be startled into transforming back
again, and fleeing into the forest. And all without speaking much besides
telling her his name; his silence not unfriendly, not in the least, but as if
he were waiting with patient courtesy for her to speak first.
She cleared her throat, and
tentatively spoke her first words in this alien tongue, her own voice sounding
strange in her ears.
“Who—are you? What are you?”
He cocked his head to one
side, his eyes narrowing in concentration, as he listened to her halting words.
“You speak the speech of the
Dales as one who knows it only indifferently, lady,” he replied, his words
measured, slow, and pronounced with care, as if he guessed she needed slow
speech to understand clearly. “Yet you do not have the accent of Arvon—and I do
not think you are one of the Old Ones. If I tell you who and what I am, will
you do me like courtesy?”
“I—my name is Glenda. I
couldn’t do—this—at home. Wherever home is. I—I’m not sure what I am.”
“Then your home is not of
this world?”
“There was—” it all seemed
so vague, like a dream now, “A city. I—lived there, but not well. I was
hunted—I found a place—a woman. I thought she was crazy, but—she said
something, and I saw this place—and I had to come—”
“A Gate, I think, and a
Gate-Keeper,” he nodded, as if to himself. “That explains much. So you found
yourself here?”
“In the Waste. Though I
didn’t know that was what it was. I met a man—I was tired, starving, and he
tried to drive me away. I got mad.”
“The rest I know,” he said.
“For Elvath himself told me of how you went were before his eyes. Poor lady—how
bewildered you must have been, with no one to tell you what was happening to
you! And then?”
Haltingly, with much
encouragement, she told him of her life in the forest; her learning to control
her changes—and her side of the night’s hunt.
“And the woman won over the
beast,” he finished. “And well for you that it did.” His gold eyes were very
somber, and he spoke with emphasis heavy in his words. “Had you turned on me, I
doubt that you would ever have been able to find your human self again.”
She shuddered. “What am I?”
she asked at last, her eyes fixed pleadingly on his. “And where am I? And why
has all this been happening to me?”
“I cannot answer the last
for you, save only that I think you are here because your spirit never fit
truly in that strange world from which you came. As for where—you are in the
Dale lands of High Halleck, on the edge of the Waste—which tells you nothing, I
know. And what you are—like me, you are plainly of some far-off strain of
Wereblood. Well, perhaps not quite like me; among my kind the females are not
known for being able to shape-change, and I myself am of half-blood only. My
mother is Kildas of the Dales; my father Harl of the Wereriders. And I—I am
Harwin,” he smiled, ruefully, “of no place in particular.”
“Why—why did you hunt me?”
she asked. “Why did they want you to hunt me?”
“Because they had no notion
of my Wereblood,” he replied frankly. “They only know of my reputation as a
hunter—shall I begin at the beginning? Perhaps it will give you some
understanding of this world you have fallen into.”
She nodded eagerly.
“Well—you may have learned
that in my father’s time the Dales were overrun by the Hounds of Alizon?” At her
nod, he continued. “They had strange weapons at their disposal, and came very
close to destroying all who opposed them. At that time my father and his
brother-kin lived in the Waste, in exile for certain actions in the past from
the land of Arvon, which lies to the north of the Waste. They—as I, as you—have
the power of shape-change, and other powers as well. It came to the defenders
of the Dales that one must battle strangeness with strangeness, and power with
power; they made a pact with the Wereriders. In exchange for aid, they would
send to them at the end of the war in the Year of the Unicorn twelve brides and
one. You see, if all went well, the Wererider’s exile was to end then—but if
all was not well, they would have remained in exile, and they did not wish
their kind to die away. The war ended, the brides came—the exile ended. But one
of the bridegrooms was—like me—of half-blood. And one of the brides was a
maiden of Power. There was much trouble for them; when the trouble was at an
end they left Arvon together, and I know nothing more of their tale. Now we
come to my part of the tale. My mother Kildas has gifted my father with three
children, of which two are a pleasure to his heart and of like mind with him. I
am the third.”
“The misfit? The rebel?” she
guessed shrewdly.
“If by that you mean the one
who seems destined always to anger his kin with all he says and does—aye. We
cannot agree, my father and I. One day in his anger, he swore that I was
another such as Herrel. Well, that was the first that I had ever heard of one
of Wereblood who was like-minded with me—I plagued my mother and father both
until they gave me the tale of Herrel Half-blood and his Witch-bride. And from
that moment, I had no peace until I set out to find them. For surely, I thought,
I would find true kin-feeling with them, the which I lacked with those truly of
my blood.”
“And did you find them?”
“Not yet,” he admitted. “At
my mother’s request I came here first, to give word to her kin that she was
well, and happy, and greatly honored by her lord. Which is the entire truth. My
father—loves her dearly; grants her every wish before she has a chance to voice
it. I could wish to find a lady with whom—well, that was one of the reasons
that I sought Herrel and his lady.”
He was silent for so long,
staring broodingly into the flames, that Glenda ventured to prompt him.
“So—you came here?”
“Eh? Oh, aye. And
understandably enough, earned no small reputation among my mother-kin for
hunting, though they little guessed in what form I did my tracking!” He grinned
at her, and she found herself grinning back. “So when there were rumors of
another Were here at the edge of the Waste—and a Were that thoughtlessly preyed
on the beasts of these people as well as its rightful game—understandably enough,
I came to hear of it. I thought at first that it must be Herrel, or a son.
Imagine my surprise on coming here to learn that the Were was female! My
reputation preceded me—the headman begged me to rid the village of their
‘monster’—” He spread his hands wide. “The rest, you know.”
“What—what will you do with
me now?” she asked in a small, fearful voice.
“Do with you?” he seemed
surprised. “Nothing—nothing not of your own will, lady. I am not going to harm
you—and I am not like my father and brother, to force a one in my hand into
anything against her wishes. I—I go forward as I had intended—to find Herrel.
You, now that you know what your actions should not be, lest you arouse the
anger of ordinary folk against you, may remain here—”
“And?”
“And I shall tell them I
have killed the monster. You shall be safe enough—only remember that you must never
let the leopard control you, or you are lost. Truly, you should have someone to
guide and teach you, though—”
“I—know that, now,” she
replied, very much aware of how attractive he was, gold eyes fixed on the fire,
a lock of dark hair falling over his forehead. But no man had ever found her to
be company to be sought-after. There was no reason to think that he might be
hinting—
No reason, that is, until he
looked full into her eyes, and she saw the wistful loneliness there, and a
touch of pleading.
“I would be glad to teach
you, lady,” he said softly. “Forgive me if I am over-forward, and clumsy in my
speech. But—I think you and I could companion well together on this quest of
mine—and—I—” he dropped his eyes to the flames again, and blushed hotly “—I
think you very fair.”
“Me?” she squeaked, more
startled than she had been since he transformed before her.
“Can you doubt it?” he
replied softly, looking up eagerly. He held out one hand to her. “Can I
hope—you will come with me?”
She touched his fingers with
the hesitation of one who fears to break something. “You mean you really want
me with you?”
“Since I touched your
mind—lady, more than you could dream! Not only are you kin-kind, but—mind-kin,
I think.”
She smiled suddenly, feeling
almost light-headed with the revelations of the past few hours—then giggled, as
an irrelevant though came to her. “Harwin—what happens to your clothes?”
“My what?” he stared at her
for a moment as if she had broken into a foreign tongue—then looked at her, and
back at himself—and blushed, then grinned.
“Well? I mean, I left bits
of jeans and t-shirt all over the Waste when I changed—”
“What happens to your ring,
lady?”
“It—” her forehead furrowed
in thought. “I don’t know, really. It’s gone when I change, it’s back when I
change back.” She regarded the tiny beast thoughtfully, and it seemed as if one
of its topaz eyes closed in a slow wink. But—no. That could only have been a trick
of the firelight.
“Were-magic, lady. And magic
I think I shall let you avail yourself of, seeing as I can hardly let you take
a chill if you are to accompany me—” He rummaged briefly in his pack and came
up with a shirt and breeches, both far too large for her, but that was soon
remedied with a belt and much rolling of sleeves and cuffs. She changed quickly
under the shelter of his cloak.
“They’ll really change with
me?” she looked down at herself doubtfully.
“Why not try them?” He
stood, and held out his hand—then blurred in that disconcerting way. The black
leopard looked across the fire at her with eyes that glowed with warmth and
approval.
:The night still has time to
run, Glenda-my-lady. Will you not run with it, and me?:
The eyes of the cat-ring glowed
with equal warmth, and Glenda found herself filled with a feeling of joy and
freedom—and of belonging—that she tossed back her head and laughed aloud as she
had never in her life done before. She stretched her own arms to the stars, and
called on the power within her for the first time with joy instead of anger—
And there was no pain—only
peace—as she transformed into a slim, lithe she-leopard, whose eyes met that of
the he with a happiness that was heart-filling.
:Oh yes, Harwin-my-lord! Let
us run the night to dawn!:
The four SKitty stories
appeared in Cat Fantastic Anthologies edited by Andre Norton. I’m very, very
fond of SKitty; it might seem odd for a bird person to be fond of cats, but I
am, so there it is. I was actually a cat-person before I was a bird-mother, and
I do have two cats, both Siamese-mix, both rather old and very slow. Just, if
the other local cats poach too often at my bird feeders, they can expect to get
a surprise from the garden-hose.
SKitty
:Nasty,: SKitty complained
in Dick’s head. She wrapped herself a little closer around his shoulders and
licked drops of oily fog from her fur with a faint mew of distaste. :Smelly.:
Dick White had to agree. The
portside district of Lacu’un was pretty unsavory; the dismal, foggy weather made
it look even worse. Shabby, cheap, and ill-used.
Every building here—all
twenty of them!—was offworld design; shoddy prefab, mostly painted in shades of
peeling grey and industrial green, with garish neon-bright holosigns that were
(thank the Spirits of Space!) mostly tuned down to faintly colored ghosts in
the daytime. There were six bars, two gambling-joints, one chapel run by the
neo-Jesuits, one flophouse run by the Reformed Salvation Army, five government
buildings, four stores, and once place better left unnamed. They had all sprung
up, like diseased fungus, in the year since the planet and people of Lacu’un
had been declared Open for trade. There was nothing native here; for that you
had to go outside the Fence—
And to go outside the Fence,
Dick reminded himself, you have to get permits signed by everybody and his dog.
:Cat,: corrected SKitty.
Okay, okay, he thought back
with wry amusement. Everybody and his cat. Except they don’t have cats here,
except on the ships.
SKitty sniffed disdainfully.
:Fools,: she replied, smoothing down an errant bit of damp fur with her tongue,
thus dismissing an entire culture that currently had most of the Companies on
their collective knees begging for trading concessions.
Well, we’ve seen about
everything there is to see, Dick thought back at SKitty, reaching up to scratch
her ears as she purred in contentment. Are you quite satisfied?
:Hunt now?: she countered
hopefully.
No, you can’t hunt. You know
that very well. This is a Class Four world; you have to have permission from
the local sapients to hunt, and they haven’t given us permission to even sneeze
outside the Fence. And inside the Fence you are valuable merchandise subject to
catnapping, as you very well know. I played shining knight for you once,
furball, and I don’t want to repeat the experience.
SKitty sniffed again. :Not
love me.:
Love you too much, pest.
Don’t want you ending up in the hold of some tramp freighter.
SKitty turned up the volume
on her purr, and rearranged her coil on Dick’s shoulders until she resembled a
lumpy black fur collar on his gray shipsuit. When she left the ship—and often
when she was in the ship—that was SKitty’s perch of choice. Dick had finally
prevailed on the purser to put shoulderpads on all his shipsuits—sometimes
SKitty got a little careless with her claws.
When man had gone to space,
cats had followed; they were quickly proven to be a necessity. For not only did
man’s old pests, rats and mice, accompany his trade—there seemed to be
equivalent pests on every new world. But the shipscats were considerably
different from their Earth-bound ancestors. The cold reality was that a spacer
couldn’t afford a pet that had to be cared for—he needed something closer to a
partner.
Hence SKitty and her kind;
gene-tailored into something more than animals. SKitty was BioTech Type F-021;
forepaws like that of a raccoon, more like stubby little hands than paws.
Smooth, short hair with no undercoat to shed and clog up airfilters. Hunter
second to none. Middle-ear tuning so that she not only was not bothered by
hyperspace shifts and freefall, she actually enjoyed them. And last, but by no
means least, the enlarged head showing the boosting of her intelligence.
BioTech released the
shipscats for adoption when they reached about six months old; when they’d not
only been weaned, but trained. Training included maneuvering in freefall, use
of the same sanitary facilities as the crew, and emergency procedures. SKitty
had her vacuum suit, just like any other crew member; a transparent hard plex
ball rather like a tiny lifeslip, with a simple panel of controls inside to
seal and pressurize it. She was positively paranoid about having it with her;
she’d haul it along on its tether, if need be, so that it was always in the
same compartment that she was. Dick respected her paranoia; any good spacer
would.
Officially she was “Lady
Sundancer of Greenfields”; Greenfields being BioTech Station NA-73. In
actuality, she was SKitty to the entire crew, and only Dick remembered her real
name.
Dick had signed on to the CatsEye
Company ship Brightwing just after they’d retired their last shipscat to spend
his final days with other creaky retirees from the spacetrade in the Tau
Epsilon Old Spacers Station. As junior officer Dick had been sent off to pick
up the replacement. SOP was for a BioTech technician to give you two or three
candidates to choose among—in actuality, Dick hadn’t had any choice. “Lady
Sundancer” had taken one look at him and launched herself like a little black
rocket from the arms of the tech straight for him; she’d landed on his
shoulders, purring at the top of her lungs. When they couldn’t pry her off, not
without injuring her, the “choice” became moot. And Dick was elevated to the
position of Designated Handler.
For the first few days she
was “Dick White’s Kitty”—the rest of his fellow crewmembers being vastly amused
that she had so thoroughly attached herself to him. After a time that was
shortened first to “Dick’s Kitty” and then to “SKitty,” which name finally
stuck.
Since telepathy was not one
of the traits BioTech was supposedly breeding and genesplicing for, Dick had
been more than a little startled when she’d started speaking to him. And since
none of the others ever mentioned hearing her, he had long ago come to the
conclusion that he was the only one who could. He kept that a secret; at the
least, should BioTech come to hear of it, it would mean losing her. BioTech
would want to know where that particular mutation came from, for fair.
“Pretty gamy,” he told Erica
Makumba, Legal and Security Officer, who was the current on-watch at the
airlock. The dusky woman lounged in her jumpseat with deceptive casualness,
both hands behind her curly head—but there was a stun-bracelet on one wrist,
and Erica just happened to be the Brightwing’s current karate champ.
“Eyeah,” she replied with a
grimace. “Had a look out there last night. Talk about your low-class dives! I’m
not real surprised the Lacu’un threw the Fence up around it. Damn if I’d want
that for neighbors! Hey, we may be getting a break, though; invitation’s gone
out to about three cap’ns to come make trade-talk. Seems the Lacu’un got
themselves a lawyer—”
“So much for the
‘unsophisticated primitives,’” Dick laughed. “I thought TriStar was riding for
a fall, taking that line.”
Erica grinned; a former
TriStar employee, she had no great love for her previous employer. “Eyeah. So,
lawyer goes and calls up the records on every Company making bids, goes over
’em with a fine-tooth. Seems only three of us came up clean; us, SolarQuest,
and UVN. We got invites, rest got bye-byes. Be hearing a buncha ships clearing
for space in the next few hours.”
“My heart bleeds,” Dick
replied. “Any chance they can fight it?”
“Ha! Didn’t tell you who
they got for their mouthpiece. Lan Ventris.”
Dick whistled. “Somebody’s
been looking out for them!”
“Terran Consul; she was the
scout that made first contact. They wouldn’t have anybody else, adopted her
into the ruling sept, keep her at the Palace. Nice lady, shared a beer or three
with her. She likes these people, obviously, takes their welfare real personal.
Now—you want the quick low-down on the invites?”
Dick leaned up against the
bulkhead, arms folded, taking care not to disturb SKitty. “Say on.”
“One—” she held up a solemn
finger. “Vena—that’s the Consul—says that these folk have a long martial
tradition; they’re warriors, and admire warriors—but they admire honor and
honesty even more. The trappings of primitivism are there, but it’s a veneer
for considerable sophistication. So whoever goes needs to walk a line between
pride and honorable behavior that will be a lot like the old Japanese courts of
Terra. Two, they are very serious about religion—they give us a certain amount
of leeway for being ignorant outlanders, but if you transgress too far, Vena’s
not sure what the penalties may be. So you want to watch for signals,
body-language from the priest-caste; that could warn you that you’re on
dangerous ground. Three—and this is what may give us an edge over the other
two—they are very big on their totem animals; the sept totems are actually an
important part of sept pride and the religion. So the Cap’n intends to make you
and Her Highness there part of the delegation. Vena says that the Lacu’un
intend to issue three contracts, so we’re all gonna get one, but the folks that
impress them the most will be getting first choice.”
If Dick hadn’t been leaning
against the metal of the bulkhead he might well have staggered. As most junior
on the crew, the likelihood that he was going to even go beyond the Fence had
been staggeringly low—but that he would be included in the first trade
delegation was mind-melting!
SKitty caroled her own
excitement all the way back to his cabin, launching herself from his shoulder
to land in her own little shock-bunk, bolted to the wall above his.
Dick began digging through
his catch-all bin for his dress-insignia; the half-lidded topaz eye for CatsEye
Company, the gold wings of the ship’s insignia that went beneath it, the three
tiny stars signifying the three missions he’d been on so far....
He caught flickers of
SKitty’s private thoughts then; thoughts of pleasure, thoughts of nesting—
Nesting!
Oh no!
He spun around to meet her
wide yellow eyes, to see her treading out her shock-bunk.
SKitty, he pled, Please
don’t tell me you’re pregnant—
:Kittens,: she affirmed,
very pleased with herself.
You swore to me that you
weren’t in heat when I let you out to hunt!
She gave the equivalent of a
mental shrug. :I lie.:
He sat heavily down on his
own bunk, all his earlier excitement evaporated. BioTech shipscats were
supposed to be sterile—about one in a hundred weren’t. And you had to sign an
agreement with BioTech that you wouldn’t neuter yours if it proved out fertile;
they wanted the kittens, wanted the results that came from outbreeding. Or you
could sell the kittens to other ships yourself, or keep them; provided a
BioTech station wasn’t within your ship’s current itinerary. But of course,
only BioTech would take them before they were six months old and trained....
That was the rub. Dick
sighed. SKitty had already had one litter on him—only two, but it had seemed
like twenty-two. There was this problem with kittens in a spaceship; there was
a period of time between when they were mobile and when they were about four
months old that they had exactly two neurons in those cute, fluffy little
heads. One neuron to keep the body moving at warp speed, and one neuron to pick
out the situation guaranteed to cause the most trouble.
Everyone in the crew was
willing to play with them—but no one was willing to keep them out of trouble.
And since SKitty was Dick’s responsibility, it was Dick who got to clean up the
messes, and Dick who got to fish the little fluffbrains out of the bridge
console, and Dick who got to have the anachronistic litter pan in his cabin
until SKitty got her babies properly toilet trained.
Securing a litter pan for
freefall was not something he had wanted to have to do again. Ever.
“How could you do this to
me?” he asked SKitty reproachfully. She just curled her head over the edge of
her bunk and trilled prettily.
He sighed. Too late to do
anything about it now.
“... and you can see the
carvings adorn every flat surface,” Vena Ferducci, the small, darkhaired woman
who was the Terran Consul, said, waving her hand gracefully at the walls. Dick
wanted to stand and gawk; this was incredible!
The Fence was actually an
opaque forcefield, and only one of the reasons the Companies wanted to trade
with the Lacu’un.Though they did not have spaceflight, there were certain
applications of forcefield technologies they did have that seemed to be beyond
the Terran’s abilities. On the other side of the Fence was literally another
world.
These people built to last,
in limestone, alabaster, and marble, in the wealthy district, and in cast stone
in the outer city. The streets were carefully poured sections of concrete,
cleverly given stress-joints to avoid temperature-cracking, and kept clean
enough to eat from by a small army of street-sweepers. No animals were allowed
on the streets themselves, except for housetrained pets. The only vehicles
permitted were single or double-being electric carts, that could move no faster
than a man could walk. The Lacu’un dressed either in filmy, silken robes, or in
more practical, shorter versions of the same garments. They were a handsome
race, upright bipeds, skin tones in varying shades of browns and dark golds,
faces vaguely avian, with a frill like an iguana’s running from the base of the
neck to a point between and just above the eyes.
As Vena had pointed out,
every wall within sight was heavily carved, the carvings all having to do with
the Lacu’un religion.
Most of the carvings were
depictions of various processions or ceremonies, and no two were exactly alike.
“That’s the Harvest-Gladness,”
Vena said, pointing, as they walked, to one elaborate wall that ran for yards.
“It’s particularly appropriate for Kla’dera; he made all his money in
agriculture. Most Lacu’un try to have something carved that reflects on their
gratitude for ‘favors granted.’”
“I think I can guess that
one,” the Captain, Reginald Singh, said with a smile that showed startlingly
white teeth in his dark face. The carving he nodded to was a series of panels;
first a celebration involving a veritable kindergarten full of children, then
those children—now sex-differentiated and seen to be all female—worshiping at
the alter of a very fecund-looking Lacu’un female, and finally the now-maidens
looking sweet and demure, each holding various religious objects.
Vena laughed, her brown eyes
sparkling with amusement. “No, that one isn’t hard. There’s a saying, ‘as
fertile as Gel’vadera’s wife.’ Every child was a female, too, that made it even
better. Between the bride-prices he got for the ones that wanted to wed, and
the officer’s price he got for the ones that went into the armed services,
Gel’vadera was a rich man. His First Daughter owns the house now.”
“Ah—that brings up a
question,” Captain Singh replied. “Would you explain exactly who and what we’ll
be meeting? I read the briefing, but I still don’t quite understand who fits in
where with the government.”
“It will help if you think
of it as a kind of unholy mating of the British Parliamentary system and the
medieval Japanese Shogunates,” Vena replied. “You’ll be meeting with the
‘king’—that’s the Lacu’ara—his consort, who has equal powers and represents the
priesthood—that’s the Lacu’teveras—and his three advisors, who are elected. The
advisors represent the military, the bureaucracy, and the economic sector. The
military advisor is always female; all officers in the military are female,
because the Lacu’un believe that females will not seek glory for themselves,
and so will not issue reckless orders. The other two can be either sex.
‘Advisor’ is not altogether an accurate term to use for them; the Lacu’ara and
Lacu’teveras rarely act counter to their advice.”
Dick was paying scant
attention to this monologue; he’d already picked all this up from the faxes
he’d called out of the local library after he’d read the briefing. He was more
interested in the carvings, for there was something about them that puzzled
him.
All of them featured strange
little six-legged creatures scampering about under the feet of the carved
Lacu’un. They were about the size of a large mouse, and seemed to Dick to be
wearing very smug expressions... though of course, he was surely
misinterpreting.
“Excuse me Consul,” he said,
when Vena had finished explaining the intricacies of Lacu’un government to
Captain Singh’s satisfaction. “I can’t help wondering what those little
lizard-like things are.”
“Kreshta,” she said, “I
would call them pests; you don’t see them out on the streets much, but they are
the reason the streets are kept so clean. You’ll see them soon enough once we
get inside. They’re like mice, only worse; fast as lightning—they’ll steal food
right off your plate. The Lacu’un either can’t or won’t get rid of them, I
can’t tell you which. When I asked about them once, my host just rolled his
eyes heavenward and said what translates to ‘it’s the will of the gods.’”
“Insh’allah?” Captain Singh
asked.
“Very like that, yes. I
can’t tell if they tolerate the pests because it is the gods’ will that they
must, or if they tolerate them because the gods favor the little monsters. Inside
the Fence we have to close the government buildings down once a month, seal
them up, and fumigate. We’re just lucky they don’t breed very fast.”
:Hunt?: SKitty asked
hopefully from her perch on Dick’s shoulders.
No! Dick replied hastily. Just
look, don’t hunt!
The cat was gaining
startled—and Dick thought, appreciative—looks from passersby.
“Just what is the status
value of a totemic animal?” Erica asked curiously.
“It’s the fact that the
animal can be tamed at all. Aside from a handful of domestic herbivores, most
animal life on Lacu’un has never been tamed. To be able to take a carnivore and
train it to the hand implies that the gods are with you in a very powerful
way.” Vena dimpled. “I’ll let you in on a big secret; frankly, Lan and I
preferred the record of the Brightwing over the other two ships; you seemed to
be more sympathetic to the Lacu’un. That’s why we told you about the totemic
animals, and why we left you until last.”
“It wouldn’t have worked
without Dick,” Captain Singh told her. “SKitty has really bonded to him in a
remarkable way; I don’t think this presentation would come off half so
impressively if he had to keep her on a lead.”
“It wouldn’t,” Vena replied,
directing them around a corner. At the end of a short street was a fifteen foot
wall—carved, of course—pierced by an arching entranceway.
“The palace,” she said,
rather needlessly.
Vena had been right. The
kreshta were everywhere.
Dick could feel SKitty
trembling with the eagerness to hunt, but she was managing to keep herself
under control. Only the lashing of her tail betrayed her agitation.
He waited at parade rest,
trying not to give in to the temptation to stare, as the Captain and the
Negotiator, Grace Vixen, were presented to the five rulers of the Lacu’un in an
elaborate ceremony that resembled a stately dance. Behind the low platform
holding the five dignitaries in their iridescent robes were five soberly clad
retainers, each with one of the “totemic animals.” Dick could see now what Vena
had meant; the handlers had their creatures under control, but only barely.
There was something like a bird, something resembling a small crocodile,
something like a snake, but with six very tiny legs, a creature vaguely
catlike, but with a feathery coat, and a beast resembling a teddybear with
scales. None of the handlers was actually holding his beast, except the
bird-handler. All of the animals were on short chains, and all of them
punctuated the ceremony with soft growls and hisses.
So SKitty, perched freely on
Dick’s shoulders, had drawn no few murmurs of awe from the crowd of Lacu’un in
the Audience Hall.
The presentation glided to a
conclusion, and the Lacu’teveras whispered something to Vena behind her fan.
“With your permission,
Captain, the Lacu’teveras would like to know if your totemic beast is actually
as tame as she appears?”
“She is,” the Captain
replied, speaking directly to the consort, and bowing, exhibiting a charm that
had crossed species barriers many times before this.
It worked its magic again.
The Lacu’teveras fluttered her fan and trilled something else at Vena. The
audience of courtiers gasped.
“Would it be possible, she
asks, for her to touch it?”
SKitty? Dick asked quickly,
knowing that she was getting the sense of what was going on from his thoughts.
:Nice,: the cat replied, her
attention momentarily distracted from the scurrying hints of movement that were
all that could be seen of the kreshta. :Nice lady. Feels good in head, like
Dick.:
Feels good in head? he
thought, startled.
“I don’t think that there
will be any problem, Captain,” Dirk murmured to Singh, deciding that he could
worry about it later. “SKitty seems to like the Lacu’un. Maybe they smell
right.”
SKitty flowed down off his
shoulder and into his arms as he stepped forward to present the cat to the
Lacu’teveras. He showed the Lacu’un the cat’s favorite spot to be scratched,
under the chin. The long talons sported by all Lacu’un were admirably suited to
the job of cat-scratching.
The Lacu’teveras reached
forward with one lilac-tipped finger, and hesitantly followed Dick’s example.
The Audience Hall was utterly silent as she did so, as if the entire assemblage
was holding its breath, waiting for disaster to strike. The courtiers gasped at
her temerity when the cat stretched out her neck—then gasped again, this time
with delight, as SKitty’s rumbling purr became audible.
SKitty’s eyes were almost
completely closed in sensual delight; Dick glanced up to see that the
Lacu’teveras’ amber, slit-pupiled eyes were widened with what he judged was an
equal delight. She let her other six fingers join the first, tentative one
beneath the cat’s chin.
“Such soft—” she said shyly,
in musically-accented Standard. “—such nice!”
“Thank you, High Lady,” Dick
replied with a smile. “We think so.”
:Verrry nice,: SKitty
seconded. :Not head-talk like Dick, but feel good in head, like Dick. Nice lady
have kitten soon, too.:
The Lacu’teveras took her
hand away with some reluctance, and signed that Dick should return to his
place. SKitty slid back up onto his shoulders and started to settle herself.
It was then that everything
fell apart.
The next stage in the
ceremony called for the rulers to take their seats in their five thrones, and
the Captain, Vena, and Grace to assume theirs on stools before the thrones so
that each party could present what it wanted out of a possible relationship.
But the Lacu’teveras, her
eyes still wistfully on SKitty, was not looking where she placed her hand. And
on the armrest of the throne was a kreshta, frozen into an atypical immobility.
The Lacu’teveras put her
hand—with all of her weight on it—right on top of the kreshta. The evil-looking
thing squealed, squirmed, and bit her as hard as it could.
The Lacu’teveras cried out
in pain—the courtiers gasped, the Advisors made warding gestures—and SKitty,
roused to sudden and protective rage at this attack by vermin on the nice lady
who was with kitten—leapt.
The kreshta saw her coming,
and blurred with speed—but it was not fast enough to evade SKitty,
gene-tailored product of one of BioTech’s finest labs. Before it could cover
even half of the distance between it and safety, SKitty had it. There was a
crunch audible all over the Audience Chamber, and the ugly little thing was
hanging limp from SKitty’s jaws.
Tail high, in a silence that
could have been cut up into bricks and used to build a wall, she carried her
prize to the feet of the injured one Lacu’un and laid it there.
:Fix him!: Dick heard in his
mind. :Not hurt nice-one-with-kitten!:
The Lacu’ara stepped
forward, face rigid, every muscle tense.
Spirits of Space! Dick
thought, steeling himself for the worst, that’s bloody well torn it—
But the Lacu’ara, instead of
ordering the guards to seize the Terrans, went to one knee and picked up the
broken-backed kreshta as if it were a fine jewel.
Then he brandished it over
his head while the entire assemblage of Lacu’un burst into cheers—and the
Terrans looked at one another in bewilderment.
SKitty preened, accepting
the caresses of every Lacu’un that could reach her with the air of one to whom
adulation is long due. Whenever an unfortunate kreshta happened to attempt to
skitter by, she would turn into a bolt of black lightning, reenacting her kill
to the redoubled applause of the Lacu’un.
Vena was translating as fast
as she could, with the three Advisors all speaking at once. The Lacu’ara was
tenderly bandaging the hand of his consort, but occasionally one or the other
of them would put in a word too.
“Apparently they’ve never
been able to exterminate the kreshta; the natural predators on them can’t be
domesticated and generally take pieces out of anyone trying, traps and poisoned
baits don’t work because the kreshta won’t take them. The only thing they’ve ever
been able to do is what we were doing behind the Fence: close up the building
and fumigate periodically. And even that has problems—the Lacu’teveras, for
instance, is violently allergic to the residue left when the fumigation is
done.”
Vena paused for breath.
“I take it they’d like to
have SKitty around on a permanent basis?” the Captain said, with heavy irony.
“Spirits of Space,
Captain—they think SKitty is a sign from the gods, incarnate! I’m not sure
they’ll let her leave!”
Dick heard that with alarm—in
a lot of ways, SKitty was the best friend he had—
To leave her—the thought
wasn’t bearable!
SKitty whipped about with
alarm when she picked up what he was thinking. With an anguished yowl, she
scampered across the slippery stone floor and flung herself through the air to
land on Dick’s shoulders. There she clung, howling her objections at the idea
of being separated at top of her lungs.
“What in—” Captain Singh
exclaimed, turning to see what could be screaming like a damned soul.
“She doesn’t want to leave
me, Captain,” Dick said defiantly. “And I don’t think you’re going to be able
to get her off my shoulder without breaking her legs or tranking her.”
Captain Singh looked stormy.
“Damn it then, get a trank—”
“I’m afraid I’ll have to
veto that one, Captain,” Erica interrupted apologetically. “The contract with
BioTech clearly states that only the designated handler—and that’s Dick—or a
BioTech representative can treat a shipscat. And furthermore—” she continued,
halting the Captain before he could interrupt, “it also states that to leave a
shipscat without its designated handler will force BioTech to refuse anymore
shipscats to Brightwing for as long as you are the Captain. Now I don’t want to
sound like a troublemaker, Captain, but I for one will flatly refuse to serve
on a ship with no cat. Periodic vacuum purges to kill the vermin do not appeal
to me.”
“Well then, I’ll order the
boy to—”
“Sir, I am the Brightwing’s
legal advisor—I hate to say this, but to order Dick to ground is a clear
violation of his contract. He hasn’t got enough hours spacing yet to qualify
him for a ground position.”
The Lacu’teveras had taken
Vena aside, Dick saw, and was chattering at her at top speed, waving her
bandaged hand in the air.
“Captain Singh,” she said,
turning away from the Lacu’un and tugging at his sleeve, “the Lacu’teveras has
figured out that something you said or did is upsetting the cat, and she’s not
very happy with that—”
Captain Singh looked just
about ready to swallow a bucket of heated nails. “Spacer, will you get that
feline calmed down before they throw me in the local brig?”
“I’ll—try sir—”
Come on, old girl—they won’t
take you away. Erica and the nice lady won’t let them, he coaxed. You’re making
the nice lady unhappy, and that might hurt her kitten—
SKitty subsided, slowly, but
continued to cling to Dick’s shoulder as if he was the only rock in a flood. :Not
take Dick.:
Erica won’t let them.
:Nice Erica.:
A sudden thought occurred to
him. SKitty-love, how long would it take before you had your new kittens
trained to hunt?
She pondered the question. :From
wean? Three heats,: she said finally.
About a year, then, from
birth to full hunter. “Captain, I may have a solution for you—”
“I would be overjoyed to
hear one,” the Captain replied dryly.
“SKitty’s pregnant again—I’m
sorry, sir, I just found out today and I didn’t have time to report it—but sir,
this is going to be to our advantage! If the Lacu’un insisted, we could handle
the whole trade deal, couldn’t we, Erica? And it should take something like a
year to get everything negotiated and set up, shouldn’t it?”
“Up to a year and a half,
standard, yes,” she confirmed. “And basically, whatever the Lacu’un want, they
get, so far as the Company is concerned.”
“Once the kittens are a year
old, they’ll be hunters just as good as SKitty is—so if you could see your way
clear to doing all the set up—and sort-of wait around for us to get done
rearing the kittens—”
Captain Singh burst into
laughter. “Boy, do you have any notion just how many credits handling the
entire trade negotiations would put in Brightwing’s account? Do you have any
idea what that would do for my status?”
“No sir,” he admitted.
“Suffice it to say I could
retire if I chose. And—Spirits of Space—kittens? Kittens we could legally sell
to the Lacu’un? I don’t suppose you have any notion of how many kittens we can
expect this time?”
He sent an inquiring tendril
of thought to SKitty. “Uh—I think four, sir.”
“Four! And they were
offering us what for just her?” the Captain asked Vena.
“A more-than-considerable
amount,” she said dryly. “Exclusive contract on the forcefield applications.”
“How would they feel about
bargaining for four to be turned over in about a year?”
Vena turned to the rulers
and translated. The excited answer she got left no doubts in anyone’s mind that
the Lacu’un were overjoyed at the prospect.
“Basically, Captain, you’ve
just convinced the Lacu’un that you hung the moon.”
“Well—why don’t we settle
down to a little serious negotiation, hmm?” the Captain said, nobly refraining
from rubbing his hands together with glee. “I think that all our problems for
the future are about to be solved in one fell swoop! Get over here, spacer. You
and that cat have just received a promotion to Junior Negotiator.”
:Okay?: SKitty asked
anxiously.
Yes, love, Dick replied,
taking Erica’s place on a negotiator’s stool. Very okay!
A Tail of Two SKittys
The howls coming from inside
the special animal shipping crate sounded impatient, and had been enough to
seriously alarm the cargo handlers. Dick White, Spaceman First Class,
Supercargo on the CatsEye Company ship Brightwing, put his hand on the outside
of the plastile crate, just above the word “Property.” From within the crate
the muffled voice continued to yowl general unhappiness with the world.
Tell her that it’s all
right, SKitty, he thought at the black form that lay over his shoulders like a
living fur collar. Tell her I’ll have her out in a minute. I don’t want her to
come bolting out of there and hide the minute I crack the crate.
SKitty raised her head.
Yellow eyes blinked once, sleepily. Abruptly, the yowling stopped.
:She fine,: SKitty said, and
yawned, showing a full mouth of needle-pointed teeth. :Only young, scared. I
think she make good mate for Furrball.:
Dick shook his head; the
kittens were not even a year old, and already their mother was matchmaking.
Then again, that was the tendency of mothers the universe over.
At least now he’d be able to
uncrate this would-be “mate” with a minimum of fuss.
The full legend imprinted on
the crate read “Female Shipscat Astra Stardancer of Englewood, Property of
BioTech Interstellar, leased to CatsEye Company. Do not open under penalty of
law.” Theoretically, Astra was, like SKitty, a bio-engineered shipscat, fully
capable of handling freefall, alien vermin, conditions that would poison,
paralyze, or terrify her remote Terran ancestors, and all without turning a
hair. In actuality, Astra, like the nineteen other shipscats Dick had uncrated,
was a failure. The genetic engineering of her middle-ear and other balancing
organs had failed. She could not tolerate freefall, and while most ships
operated under grav-generators, there were always equipment malfunctions and accidents.
That made her and her
fellows failures by BioTech standards. A shipscat that could not handle
freefall was not a shipscat.
Normally, kittens that
washed out in training were adopted out to carefully selected planet- or
station-bound families of BioTech employees. However, this was not a “normal”
circumstance by any stretch of the imagination.
The world of the Lacu’un,
graceful, bipedal humanoids with a remarkably sophisticated, if planet-bound,
civilization, was infested with a pest called a “kreshta.” Erica Makumba, the
Legal Advisor and Security Chief of Dick’s ship described them as “six-legged
crosses between cockroaches and mice.” SKitty described them only as “nasty,”
but she hunted them gleefully anyway. The Lacu’un opened their world to trade
just over a year ago, and some of their artifacts and technologies made them a
desirable trade-ally indeed. The Brightwing had been one of the three ships
invited to negotiate, in part because of SKitty, for the Lacu’un valued totemic
animals highly.
And that was what had led to
Captain Singh of the Brightwing conducting the entire trade negotiations with
the Lacu’un—and had kept Brightwing ground-bound for the past year. SKitty had
done the—to the Lacu’un—impossible. She had killed kreshta. She had already
been assumed to be Brightwing’s totemic animal; that act elevated her to the
status of “god-touched miracle,” and had given the captain and crew of her ship
unprecedented control and access to the rulers here.
SKitty had been
newly-pregnant at the time; part of the price for the power Captain Singh now
wielded had been her kittens. But Dick had gotten another idea, and had used
his own share of the profits Brightwing was taking in to purchase the leases of
twenty more “failed” cats to supplement SKitty’s four kittens. BioTech cats
released for leases were generally sterile, SKitty being a rare exception. If
these twenty worked out, the Lacu’un would be very grateful, and more
importantly, so would Vena Ferducci, the attractive, petite Terran Consul assigned
to the new embassy here. In the past few months, Dick had gotten to know Vena
very well—and he hoped to get to know her better. Vena had originally been a
Survey Scout, and she was getting rather restless in her ground-based position
as Consul. And in truth, the Lacu’un lawyer, Lan Ventris, was much better
suited to such a job than Vena. She had hinted that as soon as the Lacu’un felt
they could trust Ventris, she would like to resign and go back to space. Dick
rather hoped she might be persuaded to take a position with the Brightwing. It
was too soon to call this little dance a “romance,” but he had hopes....
Hopes which could be
solidified by this experiment. If the twenty young cats he had imported worked
out as well as SKitty’s four half-grown kittens, the Lacu’un would be able to
import their intelligent pest-killers at a fraction of what the lease on a
shipscat would be. This would make Vena happy; anything that benefited her
Lacu’un made her happy. And if Dick was the cause of that happiness....
:Dick go courting?: SKitty
asked innocently, salting her query with decidedly not-innocent images of her
own “courting.”
Dick blushed. No courting,
he thought firmly. Not yet, anyway.
:Silly,: SKitty replied
scornfully. The overtones of her thoughts were—why waste such a golden
opportunity? Dick did not answer her.
Instead, he thumbed the lock
on the crate, a lock keyed to his DNA only. A tiny prickle was the only
indication that the lock had taken a sample of his skin for comparison, but a moment
later a hairline-thin crack appeared around the front end of the crate, and
Dick carefully opened the door and looked inside.
A pair of big green eyes in
a pointed gray face looked out at him from the shadows. “Meowrrrr?” said a
tentative voice.
Tell her it’s all right,
SKitty, he thought, extending a hand for Astra to sniff. It was too bad that
his telepathic connection with SKitty did not extend to these other cats, but
she seemed to be able to relay everything he needed to tell them.
Astra sniffed his fingers
daintily, and oozed out of the crate, belly to the floor. After a moment
though, a moment during which SKitty stared at her so hard that Dick was fairly
certain his little friend was communicating any number of things to the
newcomer, Astra stood up and looked around, her ears coming up and her muscles
relaxing. Finally she looked up at Dick and blinked.
“Prrow,” she said. He didn’t
need SKitty’s translation to read that. He held out his arms and the young cat
leapt into them, to be carried in regal dignity out of the Quarantine area.
As he turned away from the
crate, he thought he caught a hint of movement in the shadows at the back. But
when he turned to look, there was nothing there, and he dismissed it as nothing
more than his imagination. If there had been anything else in Astra’s crate,
the manifest would have listed it—and Astra was definitely sterile, so it could
not have been an unlicensed kitten.
Erica Makumba and Vena were
waiting for him in the corridor outside. Vena offered her fingers to the
newcomer; much more secure now, Astra sniffed them and purred. “She’s lovely,”
Vena said in admiration. Dick had to agree; Astra was a velvety blue-gray from
head to tail, and her slim, clean lines clearly showed her descent from Russian
Blue ancestors.
:She for Furrball,: SKitty
insisted, gently nipping at his neck.
Is this your idea or hers?
Dick retorted.
:Sees Furrball in head;
likes Furrball.: That seemed to finish it as far as SKitty was concerned. :Good
hunter, too.: Dick gave in to the inevitable.
“Didn’t we promise one of
these new cats to the Lacu’teveras?” Dick asked. “This one seems very gentle;
she’d probably do very well as a companion for Furrball.” SKitty’s kittens all
had names as fancy as Astra’s—or as SKitty’s official name, for that matter.
Furrball was “Andreas Widefarer of Lacu’un,” Nuisance was “Misty Snowspirit of
Lacu’un,” Rags was “Lady Flamebringer of Lacu’un” and Trey was “Garrison
Starshadow of Lacu’un.” But they had, as cats always do, acquired their own
nicknames that had nothing to do with the registered names. Astra would without
a doubt do the same.
Each of the most prominent
families of the Lacu’un had been granted one cat, but the Royal Family had
three. Two of SKitty’s original kittens, and one of the newcomers. Astra would
bring that number up to four, a sacred number to the Lacu’un and very
propitious.
“We did,” Vena replied
absently, scratching a pleased Astra beneath her chin. “And I agree with you; I
think this one would please the Lacu’teveras very much.” She laughed a little.
“I’m beginning to think you’re psychic or something, Dick; you haven’t been
wrong with your selections yet.”
“Me?” he said ingenuously.
“Psychic? Spirits of Space, Vena, the way these people are treating the cats,
it doesn’t matter anyway. Any ‘match’ I made would be a good one, so far as the
cat is concerned. They couldn’t be pampered more if they were Lacu’un
girl-babies!”
“True,” she agreed, and
reluctantly took her hand away. “Well, four cats should be just about right to keep
the Palace vermin-free. It’s really kind of funny how they’ve divided the place
up among them with no bickering. They almost act as if they were humans
dividing up patrols!” Erica shot him an unreadable glance; did she remember how
he had sat down with the original three and SKitty—and a floor-plan of the
place—when he first brought them all to the Palace?
“They are bred for high
intelligence,” he reminded both of them hastily. “No one really knows how
bright they are. They’re bright enough to use their life-support pods in an
emergency, and bright enough to learn how to use the human facilities in the
ships. They seem to have ways of communicating with each other, or so the
people at BioTech tell me, so maybe they did establish patrols.”
“Well, maybe they did,”
Erica said after a long moment. He heaved a mental sigh of relief. The last
thing he needed was to have someone suspect SKitty’s telepathic link with him.
BioTech was not breeding for telepathy, but if such a useful trait ever showed
up in a fertile female, they would surely cancel Brightwing’s lease and haul
SKitty back to their nearest cattery to become a breeding queen. SKitty was his
best friend; to lose her like that would be terrible.
:No breeding,: SKitty said
firmly. :Love Dick, love ship. No breeding; breeding dull, kittens a pain. Not
leave ship ever.:
Well, at least SKitty
agreed.
For now, anyway, now that
her kittens were weaned. Whenever she came into season, she seemed to change
her mind, at least about the part that resulted in breeding, if not the
breeding itself.
The Lacu’teveras, the Ruling
Consort of her people, accepted Astra into the household with soft cries of
welcome and gladness. Erica was right, the Lacu’un could not possibly have
pampered their cats more. Whenever a cat wanted a lap or a scratch, one was
immediately provided, whether or not the object of feline affection was in the
middle of negotiations or a session of Council or not. Whenever one wished to
play—although with the number of kreshta about, there was very little energy
left over for playing—everything else was set aside for that moment. And when
one brought in a trophy kreshta, tail and ears held high with pride, the entire
court applauded. Astra was introduced to Furrball at SKitty’s insistence. Noses
were sniffed, and the two rubbed cheeks. It appeared that Mama’s matchmaking
was going to work.
The three humans and the
pleased feline headed back across the city to the spaceport and the Fence
around it. The city of the Lacu’un was incredibly attractive, much more so than
any other similar city Dick had ever visited. Because of the rapidity with
which the kreshta multiplied given any food and shelter, the streets were kept
absolutely spotless, and the buildings clean and in repair. Most had walls
about them, giving the inhabitants little islands of privacy. The walls of the
wealthy were of carved stone; those of the poor of cast concrete. In all cases,
ornamentation was the rule, not the exception.
The Lacu’un themselves
walked the streets of their city garbed in delicate, flowing robes, or shorter
more practical versions of the same garments. Graceful and handsome, they
resembled avians rather than reptiles; their skin varied in shade from a dark
brown to a golden tan, and their heads bore a kind of frill like an iguana’s,
that ran from the base of the neck to a point just above and between the eyes.
Their faces were capable of
something like a smile, and the expression meant the same for them as it did
for humans. Most of them smiled when they saw Dick and SKitty; although the
kreshta-destroying abilities of the cat were not something any of them would
personally feel the impact of for many years, perhaps generations, they still
appreciated what the cats Dick had introduced could do. The kreshta had been a
plague upon them for as long as their history recorded, even being so bold as
to steal the food from plates and injure unguarded infants. For as long as that
history, it had seemed that there would never be a solution to the depredations
of the little beasts. But now—the most pious claimed the advent of the cats was
a sign of the gods’ direct intervention and blessing, and even the skeptics
were thrilled at the thought that an end to the plague was in sight. It was
unlikely that, even with a cat in every household, the kreshta would ever be
destroyed—but such things as setting a guard on sleeping babies and locking
meals in metal containers set into the tables could probably be eliminated.
When they crossed the Fence
into Terran territory, however, the surroundings dropped in quality by a
magnitude or two. Dick felt obscurely ashamed of his world whenever he looked
at the shabby, garish spaceport “facilities” that comprised most of the Terran
spaceport area. At least the headquarters that Captain Singh and CatsEye had
established were handsome; adaptations of the natives’ own architecture, in
cast concrete with walls decorated with stylized stars, spaceships, and
suggestions of slit-pupiled eyes. SolarQuest and UVN, the other two Companies
that had been given Trade permits, were following CatsEye’s lead, and had hired
the same local architects and contractors to build their own headquarters. It
looked from the half-finished buildings as if SolarQuest was going with a motif
taken from their own logo of a stylized sunburst; UVN was going for geometrics
in their wall-decor.
There were four ships here
at the moment rather than the authorized three; for some reason, the
independent freighter that had brought in the twenty shipscats was still here
on the landing field. Dick wondered about that for a moment, then shrugged
mentally. Independents often ran on shoestring budgets; probably they had only
loaded enough fuel to get them here, and refueling was taking more time than
they had thought it would.
Suddenly, just as they passed
through the doors of the building, SKitty howled, hissed, and leapt from Dick’s
shoulders, vanishing through the rapidly-closing door.
He uttered a muffled curse
and turned to run after her. What had gotten into her, anyway?
He found himself looking into
the muzzle of a weapon held by a large man in the nondescript coveralls favored
by the crew of that independent freighter. The man was as nondescript as his
clothing, with ash-blond hair cut short and his very ordinary face—with the
exception of that weapon, and the cold, calculating look in his iron-gray eyes.
Dick put up his hands, slowly. He had the feeling this was a very bad time to
play hero.
“Where’s the damn cat?”
snapped the one Dick was coming to think of as “the Gray Man.” One of his
underlings shrugged.
“Gone,” the man replied
shortly. “She got away when we rounded up these three, and she just vanished
somewhere. Forget the cat. How much damage could a cat do?”
The Gray Man shrugged. “The
natives might get suspicious if they don’t see her with our man.”
“She probably wouldn’t have
cooperated with our man,” the underling pointed out. “Not like she did with
this one. It doesn’t matter—White got the new cats installed, and we don’t need
an animal that was likely to be a handful anyway.”
The Gray Man nodded after a
while and went back to securing the latest of his prisoners. The offices in the
new CatsEye building had been turned into impromptu cells; Dick had gotten a
glimpse of Captain Singh in one of them as he had been frog-marched past. He didn’t
know what these people had done with the rest of the crew or with Vena and
Erica, since Vena had been taken off somewhere separately and Erica had been
stunned and dragged away without waiting for her surrender.
The Gray Man watched him
with his weapon trained on him as two more underlings installed a tangle-field
generator across the doorway. With no windows, these little offices made
perfect holding-pens. Most of them didn’t have furniture yet, those that did didn’t
really contain anything that could be used as a weapon. The desks were simple
slabs of native wood on metal supports, the chairs molded plastile, and both
were bolted to the floor. There was nothing in Dick’s little cubicle that could
even be thrown.
Dick was still trying to
figure out who and what these people were, when something finally clicked. He
looked up at the Gray Man. “You’re from TriStar, aren’t you?” he asked.
If the Gray Man was startled
by this, he didn’t show it. “Yes,” the man replied, gun-muzzle never wavering.
“How did you figure that out?”
“BioTech never ships with
anyone other than TriStar if they can help it,” Dick said flatly. “I wondered
why they had hired a tramp-freighter to bring out their cats; it didn’t seem
like them, but then I thought maybe that was all they could get.”
“You’re clever, White,” the
Gray Man replied, expressionlessly. “Too clever for your own good, maybe. We
might just have to make you disappear. You and the Makumba woman; she’ll
probably know some of us as soon as she wakes up, and we don’t have the time or
the equipment to brain-wipe you.”
Dick felt a chill going down
his back, as the men at the door finished installing the field and left,
quickly. “BioTech is going to wonder if one of their designated handlers just
vanishes. And without me, you’re never going to get SKitty back; BioTech isn’t
going to care for that, either. They might start asking questions that you
can’t answer.”
The Gray Man stared at him
for a long moment; his expression did not vary in the least, but at least he
didn’t make any move to shoot. “I’ll think about it,” he said finally. He might
have said more, but there was a shout from the corridor outside.
“The cat!” someone yelled,
and the Gray Man was out of the door before Dick could blink. Unfortunately, he
paused long enough to trigger the tangle-field before he ran off in pursuit of
what could only have been SKitty.
Dick slumped down into the
chair, and buried his face in his hands, but not in despair. He was thinking
furiously.
TriStar didn’t like getting
cut out of the negotiations; what they can’t get legally, they’ll get any way
they can. Probably they intend to use us as hostages against Vena’s good
behavior, getting her to put them up as the new negotiators. I solved the
problem of getting the cats for them; now there’s no reason they couldn’t just
step in. But that can’t go on forever, sooner or later Vena is going to get to
a com unit or send some kind of message offworld. So what would these people do
then?
TriStar had a reputation as
being ruthless, and he’d heard from Erica that it was justified. So how do you
get rid of an entire crew of a spaceship and the Terran Consul? And maybe the
crews of the other two ships into the bargain?
Well, there was always one
answer to that, especially on a newly-opened world. Plague.
The chill threaded his
backbone again as he realized just what a good answer that was. These TriStar
goons could use sickness as the excuse for why the CatsEye people weren’t in
evidence. A rumor of plague might well drive the other two ships offworld
before they came down with it. The TriStar people could even claim to be taking
care of the Brightwing’s crew.
Then, after a couple of
weeks, they all succumb to the disease, the Terran Consul with them....
It was a story that would
work, not only with the Terran authorities, but with the Lacu’un. The Fence was
a very effective barrier to help from the natives; the Lacu’un would not cross
it to find out the truth, even if they were suspicious.
I have to get to a com set,
he thought desperately. His own usefulness would last only so long as it took
them to trap SKitty and find some way of caging her. No one else, so far as he
knew, could hear her thoughts. All they needed to do would be to catch her and
ship her back to BioTech, with the message that the designated handler was dead
of plague and the cat had become unmanageable. It wouldn’t have been the first
time.
A soft hiss made him look
up, and he strangled a cry of mingled joy and apprehension. It was SKitty! She
was right outside the door, and she seemed to be trying to do something with
the tangle-field generator.
SKitty! he thought at her as
hard as he could. SKitty, you have to get away from here, they’re trying to
catch you—There was no way SKitty was going to be able to deal with those
controls; they were deliberately made difficult to handle, just precisely
because shipscats were known to be curious. And how could she know what
complicated series of things to do to take down the field anyway?
But SKitty ignored him,
using her stubby raccoon-like hands on the controls of the generator and
hissing in frustration when the controls would not cooperate.
Finally, with a muffled yowl
of triumph, she managed to twist the dial into the “off” position and the field
went down. Dick was out the door in a moment, but SKitty was
uncharacteristically running off ahead of him instead of waiting for him. Not
that he minded! She was safer on the ground in case someone spotted him and
stunned him; she was small and quick, and if they caught him again, she would
still have a chance to hide and get away. But there was something odd about her
bounding run; as if her body was a little longer than usual. And her tail
seemed to be a lot longer than he remembered—
Never mind that, get moving!
he scolded himself, trying to recall where they’d set up all the coms and if
any of them were translight. SKitty whisked ahead of him, around a corner; when
he caught up with her, she was already at work on the tangle-field generator in
front of another door.
Practice must have made
perfect; she got the field down just before he reached the doorway, and shot
down the hall like a streak of black lightning. Dick stopped; inside was
someone lying down on a cot, arm over her dark mahogany head. Erica!
“Erica!” he hissed at her.
She sat bolt upright, wincing as she did so, and he felt a twinge of sympathy.
A stun-migraine was no picnic.
She saw who was at the door,
saw at the same moment that there was no tangle-field shimmer between them, and
was on her feet and out in a fraction of a second. “How?” she demanded,
scanning the corridor and finding it as curiously empty as Dick had.
“SKitty took the generator
offline,” he said. “She got yours, too, and she headed off that way—” He
pointed towards the heart of the building. “Do you remember where the
translight coms are?”
“Eyeah,” she said. “In the
basement, if we can get there. That’s the emergency unit and I don’t think they
know we’ve got it.”
She cocked her head to one
side, as if she had suddenly heard something. He strained his ears—and there
was a clamor, off in the distance beyond the walls of the building. It sounded
as if several people were chasing something. But it couldn’t have been SKitty;
she was still in the building.
“It sounds like they’re busy,”
Erica said, and grinned. “Let’s go while we have the chance!”
But before they reached the
basement com room, they were joined by most of the crew of the Brightwing, some
of whom had armed themselves with whatever might serve as a weapon. All of them
told the same story, about how the shipscat had taken down their tangle-fields
and fled. Once in the basement of the building—after scattering the multiple
nests of kreshta that had moved right in—the Com Officer took over while the
rest of them found whatever they could to make a barricade and Dick related
what he had learned and what his surmises were. Power controls were all down
here; there would be no way short of blowing the building up for the TriStar
goons to cut power to the com. Now all they needed was time—time to get their
message out, and wait for the Patrol to answer.
But time just might be in
very short supply, Dick told himself as he grabbed a sheet of reflective
insulation to use as a crude stun-shield. And as if in answer to that, just as
the Com Officer got the link warmed up and began to send, Erica called out from
the staircase.
“Front and center—here they
come!”
Dick slumped down so that
the tiny medic could reach his head to bandage it. He knew he looked like he’d
been through a war, but either the feeling of elated triumph or the medic’s
drugs or both prevented him from really feeling any of his injuries. In the
end, it had come down to the crudest of hand-to-hand combat on the staircase,
as the Com Officer resent the message as many times as he could and the rest of
them held off the TriStar bullies. He could only thank the Spirits of Space
that they had no weapons stronger than stunners—or at least, they hadn’t wanted
to use them down in the basement where so many circuits lay bare. Eventually,
of course, they had been overwhelmed, but by then it was too late. The Com
Officer had gotten a reply from the Patrol. Help was on the way. Faced with the
collapse of their plan, the TriStar people had done the only wise thing. They
had retreated.
With them, they had taken
all evidence that they were from TriStar; there was no way of proving who and
what they were, unless the Patrol corvette now on the way in could intercept
them and capture them. Contrary to what the Gray Man had thought, Erica had
recognized none of her captors.
But right now, none of that
mattered. What did matter was that they had come through this—and that SKitty
had finally reappeared as soon as the TriStar ship blasted out, to take her
accustomed place on Dick’s shoulders, purring for all she was worth and
interfering with the medic’s work.
“Dick—” Vena called from the
door to the medic’s office, “I found your—”
Dick looked up. Vena was
cradling SKitty in her arms.
But SKitty was already on
his shoulders.
She must have looked just as
stunned as he did, but he recovered first, doing a double-take. His SKitty was
the one on her usual perch—Vena’s SKitty was a little thinner, a little taller—
And most definitely had a
lot longer tail!
:Is Prrreet,: SKitty said
with satisfaction. :Handsome, no? Is bred for being Patrol-cat, war-cat.:
“Vena, what’s the tattoo
inside that cat’s ear?” he asked, urgently. She checked.
“FX-003,” she said, “and a
serial number. But the X designation is for experimental, isn’t it?”
“Uh—yeah.” He got up, ignoring
the medic, and came to look at the new cat. Vena’s stranger also had much more
human-like hands than his SKitty; suddenly the mystery of how the cat had
managed to manipulate the tangle-field controls was solved.
Shoot, he might even have
been trained to do that!
:Yes,: SKitty said simply. :I
go play catch-me-stupid, he open human-cages. He hear of me on station, come to
see me, be mate. I think I keep him.:
Dick closed his eyes for a
moment. Somewhere, there was a frantic BioTech station trying to figure out
where one of their experimentals had gone. He should turn the cat over to them!
:No,: SKitty said
positively. :No look. Is deaf one ear; is pet. Run away, find me.:
“He uh—must have come in as
an extra with that shipment,” Dick improvised quickly. “I found an extra
invoice, I just thought they’d made a mistake. He’s deaf in one ear, that’s why
they washed him out. I uh—I suppose Brightwing could keep him.”
“I was kind of hoping I
could—” Vena began, and flushed, lowering her eyes. “I suppose I still could...
after this, the embassy is going to have to have a full staff with Patrol
guards and a real Consul. They won’t need me anymore.”
Dick began to grin, as he
realized what Vena was saying. “Well, he will need a handler. And I have all I
can do to take care of this SKitty.”
:Courting?: SKitty asked
slyly, reaching out to lick one of Prrreet’s ears.
This time Dick did not
bother to deny it.
SCat
“NoooOOOWOWOWOW!”
The metal walls of Dick’s
tiny cabin vibrated with the howl. Dick White ignored it, as he injected the
last of the four contraception-beads into SKitty’s left hind leg. The
black-coated shipscat did not move, but she did continue her vocal and mental
protest. :Mean,: she complained, as Dick held the scanner over the right spot
to make certain that he had gotten the bead placed where it was supposed to go.
:Mean, mean Dick.:
Indignation showing in every
line of her, she sat up on his fold-down desk and licked the injection site. It
hadn’t hurt; he knew it hadn’t hurt, for he’d tried it on himself with a
neutral bead before he injected her.
Nice, nice Dick, you should
be saying, he chided her. One more unauthorized litter and BioTech would be
coming to take you away for their breeding program. You’re too fertile for your
own good.
SKitty’s token whine turned
into a real yowl of protest, and her mate, now dubbed “SCat,” joined her in the
wail from his seat on Dick’s bunk. :Not leave Dick!: SKitty shrilled in his
head. :Not leave ship!:
Then no more kittens—at
least not for a while! he responded. No more kittens means SKitty and SCat stay
with Dick.
SKitty leapt to join her
mate on the bunk, where both of them began washing each other to demonstrate
their distress over the idea of leaving Dick. SKitty’s real name was “Lady Sundancer
of Greenfields,” and she was the proud product of BioTech’s masterful
genesplicing. Shipscats, those sturdy, valiant hunters of vermin of every
species, betrayed their differences from Terran felines in a number of ways.
BioTech had given them the “hands” of a raccoon, the speed of a mongoose, the
ability to adjust to rapid changes in gravity or no gravity at all, and greatly
enhanced mental capacity. What they did not know was that “Lady Sundancer”—aka
“Dick White’s Kitty,” or “SKitty” for short—had another, invisible enhancement.
She was telepathic—at least with Dick.
Thanks to SKitty and to her
last litter, the CatsEye Company trading ship Brightwing was one of the most
prosperous in this end of the Galaxy. That was due entirely to SKitty’s hunting
ability; she had taken swift vengeance when a persistent pest native to the
newly-opened world of Lacu’un had bitten the consort of the ruler, killing with
a single blow a creature the natives had never been able to exterminate. That,
and her own charming personality, had made her kittens-to-be most desirable
acquisitions, so precious that not even the leaders of Lacu’un “owned” them;
they were held in trust for the world. Thanks to the existence of that litter
and the need to get them appropriately pedigreed BioTech mates, SKitty’s own
mate—called “Prrreet” by SKitty and unsurprisingly dubbed “SCat” by the crew,
for his ability to vanish—had made his own way to SKitty, stowing aboard with
the crates containing more BioTech kittens for Lacu’un.
Where he came from, only he
knew, although he was definitely a shipscat. His tattoo didn’t match anything
in the BioTech register. Too dignified to be called a “kitty,” this handsome
male was “Dick White’s Cat.”
And thanks to SCat’s timely
arrival and intervention, an attempt to kill the entire crew of the Brightwing
and the Terran Consul to Lacu’un in order to take over the trading concession
had been unsuccessful. SCat had disabled critical equipment holding them all
imprisoned, so that they were able to get to a com station to call for help
from the Patrol, while SKitty had distracted the guards.
SCat had never demonstrated
telepathic powers with Dick, for which Dick was grateful, but he certainly
possessed something of the sort with SKitty, and he was odd in other ways. Dick
would have been willing to take an oath that SCat’s forepaws were even more
handlike than SKitty’s, and that his tail showed some signs of being
prehensile. There were other secrets locked in that wide black-furred skull,
and Dick only wished he had access to them.
Dick was worried, for the Brightwing
was in space again and heading towards one of the major stations with the
results of their year-long trading endeavor with the beings of Lacu’un in their
hold. Shipscats simply did not come out of nowhere; BioTech kept very tight
control over them, denying them to ships or captains with a record of even the
slightest abuse or neglect, and keeping track of where every one of them was,
from birth to death. They were expensive—traders running on the edge could not
afford them, and had to rid themselves of vermin with periodic vacuum-purges.
SKitty claimed that her mate had “heard about her” and had come specifically to
find her—but she would not say from where. SCat had to come from somewhere, and
wherever that was, someone from there was probably looking for him. They would
very likely take a dim view of their four-legged Romeo heading off on his own
in search of his Juliet.
Any attempt to question the
tom through SKitty was useless. SCat would simply stare at him with those
luminous yellow eyes, then yawn, and SKitty would soon grow bored with the
proceedings. After all, to her, the important thing was that SCat was here, not
where he had come from.
Behind Dick, in the open
door of the cabin, someone coughed. He turned to find Captain Singh regarding
Dick and cats with a jaundiced eye. Dick saluted hastily.
“Sir—contraceptive devices
in place and verified sir!” he affirmed, holding up the injector to prove it.
The Captain, a darkly
handsome gentleman as popular with the females of his own species as SCat
undoubtably was with felines, merely nodded. “We have a problem, White,” he
pointed out. “The Brightwing’s manifest shows one shipscat, not two. And we
still don’t know where number two came from. I know what will happen if we try
to take SKitty’s mate away from her, but I also know what will happen if anyone
finds out we have a second cat, origin unknown. BioTech will take a dim view of
this.”
Dick had been thinking at
least part of this through. “We can hide him, sir,” he offered. “At least until
I can find out where he came from.”
“Oh?” Captain Singh’s
eyebrows rose. “Just how do you propose to hide him, and where?”
Dick grinned. “In plain
sight, sir. Look at them—unless you have them side-by-side, you wouldn’t be
able to tell which one you had in front of you. They’re both black with yellow
eyes, and it’s only when you can see the size difference and the longer tail on
SCat that you can tell them apart.”
“So we simply make sure
they’re never in the same compartment while strangers are aboard?” the Captain
hazarded. “That actually has some merit; the Spirits of Space know that people
are always claiming shipscats can teleport. No one will even notice the
difference if we don’t say anything, and they’ll just think she’s getting
around by way of the access tubes. How do you intend to find out where this one
came from without making people wonder why you’re asking about a stray cat?”
Dick was rather pleased with
himself, for he had actually thought of this solution first. “SKitty is
fertile—unlike nine-tenths of the shipscats. That is why we had kittens to
offer the Lacu’un in the first place, and was why we have the profit we do,
even after buying the contracts of the other young cats for groundside duty as
the kittens’ mates.”
The Captain made a faint
grimace. “You’re stating the obvious.”
“Humor me, sir. Did you know
that BioTech routinely offers their breeding cats free choice in mates? That
otherwise, they don’t breed well?” As the Captain shook his head, Dick pulled
out his trump card. “I am—ostensibly—going to do the same for SKitty. As long
as we ‘find’ her a BioTech mate that she approves of, BioTech will be happy.
And we need more kittens for the Lacu’un; we have no reason to buy them when we
have a potential breeder of our own.”
“But we got mates for her
kittens,” the Captain protested. “Won’t BioTech think there’s something odd
going on?”
Dick shook his head. “You’re
thinking of house-cats. Shipscats aren’t fertile until they’re four or five. At
that rate, the kittens won’t be old enough to breed for four years, and the
Lacu’un are going to want more cats before then. So I’ll be searching the
BioTech breeding records for a tom of the right age and appearance. Solid black
is recessive—there can’t be that many black toms of the right age.”
“And
once you’ve found your group of candidates—?” Singh asked, both
eyebrows arching. “You look for the one that’s missing?” He did not ask how
Dick was supposed to have found out that SKitty “preferred” a black tom;
shipscats were more than intelligent enough to choose a color from a set of
holos.
Dick shrugged. “The
information may be in the records. Once I know where SCat’s from, we can open
negotiations to add him to our manifest with BioTech’s backing. They won’t pass
up a chance to make SKitty half of a breeding pair, and I don’t think there’s a
captain willing to go on BioTech’s record as opposing a shipscat’s choice of
mate.”
“I won’t ask how you intend
to make that particular project work,” Singh said hastily. “Just remember, no
more kittens in freefall.”
Dick held up the now-empty
injector as a silent promise.
“I’ll brief the crew to
refer to both cats as ‘SKitty’—most of the time they do anyway,” the Captain
said. “Carry on, White. You seem to have the situation well in hand.”
Dick was nowhere near that
certain, but he put on a confident expression for the Captain. He saluted
Singh’s retreating back, then sat down on the bunk beside the pair of purring
cats. As usual, they were wound around each other in a knot of happiness.
I wish my love-life was
going that well. He’d hit it off with the Terran Consul well enough, but she
had elected to remain in her ground-bound position, and his life was with the
ship. Once again, romance took a second place to careers. Which in his case,
meant no romance. There wasn’t a single female in this crew that had shown
anything other than strictly platonic interest in him.
If he wanted a career in
space, he had to be very careful about what he did and said. As most junior
officer on the Brightwing, he was the one usually chosen for whatever
unpleasant duty no one else wanted to handle. And although he could actually retire,
thanks to the prosperity that the Lacu’un contract had brought the whole crew,
he didn’t want to. That would mean leaving space, leaving the ship—and leaving
SKitty and SCat.
He could also transfer
within the company, but why change from a crew full of people he liked and
respected, with a good Captain like Singh, to one about which he knew nothing?
That would be stupid. And he couldn’t leave SKitty, no matter what. She was his
best friend, even if she did get him into trouble sometimes.
He also didn’t have the
experience to be anything other than the most junior officer in any ship, so transferring
wouldn’t have any benefits.
Unless, of course, he
parlayed his profit-share into a small fortune and bought his own ship. Then he
could be Captain, and he might even be able to buy SKitty’s contract—but he
lacked the experience that made the difference between prosperity and
bankruptcy in the shaky world of the Free Traders. He was wise enough to know
this.
As for the breeding
project—he had some ideas. The Brightwing would be visiting Lacu’un for a
minimum of three weeks on every round of their trading-route. Surely something
could be worked out. Things didn’t get chancy until after the kittens were
mobile and before SKitty potty-trained them to use crew facilities. Before they
were able to leave the nest-box, SKitty took care of the unpleasant details. If
they could arrange things so that the period of mobility-to-weaning took place
while they were on Lacu’un....
Well, he’d make that Jump
when the coordinates came up. Right now, he had to keep outsiders from
discovering that there was feline contraband on board, and find out where that
contraband came from.
:Dick smart,: SKitty purred
proudly. :Dick fix everything.:
Well, he thought wryly, at
least I have her confidence, if no-one else’s!
It had been a long time
since the Brightwing had been docked at a major port, and predictably, everyone
wanted shore leave. Everyone except Dick, that is. He had no intentions of
leaving the console in Cargo where he was doing his “mate-hunting” unless and
until he found his match. The fact that there was nothing but a skeleton crew
aboard, once the inspectors left, only made it easier for Dick to run his
searches through the BioTech database available through the station. This
database was part of the public records kept on every station, and updated
weekly by BioTech. Dick had a notion that he’d get his “hit” within a few hours
of initiating his search.
He was pleasantly surprised
to discover that there were portraits available for every entry. It might even
be possible to identify SCat just from the portraits, once he had all of the
black males of the appropriate age sorted out. That would give him even more
rationale for the claim that SKitty had “chosen” her mate herself.
With an interested feline
perching on each arm of the chair, he logged into the station’s databases,
identified himself and gave the station his billing information, then began his
run.
There was nothing to do at
that point but sit back and wait.
“I hope you realize all of
the difficulties I’m going through for you,” he told the tom, who was grooming
his face thoughtfully. “I’m doing without shore-leave to help you here. I
wouldn’t do this for a fellow human!”
SCat paused in his grooming
long enough to rasp Dick’s hand with his damp-sandpaper tongue.
The computer beeped just at
that moment to let him know it was done. He was running all this through the
Cargo dumb-set; he could have used the Brightwing’s Expert-System AI, but he
didn’t want the AI to get curious, and he didn’t want someone wondering why he
was using a Mega-Brain to access feline family-trees. What he did want was the
appearance that this was a brainstorm of his own, an attempt to boost his
standing with his Captain by providing further negotiable items for the Lacu’un
contract. There was something odd about all of this, something that he couldn’t
put his finger on, but something that just felt wrong and made him want to be
extra-cautious. Why, he didn’t know. He only knew that he didn’t want to set
off any tell-tales by acting as if this mate-search was a priority item.
The computer asked if he
wanted to use the holo-table, a tiny square platform built into the upper right
hand corner of the desk. He cleared off a stack of hard-copy manifests, and
told it “yes.” Then the first of his feline biographies came in.
He’d made a guess that SCat
was between five and ten years old; shipscats lived to be fifty or more, but
their useful lifespan was about twenty or thirty years. All too often their job
was hazardous; alien vermin had poisonous fangs or stings, sharp claws and
teeth. Cats suffered disabling injuries more often than their human crewmates,
and would be retired with honors to the homes of retired spacers, or to the big
“assisted living” stations holding the very aged and those with disabling injuries
of their own. Shipscats were always welcome, anywhere in space.
And I can think of worse
fates than spending my old age watching the stars with SKitty on my lap. He
gazed down fondly at his furred friend, and rubbed her ears.
SKitty purred and butted her
head into his hand. She paid very little attention to the holos as they passed
slowly in review. SCat was right up on the desk, however, not only staring
intently at the holos, but splitting his attention between the holos and the
screen.
You don’t suppose he can
read...?
Suddenly, SCat let out a
yowl, and swatted the holoplate. Dick froze the image and the screen-biography
that accompanied it.
He looked first at the
holo—and it certainly looked more like SCat than any of the others had. But
SCat’s attention was on the screen, not the holo, and he stared fixedly at the
modest insignia in the bottom right corner.
Patrol?
He looked down at SCat,
dumbfounded. “You were with the Patrol?” He whispered it; you did not invoke
the Patrol’s name aloud unless you wanted a visit from them.
Yellow eyes met his for a
moment, then the paw tapped the screen. He read further.
Type MF-025, designation
Lightfoot of Sun Meadow. Patrol ID FX-003. Standard Military genotype, standard
Military training. Well, that explained how he had known how to shut down the
“pirate” equipment. Now Dick wondered how much else the cat had done, outside
of his sight. And a military genotype? He hadn’t even known there was such a
thing.
Assigned to Patrol ship
DIA-9502, out of Oklahoma Station, designated handler Major Logan Greene.
Oklahoma Station—that was this
station. Drug Interdiction? He whistled softly.
Then a date, followed by the
ominous words, Ship missing, all aboard presumed dead.
All aboard—except the
shipscat.
The cat himself gave a
mournful yowl, and SKitty jumped up on the desk to press herself against him
comfortingly. He looked back down at SCat. “Did you jump ship before they went
missing?”
He wasn’t certain he would
get an answer, but he had lived with SKitty for too long to underestimate
shipscat intelligence. The cat shook his head, slowly and deliberately—in the
negative.
His mouth went dry. “Are you
saying—you got away?”
A definite nod.
“Your ship was boarded, and
you got away?” He was astonished. “But how?”
For an answer, the cat
jumped down off the desk and walked over to the little escape pod that neither
he nor SKitty ever forgot to drag with them. He seized the tether in his teeth
and dragged it over to an access tube. It barely fit; he wedged it down out of
sight, then pawed open the door, and dropped down, hidden, and now completely
protected from what must have happened.
He popped back out again,
and walked to Dick’s feet. Dick was thinking furiously. There had been rumors
that drug-smugglers were using captured Patrol ships; this more-or-less
confirmed those rumors. Disable the ship, take the exterior airlock and blow
it. Whoever wasn’t suited up would die. Then they board and finish off whoever was
suited up. They patch the lock, restore the air, and weld enough junk to the
outside of the ship to disguise it completely. Then they can bring it in to any
port they care to—even the ship’s home port.
This station. Which is where
SCat escaped.
“Can you identify the
attackers?” he asked SCat. The cat slowly nodded.
:They know he gone. He run,
they chase. He try get home, they stop. He hear of me on dock, go hide in ship
bringing mates. They kill he, get chance,: SKitty put in helpfully.
He could picture it easily
enough; SCat being pursued, cut off from the Patrol section of the
station—hiding out on the docks—catching the scent of the mates being shipped
for SKitty’s kittens and deciding to seek safety offworld. Cats, even
shipscats, did not tend to grasp the concept of “duty”; he knew from dealing
with SKitty that she took her bonds of personal affection seriously, but little
else. So once “his” people were dead, SCat’s personal allegiance to the Patrol
was nonexistent, and his primary drive would be self-preservation. Wonderful. I
wonder if they—whoever they are—figured out he got away on another ship.
Another, more alarming thought occurred to him. I wonder if my fishing about in
the BioTech database touched off any tell-tales!
No matter. There was only
one place to go now—straight to Erica Makumba, the Legal and Security Officer.
He dumped a copy of the
pertinent datafile to a memory cube, then scooped up both cats and pried their
life-support ball out of its hiding place. Then he ran for Erica’s cabin,
praying that she had not gone off on shore-leave.
The Spirits of Space were
with him; the indicator outside her cabin door indicated that she was in there,
but did not want to be disturbed. He pounded on the door anyway. Erica might
kill him—but there were people after SCat who had murdered an entire Patrol DIA
squad.
After a moment, the door
cracked open a centimeter.
“White.” Erica’s flat,
expressionless voice boded extreme violence. “This had better be an emergency.”
He said the one word that
would guarantee her attention. “Hijackers.”
The door snapped open; she
grabbed him and pulled him inside, cats, support-ball and all, and slammed the
door shut behind him. She was wearing a short robe, tying it hastily around
herself, and she wasn’t alone. But the man watching them both alertly from the
disheveled bed wasn’t one of the Brightwing’s crew, so Dick flushed, but tried
to ignore him.
“I found out where SCat’s
from,” he babbled, dropping one cat to hand the memory-cube to her. “Read
that—quick!”
She punched up the console
at her elbow and dropped the cube in the receiver. The BioTech file, minus the
holo, scrolled up on the screen. The man in the bed leaned forward to read it
too, and whistled.
Erica swiveled to glare at
him. “You keep this to yourself, Jay!” she snapped. Then she turned back to
Dick. “Spill it!” she ordered.
“SCat’s ship was hijacked,
probably by smugglers,” he said quickly. “He hid his support-ball in an access
tube, and he was in it when they blew the lock. They missed him in the sweep,
and when they brought their prize in here, he got away. But they know he’s
gone, and they know he can ID them.”
“And they’ll be giving the
hairy eyeball to every ship with a black cat on it.” She bit her knuckle—and
Jay added his own two credits’ worth.
“I hate to say this, but
they’ve probably got a tell-tale on the BioTech data files, so they know
whenever anyone accesses them. It’s not restricted data, so anyone could leave
a tell-tale.” The man’s face was pale beneath his normally dusky skin-tone. “If
they don’t know you’ve gone looking by now, they will shortly.”
They all looked at each
other. “Who’s still on board?” Dick asked, and gulped.
Erica’s mouth formed a
tight, thin line. “You, me, Jay and the cats. The cargo’s offloaded, and regs
say you don’t need more than two crew on board in-station. Theoretically no one
can get past the security at the lock.”
Jay barked a laugh, and
tossed long, dark hair out of his eyes. “Honey, I’m a comptech. Trust me, you
can get past the security. You just hack into the system, tell it the ship in
the bay is bigger than it really is, and upload whoever you want as additional
personnel.”
Erica swore—but Jay stood
up, wrapping the sheet around himself like a toga, and pushed her gently aside.
“What can be hacked can be unhacked—or at least I can make it a lot more
difficult for them to get in and make those alterations stick. Give me your
code to the AI.”
Erica hesitated. He turned
to stare into her eyes. “I need the AI’s help. You two and the cats are going
to get out of here—get over to the Patrol side of the station. I’m going to hold
them off as long as I can, and play stupid when they do get in, but I need the
speed of the AI to help me lay traps. You’ve known me for three years. You
trusted me enough to bring me here, didn’t you?”
She swore again, then
reached past him to key in her code. He sat down, ignoring them and plunging
straight into a trance of concentration.
“Come on!” Erica grabbed
Dick’s arm, and put the support-ball on the floor. SKitty and SCat must have
been reading her mind, for they both squirmed into the ball, which was big
enough for more than one cat. They’d upgraded the ball after SKitty had proved
to be so—fertile. Erica shoved the ball at Dick, and kept hold of his arm,
pulling him out into the corridor.
“Where are we going?” he
asked.
“To get our suits, then to
the emergency lock,” she replied crisply. “If we try to go out the main lock
into the station, they’ll get us for certain. So we’re going outside for a
little walk.”
A little walk? All the way
around the station? Outside?
He could only hope that
“they” hadn’t thought of that as well. They reached the suiting-up room in
seconds flat.
He averted his eyes and
climbed into his own suit as Erica shed her robe and squirmed into hers. “How
far is it to the Patrol section?” he asked.
“Not as far as you think,”
she told him. “And there’s a maintenance lock just this side of it. What I want
to know is how you got all this detailed information about the hijacking.”
He turned, and saw that she
was suited up, with her faceplate still open, staring at him with a calculating
expression.
This is probably not the
time to hold out on her.
He swallowed, and sealed his
suit up, leaving his own faceplate open. Inside the ball, the cats were
watching both of them, heads swiveling to look from one face to the other, as
if they were watching a tennis-match.
“SKitty’s telepathic with
me,” he admitted. “I think SCat’s telepathic with her. She seems to be able to
talk with him, anyway.”
He waited for Erica to
react, either with disbelief or with revulsion. Telepaths of any species were
not always popular among humankind....
But Erica just pursed her
lips and nodded. “Eyeah. I thought she might be. And telepathy’s one of the
traits BioTech doesn’t talk about, but security people have know for a while
that the MF type cats are bred for it. Maybe SKitty’s momma did a little
wandering over on the miltech side of the cattery, hmm?”
SKitty made a “silent” meow,
and he just shrugged, relieved that Erica wasn’t phobic about it. And equally
relieved to learn that telepathy was already a trait that BioTech had
established in their shipscat lines. So they won’t be coming to take SKitty
away from me when they find out that she’s a ’path....
But right now, he’d better
be worrying about making a successful escape. He pulled his faceplate down and
sealed it, fastening the tether-line of the ball to a snaplink on his
waistband. He warmed up his suit-radio, and she did the same. “I hope you know
what you’re getting us into,” he said, as Erica sealed her own plate shut and
led the way to the emergency lock.
She looked back over her
shoulder at him.
“So do I,” she replied
soberly.
The trip was a nightmare.
Dick had never done a
spacewalk on the exterior of a station before. It wasn’t at all like going out
on the hull of a ship. There were hundreds of obstacles to avoid—windows,
antenna, instrument-packages, maintenance robots. Any time an inspection drone
came along, they had to hide to avoid being picked up on camera. It was work,
hard work, to inch their way along the station in this way, and Dick was
sweating freely before a half an hour was up.
It seemed like longer. Every
time he glanced up at the chronometer in his faceplate HUD, he was shocked to
see how little time had passed. The suit-fans whined in his ears, as the life-support
system alternately fought to warm him up when they hid in the shade, or cool
him down when they paused in full sunlight. Stars burned down on them, silent
points of light in a depth of darkness that made him dizzy whenever he glanced
out at it. The knowledge that he could be lost forever out there if he just
made one small mistake chilled his heart.
Finally, Erica pointed, and
he saw the outline of a maintenance lock just ahead. The two of them pulled
themselves hand-over-hand toward it, reaching it at the same instant. But it
was Erica who opened it, while Dick reeled the cats in on their tether.
With all four of them
inside, Erica sealed the lock from the inside and initiated pressurization.
Within moments, they were both able to pop their faceplates and breathe
station-air again.
Something prompted Dick to
release the cats from their ball before Erica unsealed the inner hatch. He
unsnapped the tether and was actually straightening up, empty ball in both
hands, when Erica opened the door to a hallway—
—and dropped to the floor,
as the shrill squeal of a stun-gun pierced the quiet of the lock.
“Erica!” Without thinking,
he ran forward, and found himself facing the business-end of a powerful
stunner, held by a nondescript man who held it as if he was quite used to
employing it. He was not wearing a station-uniform.
The man looked startled to
see him, and Dick did the only thing he could think of. He threw the
support-ball at the man, as hard as he could.
It hit cleanly, knocking the
man to the floor as it impacted with his chest. He clearly was not aware that
the support-balls were as massy as they were. The two cats flashed past him,
heading for freedom, and Dick tried to follow their example. But the man was
quick to recover, and as Dick tried to jump over his prone body, the fellow
grabbed his ankle and tripped him up.
Then it turned into a brawl,
with Dick the definite underdog. Even in the suit, the stranger still
outweighed him.
Within a few seconds, Dick
was on his back on the floor, and the stranger held him down, easily. The
stun-gun was no longer in his hands, but it didn’t look to Dick as if he really
needed it.
In fact, as the man’s heavy
fist pounded into Dick’s face, he was quickly convinced that he didn’t need it.
Pain lanced through his jaw as the man’s fist smashed into it; his vision
filled with stars and red and white flashes of light. More agony burst into his
skull as the blows continued. He flailed his arms and legs, but there was
nothing he could do—he was trapped in the suit, and he couldn’t even get enough
leverage to defend himself. He tasted blood in his mouth—he couldn’t see—
:BAD MAN!:
There was a terrible
battle-screech from somewhere out in the corridor, and the blows stopped. Then
the weight lifted from his body, as the man howled in pain.
Dick managed to roll to one
side, and stagger blindly to his feet with the aid of the corridor bulkhead—he
still couldn’t see. He dashed blood out of his eyes with one hand, and shook
his head to clear it, staring blindly in the direction of the unholy row.
“Get it off! Get it off me!”
Human screams mixed with feline battle-cries, telling him that whichever of the
cats had attacked, they were giving a good accounting of themselves.
But there were other
sounds—the sounds of running feet approaching, and Dick tried frantically to
get his vision to clear. A heavy body crashed into him, knocking him into the
bulkhead with enough force to drive all the breath from his body, as the zing
of an illegal neuro-gun went off somewhere near him.
SKitty!
But whoever was firing
swore, and the cat-wail faded into the distance.
“It got away!” said one
voice, over the sobbing of another.
A third swore, as Dick
fought for air. “You. Go after it,” the third man said, and there was the sound
of running feet. Meanwhile, footsteps neared where Dick lay curled in a fetal
bundle on the floor.
“What about this?” the
second voice asked.
The third voice, cold and
unemotional, wrote Dick’s death warrant. “Get rid of it, and the woman, too.”
And Dick could not even
move. He heard someone breathing heavily just above him; sensed the man taking
aim—
Then—
“Patrol! Freeze! Drop your
weapons now!”
Something clattered to the
deck beside him, as more running feet approached; and with a sob of relief,
Dick finally drew a full breath. There was a scuffle just beside him, then
someone helped him to stand, and he heard the hiss of a hypospray and felt the
tell-tale sting against the side of his neck. A moment later, his eyes cleared—just
in time for him to catch SKitty as she launched herself from the arms of a
uniformed DIA officer into his embrace.
“So, the bottom line is,
you’ll let us take SCat’s contract?” Captain Singh sat back in his chair while
Dick rubbed SKitty’s ears. She and SCat both burdened Dick’s lap, as they had
since SCat, the Captain, the DIA negotiator, and Erica had all walked into the
sickbay where Dick was still recovering. Erica was clearly nursing a
stun-headache; the Captain looked a little frazzled. The DIA man, as most of
his ilk, looked as unemotional as an android. The DIA had spent many hours with
a human-feline telepathic specialist debriefing SCat. Apparently SCat was
naturally only a receptive telepath; it took a human who was also a telepath to
“talk” to him.
“There’s no reason why not,”
the DIA agent said. “You civilians have helped materially in this case; both
you and he are entitled to certain compensation, and if that’s what you all
want, then he’s yours with our blessing—the fact that he is only a receptive
telepath makes him less than optimal for further Patrol duties.” The agent
shrugged. “We can always get other shipscats with full abilities. According to
the records, the only reason we kept him was because Major Logan selected him.”
SKitty bristled, and Dick
sent soothing thoughts at her.
Then the agent smiled,
making his face look more human. “Major Logan was a good agent, but he didn’t
particularly care for having a cat talking to him. I gather that Lightfoot and
he got along all right, but there wasn’t the strong bond between them that we
would have preferred. It would have been just a matter of time before that
squad and ship got a new cat-agent team. Besides, we aren’t completely inhuman.
If your SKitty and this boy here are happily mated, who and what in the Patrol
can possibly want to separate them?”
“Judging by the furrows
SKitty left in that ’jacker’s face and scalp, it isn’t a good idea to get
between her and someone she loves,” Captain Singh said dryly. “He’s lucky she
left him one eye.”
The agent’s gaze dropped
briefly to the swath of black fur draped over Dick’s lap. “Believe me,” he said
fervently. “That is a consideration we had taken into account. Your little lady
there is a warrior for fair, and we have no intention of denying her anything
her heart is set on. If she wants Lightfoot, and he wants her, then she’s got
him. We’ll see his contract is transferred over to Brightwing within the hour.”
His eyes rose to meet Dick’s. “You’re a lucky man to have a friend like her,
young man. She put herself between you and certain death. Don’t you ever forget
it.”
SKitty’s purr deepened, and
SCat’s joined with hers as Dick’s hands dropped protectively on their backs. “I
know that, sir,” he replied, through swollen lips. “I knew it before any of
this happened.”
SKitty turned her head, and
he gazed into amused yellow eyes. :Smart Dick,: she purred, then lowered her
head to her paws. :Smart man. Mate happy here, mate stay. Everything good. Love
you.:
And that, as far as SKitty
was concerned, was the end of it. The rest were simply “minor human matters.”
He chuckled, and turned his
own attention to dealing with those “minor human matters,” while his best
friend and her mate drifted into well-earned sleep.
A Better Mousetrap
If there was one thing that
Dick White had learned in all his time as SuperCargo of the CatsEye Company
Free Trader Brightwing, it was that having a cat purring in your ear
practically forced you to relax. The extremely comfortable form-molding chair
he sat in made it impossible to feel anything but comfortable, and warm black
fur muffled both of Dick White’s ears, a steady vibration massaging his neck.
“Build a better mousetrap, and the world will beat a path to your door,” Dick
said idly, as SCat poured himself like a second fluid, black rug over the
blue-grey of his lap. It was SKitty who was curled up around his shoulders,
vibrating contentedly in what Dick called her “subsonic purr-mode,” while her
mate took it as his responsibility to make sure there was plenty of shed hair
on the legs of his grey shipsuit uniform.
“What?” asked Terran
Ambassador Vena Ferducci, looking up from the list of Lacu’un nobles
petitioning for one of SKitty’s latest litter. The petite, dark-haired woman
sat in a less comfortable, metal chair behind a stone desk, which stood next to
a metal rack stuffed with archaic rolled paper documents. The Lacu’un had not
yet devised the science of filing paperwork in multiples yet, which made them
ultra-civilised in Vena’s opinion. This, her office in the Palace of the
Lacu’ara and Lacu’teveras, was not often used for that very reason. When she
dealt with Terran bureaucracy, she needed every electronic helper she could
get.
The list she perused was
very long, and made rather cumbersome due to the Lacu’un custom of presenting
all official court-documents in the form of a massively ornamented
yellow-parchment scroll, with case and end caps of engraved bronze and
illuminated capital-initials. Dick had a notion that somewhere in the universe
there probably was a collector of handwritten documents who would pay a small
fortune for it, but when every petitioner on the list had been satisfied, it
would probably be sent to the under-clerks, scraped clean, and reused.
“It’s an old Terran
folk-saying,” Dick elaborated, and gestured to the list by way of explanation.
“One which certainly seems to be borne out by our present situation.”
“Yes, well, given the length
of this list we’re doubly fortunate that SKitty and SCat are so—ah—fertile, and
that BioTech is willing to send us their shipscat washouts.” Vena stretched out
her hand towards SCat’s head, and the huge black tom cooperated by craning his
neck towards her. Even before her fingers contacted his fur, SCat was purring
loudly, giving Dick an uncannily similar sensation to being strapped in while
the ship he served was under full power.
Dick White could well be one
of the wealthiest supercargoes in the history of space-trade—his share of the
profits from CatsEye Company’s lucrative trade with the Lacu’un amounted to
quite a tidy sum. It wasn’t enough to buy and outfit his own ship—yet—but if
trade progressed as it had begun, there was the promise that one day it would
be.
Not that I want my own ship
yet! he told himself. Not until I know as much as Captain Singh. There are
easier ways to commit suicide than pretending I know enough to command a
starship when all I really know is how to run the cargo hold!
Not that Captain Singh would
let him take his profit-share and do something so stupid. Dick grinned to
himself, imagining the Captain’s face if he showed up in the office with that
kind of harebrained proposal. Captain Singh’s expression would be one to
behold—following which, Dick would probably find himself stunned unconscious
and wake under the solicitous attentions of a concerned head-shrinker!
The Captain had been
willing, even more than willing, to let Dick stay on-planet for few
Terran-months though, after SKitty and SCat announced the advent of a
litter-to-be. One of her last litter was co-opted to serve as shipscat pro tem,
while Dick and his two charges waited out the delivery, maturation, and weaning
of eight little black furballs who were, if that was possible, even cuter than
the last batch. It was a good thing that they all were on-planet, too, because
the Octet managed to get themselves into a hundred times more mischief than the
previous lot.
The trouble is, they have a
lot of energy, absolutely no sense, and no fear at all at this age. Brainless
kitten antics rapidly begin to pall when you’ve fished a wailing fuzz-mote out
of the comconsole for the fifteenth time in a single shift.
But every Lacu’un in the
palace, from the Lacu’teveras down to the lowliest scullery-lad, was thrilled
to the toes—or rather, claws—to play with, rescue, and cuddle the Bratlings. If
SKitty and SCat had not taken their duties as parents, palace-guardians, and
role-models so seriously, they wouldn’t have had to do anything but lie about
and wait for the kittens to be carried in to them for feeding.
Fortunately for all
concerned, their parents had powerful senses of responsibility towards their
offspring. Both cats were born and bred—literally—for duty. Yes, they were
cats, with a cat’s sense of independence and contrariness, but they took duty
very, very seriously. And their duty was Vermin Control.
This was a duty that went
back centuries to the very beginnings of the association of man and cat, but
until BioTech developed shipscats, never had a feline been better suited to or
more cooperative in the execution of that duty. Furthermore, Dick now knew what
few others did—that the shipscats so necessary to the safety of traders and
their ships were actually a highly profitable byproduct of other research,
secret research, designed to give the men and women of the Patrol uniquely
clever comrades-in-arms.
These genetically altered
cats were not just clever, it was not just that they had forepaws modeled after
the forepaws of raccoons—oh no. That was not enough. Patrol cats were
telepaths.
SCat had been a patrol
cat—but although he could understand the thoughts of humans, he couldn’t speak
to them. This was a flaw, so far as the Patrol was concerned, though not an
insurmountable flaw. However, when criminals took over the ship he served on
and killed all of those aboard, SCat was the only survivor and the only
witness—unable to call for help or relate what he had witnessed, he had sought
for help from his own kind and found it in SKitty. When the same criminals
learned SCat was still alive and tried to eliminate him and the crew of the
Free Trader ship Brightwing, for good measure, it had been Dick’s research and
deductive reasoning that had learned the truth in time, and with SCat’s and
SKitty’s help he had foiled the plot.
As for SKitty, she was
something of an aberration herself—ordinary shipscats were not supposed to be
telepathic or fertile; she was both.
As far as Dick could tell,
she was telepathic only with him—though, given that she was all cat, with a
cat’s puckish sense of humor, she might well choose not to let him know she
could “speak” to others. Everyone on the ship knew she was fertile, though—when
they had first come to the world of the Lacu’un, she’d already had one litter
and was pregnant with another. That first litter—born and raised in the
ship—had shown just what kind of a nightmare two loose kittens could be within
the close confines of a spaceship. Dick had not been looking forward to telling
Captain Singh of the second litter, when SKitty had solved the problem for
them.
The Lacu’un, a race of
golden-skinned, vaguely reptilian anthropoids, suffered from the depredations
of a particularly voracious, fast, and apparently indestructible pest called kreshta.
The only way to keep them from taking over completely was to lock anything
edible (and the creature could eat practically anything) in airtight containers
of metal, glass, ceramic, or stone, and build only in materials the pest
couldn’t eat. The pests did keep the streets so clean that they sparkled and
there was no such thing as a trash problem, but those were the only benefits to
the plague.
The Lacu’un had just opened
their planet to trade from outside, and the Brightwing was one of several ships
that had arrived to represent either themselves or one of the large Companies.
Only Captain Singh had the foresight to include SKitty in their delegation,
however, for only he had bothered to research the Lacu’un thoroughly enough to
learn that they placed great value on totemic animals and had virtually nothing
in the way of domesticated predators themselves. He reckoned that a tame
predator would be very impressive to them, and he was right.
SKitty had been on her best
behavior, charming them all, and taking to this alien race immediately. The
Lacu’teveras, the female co-ruler, had been particularly charmed, so much so
that she had missed the presence of one of the little pests, which had bitten
her. Enraged at this attack on someone she favored, SKitty had killed the
creature.
For the Lacu’un, this was
nothing short of a miracle, the end of a scourge that had been with them since
the beginning of their civilization. After that moment, there was no question
of anyone else getting most-favored trading status with the Lacu’un, ever.
CatsEye got the plum
contract, SKitty’s kittens-to-be got immediate homes, and Dick White’s life
became incredibly complicated.
Since then, he was no longer
just an apprentice supercargo and Designated Shipscat Handler on a small Free
Trader ship. He’d been imprisoned by Company goons, stalked and beaten within
an inch of his life by cold-blooded murderous hijackers, and had to face the
Patrol itself to bargain for SCat’s freedom. He’d had enough adventure in two
short Standard-years to last most people for the rest of their lives.
But all that was in the
past. Or so he hoped.
For a while, anyway, it
would be nice if the most difficult decision I had to make would be which of
the Lacu’un nobles get SKitty-babies and which have to make do with shipscat
washouts.
Those “washouts” were mature
cats that for one reason or another couldn’t adapt to ship life. Gengineering
wasn’t perfect, even now; there were cats that couldn’t handle freefall, cats
that were claustrophobes, cats that were shy or anti-social. Those had the
opportunity to come here, to join the vermin-hunting crew. Thus far, thirty had
made the trip, some to become mates for the first litter, others to take up
solitary residence with a noble family. There were other washouts, who didn’t
pass the intelligence tests, but those were never offered to the Lacu’un—they
already filled a steady need for companions in children’s hospitals and
retirement homes, where the high shipscat intelligence wasn’t needed, just a
loving friend smart enough to understand what not to do around someone sick or
in pain.
There were still far more Lacu’un
who urgently craved the boon of a cat than there were cats to fill the need.
Thus far, none of SKitty’s female offspring had carried that rare gene for
fertility—when one did, that one would go back to BioTech, to be treated like
the precious object she was, pampered and amused, asked to breed only so often
as she chose. There was always a trade-off in any gengineering effort; lack of
fertility was a small price to pay in a species as notoriously prolific as
cats.
Meanwhile, the proud parents
were in the last stages of educating their current offspring. There was a pile
of the dead vermin just in front of Vena’s desk; every so often, one of the
half-grown kittens would bring another to add to the pile, then sit politely
and wait for his parents to approve. Sometimes, when the pest was particularly
large, SCat would descend from Dick’s lap with immense dignity, inspect the
kill, and bestow a rough lick by way of special reward.
Dick couldn’t keep track of
how many pests each of the kittens had destroyed, but from the size of the pile
so far, the parents had reason to be proud of their offspring.
The kittens certainly
inherited their parents’ telepathic skills as well as their hunting skills, for
just as it occurred to Dick that it was about time for them to be fed, they
scampered in from all available doorways. In a moment, they were neatly lined
up, eight identical pairs of yellow eyes staring avidly from eight little black
faces beneath sixteen enormous ears. At this age, they seemed to consist mainly
of eyes, ears, paws and tails.
The Lacu’un servant whose
proud duty it was to feed the weanlings arrived with a bowl heaping with their
imported food. She was clothed in the simple, silky draped tunic in the deep
gold of the royal household. The frilled crest running from the back of her
neck to just above her eye-ridge stood totally erect and was flushed to a deep
salmon-color with pleasure and pride. She started to put the bowl on the floor,
and the kittens leapt to their feet and ran for the food—
But suddenly SCat sprang
from Dick’s lap, every hair on end, spitting and yowling. He landed at the
startled servant’s feet and did a complete flip over, so that he faced his
kittens. As they skidded on the slick stone, he growled and batted at them,
sending them flying.
“SCat!” Vena shouted, as she
jumped to her feet, horrified and angry. “What are you doing? Bad cat!”
“No he’s not!” Dick replied,
making a leap of his own for the food bowl and jerking it from the frightened
servant’s hands. He had already heard SKitty’s frantic mental screech of :Bad
food!: as she followed her mate off Dick’s shoulders to keep the kittens from
the deadly bowl.
“The food’s poisoned,” Dick
added, sniffing the puffy brown nodules suspiciously, as the servant backed
away, the slits in her golden-brown eyes so wide he could scarcely see the
iris. “SCat must have scented it—that’s probably one of the things Patrol cats
are trained in. I can’t tell the difference, but—” as SKitty held the kittens
at bay, he held the bowl down to SCat, who took a delicate sniff and backed
away, growling. “See?”
Vena’s expression darkened,
and she turned to the servant. “The food has been poisoned,” she said flatly.
“Who had access to it?” They both knew that Shivari, the servant, was
trustworthy; she would sooner have thrown herself between the kittens and a
ravening monster than see any hurt come to them. She proved that now by her
behavior; her crest-frill flattened, she turned bright yellow—the Lacu’un
equivalent of turning pale—and replied instantly.
“I do not know—I got the
bowl from the kitchen—”
She grabbed Vena’s hand and
the two of them ran off, with Dick closely behind, still carrying the bowl.
When they arrived at the kitchen, Vena and Shivari cornered all the staff while
Dick blocked the exit. He had a fair grasp of Lacu’un by now, but Vena and
Shivari were talking much too fast for him to get more than two words in four.
Soon enough, though, Vena
turned away with anger and dissatisfaction on her face, while Shivari began a
blistering harangue worthy of Captain Singh. “There was a new servant that no
one recognized on staff this morning,” Vena said in disgust. “Obviously they
were smart enough to keep him away from the food meant for people, but no one
thought anything of letting him open up the cat food into a bowl.”
“Well, they know better
now,” Dick replied grimly.
“I’ll put the Embassy on
alert—and give me that—” Vena took the bowl from him. “I’ll have the Marines
run it through an analyzer.”
Embassy guards by long
tradition were called “Marines,” although they were merely another branch of
the Patrol. Dick readily surrendered the poisoned food to Vena, knowing that if
SCat could smell a poison, the forensic analyzer every Embassy possessed—just
in case—would easily be able to find it. Relations with the Lacu’un were
important enough that Vena had gone from being merely a trade advisor and
titular Consul to a full-scale Ambassador, with the attendant staff and
amenities. It was that promotion that had persuaded her to remain here instead
of returning to her former position in the Scouts.
Dick himself went to the
storage vault that held the imported cat-food, got a highly-compressed cube
out, and opened it over a freshly washed bowl. The stuff puffed up to ten times
its compressed size once it came into contact with air and humidity; it would
be impossible to tamper with the packages without a resulting “explosion” of
food. The entire feline family flowed into the kitchen as soon as his fingers
touched the package; the kittens swarmed around his legs, mewling piteously,
but he offered the bowl for SCat’s inspection before allowing them to engulf
it.
His mind buzzed with
questions, but two were uppermost—who would have tried to poison the kittens,
and why?
* *
*
SCat and SKitty herded their
kittens along like a pair of attentive sheepdogs when they’d finished eating,
following behind Dick as he left the palace, heading for the Embassy. The
Marine at the entrance gave him a brisk nod of recognition, saving her grin for
the moving black-furred flock behind him.
A second Marine at a desk
just inside, skilled in the Lacu’un tongue, served double-duty as a
receptionist. “The Ambassador is expecting you, sir,” he said. “She left orders
for you to go straight in.”
Dick led his parade past the
desk—a desk of cast marble reinforced with plastile, which would serve very
nicely as a blast-and-projectile-proof bunker at need. The door to Vena’s
office (a cleverly concealed blast-door) was slightly ajar; it sensed his
approach and opened fully for him after a retinal scan.
“Have you ever wondered why
our peaceful hosts happen to field a battle-ready army?” Vena asked him,
without even a preliminary greeting.
“Ah, no, I hadn’t—but now
that you mention it, it does seem odd.” Dick took a seat, cats pooling around
his ankles, as Vena tossed her compuslate aside.
“Our hosts aren’t the sole
representatives of their race on this dirtball,” Vena replied, with no
expression that Dick could see. “And now they finally get around to telling me
this. It seems that there is another nation entirely on this continent—we
thought that it was just another fief of the Lacu’ara, and they never disabused
us of that impression.”
“Let me guess—the other side
doesn’t like Terrans?” Dick hazarded.
“I wish it was that simple.
Unfortunately, the other side worships the kreshta as children of their prime
deity.” Vena couldn’t quite repress a snarl. “Kill one, and you’ve got a holy
war on your hands—we’ve been slaughtering hundreds for better than two years.
The attempt on the Octet was just the opening salvo for us heretics. The Chief
Minister has been here, telling me all about it and falling all over himself in
apology. Here—” She pulled a micro reader out of a drawer in her desk and
tossed it to him. “My head of security advises that you commit this to memory.”
“What is it?” Dick asked,
thumbing it on, and seeing (with some puzzlement) the line drawing of a nude
Lacu’un appear on the plate.
“How to kill or disable a
Lacu’un in five easy lessons, as written by the Patrol Marines.” Her face had
gone back to that deadpan expression again. “Lieutenant Reynard thinks you
might need it.”
The prickling of claws set
carefully into his clothing alerted him that one of the cats was swarming up to
drape itself over his shoulders, but somewhat to his surprise, it wasn’t
SKitty, it was SCat. The tom peered at the screen in his hand with every
evidence of fascinated concentration, too.
He was Patrol, after all....
was his second thought, after the initial surprise. And on the heels of that
thought, he decided to hold the reader up so that SCat could use the touch
screen too.
It was easier to disable a
Lacu’un than to kill one, at least in hand to hand combat. Their throats were
armored with bone plates, their heads with amazingly thick skulls. But there
were vulnerable major nerve-points at all joints; concentrated pinpoint
pressure would paralyze everything from the joint down when applied there. When
Dick figured he had the scanty contents by heart, he tossed the reader back to
Vena, though what he was supposed to do with the information was beyond him at
the moment. He wasn’t exactly trained in anything but the most basic of
self-defense—that was more in Erica Makumba’s line, and she was several
light-years away at the moment.
“The Lacu’un Army has been
alerted, the Palace has been put under tight security, and the caretakers of
the other cats have been warned about the poisoning attempt. However, the
mysterious kitchen-helper got clean away, so we can assume he’ll make another
attempt. My advisors and I would like to take him alive if we can—we’ve got
some plans that may abort this mess before it gets worse than it already is.”
SCat’s deep-voiced growl
showed what he thought of that idea, and Vena lowered her smoldering, dark eyes
from Dick’s to the tom’s, and smiled grimly.
“I’d like to put a Marine
guard on the cats—but I know that’s hardly possible,” Vena continued, as SCat
and SKitty voiced identical snorts of disdain. “But let’s walk back over to the
Palace and talk about what we can do on the way.”
SCat looked up at him and
made an odd noise, easy enough to interpret. “SCat thinks he and SKitty can
guard the kittens well enough,” Dick replied, as Vena waved him through the
door, a torrent of cats washing around his ankles.
“I’m sure he does,” Vena
retorted. “But let’s remember that he’s only a cat, however much his genes have
been tweaked. I hardly think he’s capable of understanding the danger of the
current situation.”
“He isn’t just a cat, he was
a Patrol cat,” Dick pointed out, but Vena just shook her head at that.
“Dick, we don’t even know
exactly what we’re into—all we know is that there was an attempt to poison the
cats by an assassin that got away. We don’t know if it was a lone fanatic,
someone sent by our hosts’ enemies, if there’s only one or more than one—” She
sighed as they reached the street. “We’re doing all the intelligence gathering
we can, but it’s difficult to manage when you don’t look anything like the
dominant species on the planet.”
The street was empty, which
was fairly normal at this time of day when most Lacu’un were inside at their
evening meal. The sky of this world seemed a bit greenish to him, but he’d
gotten used to it—today, there were some clouds that might mean rain. Or might
not, he didn’t know very much about planet-side weather.
SCat’s squall was all the
warning Dick got to throw himself out of the way as something dark and fast
whizzed through the place where he’d been standing. SKitty and the kittens
fairly flew back to the safety of the Embassy, SCat whisked out of sight
altogether; a larger, cloaked shape sprang from the shadows of a doorway, and
before Dick managed to get halfway to his feet, the grey-cloaked, pale-skinned
Lacu’un seized Vena and enveloped her, holding a knife to her throat.
“Be still, blasphemous
she-demon!” it grated, holding both Vena’s arms pinned behind her back in a way
that had to be excruciatingly painful. She grimaced but said nothing. “And you,
father of demons, be still also!” it snapped at Dick. “I am the righteous hand
of Kresh’kali, the all-devouring, the purifier! I am the bringer of cleansing,
the anointed of God! In His name, and by His mercy, I give you this
choice—remove yourselves from our soil, take yourselves back into the sky
forever, or you will die, first you and your she-demon and your god killing
pests, then all of those who brought you.” Its voice rose, taking on the tones
of a hellfire-and-brimstone preacher. “Kresh’kali is the One, the true God,
whose word is the only law, and whose minions cleanse the world in His image;
His will shall not be flouted, and His servants not denied—”
It sounded like a
well-rehearsed speech, and probably would have gone on for some time had it not
been interrupted by the speaker’s own scream of agony.
And small wonder, for SCat
had crept up unseen even by Dick, until the instant he leapt for the assassin’s
knife-wielding wrist, and fastened his teeth unerringly into those sensitive
nerves at the joining of hand and wrist.
The knife clattered to the
street, Vena twisted away, and Dick charged, all at the same moment; his
shoulder hit the assassin and they both went down on the hard stone paving. But
not in a disorderly heap, no; by the time the Marines came piling out of the
Embassy, alerted by the frantic herd of cats, Dick had the miscreant face-down
on the ground with both arms paralyzed from the shoulders down. And, miracle of
miracles, this time he wasn’t the one battered and bruised—in fact, he was
intact beyond a few scrapes!
He wasn’t taking any chances
though; he waited until the Marines had all four limbs of the assassin in
stasis-cuffs before he got off his captive and surrendered him.
“Do we turn him over to the
locals?” one of the Marines asked Vena diffidently.
“Not a chance,” she growled.
“Hustle him into the Embassy before anyone asks any questions.”
“What are you going to do?”
Dick asked sotto voce, following the Marines and their cursing burden.
“I told you, we’ve got some
ideas—and a couple of experiments I’d rather try on this dirt-bag rather than
any Lacu’un volunteers,” was all she said, leaving him singularly unsatisfied.
All he could be certain of was that she didn’t plan to execute the assassin
out-of-hand. “We caught him, and we’ve got a chance to try those ideas out.”
He continued to follow, and
was not prevented, as Vena led the way up the stairs to the Embassy med-lab.
The entire entourage of cats followed, and Vena not only let them, she waved
them all inside before shutting and locking the door. The prisoner was strapped
into a dental chair and gagged, which at least put an end to the curses, though
not to the glares he cast at them.
But Vena dropped down onto
one knee and looked into SKitty’s eyes. “I know you’re a telepath, SKitty,” she
said, in Terran. “Can you project to anyone but Dick? Could you project into
our prisoner’s mind? Put your voice in his head?”
SKitty turned her head to
look up at Dick. :Walls,: she complained. :Dick has no walls for SKitty.:
“She says he’s got
barriers,” Dick interpreted. “I understand that most nontelepathic people have
and it’s just an accident that the two of us are compatible.”
“I may be able to change
that,” Vena replied, with a tight smile, as she got to her feet. “SKitty, I’m
going to do some things to this prisoner, and I want you to tell me when the
barriers are gone.” She turned to a cabinet and unlocked it; inside were
hypospray vials, and she selected one. “We’ve been cooperating with the Lacu’un
Healers; putting together drugs we’ve been developing for the Lacu’un,” she
continued, “There are hypnotics that are proven to lower telepathic barriers in
humans, and I have a few that may do the same for the Lacu’un. If they don’t
kill him, that is.” She raised an eyebrow at Dick. “You can see why we didn’t
want to test them even on volunteers.”
“But if the drugs kill him—”
Dick gulped.
“Then we save the Lacu’ara
the cost of an execution, and we apologize that the prisoner expired from
fear,” she replied smoothly. Dick gulped again; this was a ruthless side of
Vena he’d had no notion existed!
She placed the first hypo
against the side of the prisoner’s neck; the device hissed as it discharged its
contents, and the prisoner’s eyes widened with fear.
An hour later, there were
only two vials left in the cabinet; Vena had administered all the rest, and
their antidotes, with sublime disregard for the strain this was probably
putting on the prisoner’s body. The effects of each had been duly noted, but
none of them produced the desired effect of lowering the barriers nontelepaths
had against telepathic intrusion.
Vena picked up the first of
the last two, and sighed. “If one of these doesn’t work, I’ll have to make a
decision about giving him to the locals,” she said with what sounded like
disappointment. “I’d really rather not do that.”
Dick didn’t ask why, but one
of the two Marines in the room with them must have seen the question in his
eyes. “If the Ambassador turns this fellow over to them, they’ll execute him,
and that might be enough to send cold war hostilities into a real blaze,” the
young lieutenant muttered as Vena administered the hypo. “And the word from the
Palace is that the other side is as advanced in atomic physics as our lot is.
In other words, these are religious fanatics with a nuclear arsenal.”
Dick winced; the Terrans
would be safe enough in a nuclear exchange, and so would the bulk of
city-dwellers, for the Lacu’un had mastered force-shield technology. But in a
nuclear exchange there were always accidents and as yet it wasn’t possible to
encase anything bigger than a city in a shield; he’d seen enough blasted lands
never to wish a nuc-war on anyone, and certainly not on the decent folk here.
SKitty watched the prisoner
as she would a mouse; his eyes unfocused when the drug took hold, and this
time, she meowed with pleasure. It didn’t take Dick’s translation for Vena to
know that the prisoner’s telepathic barriers to SKitty’s probing thoughts were
gone.
“Excellent!” she exclaimed
with relief. “All right, little one—we’re going to leave the room until you
send one of the kittens to come get us. Let him think we’ve lost interest in
him for the moment, then get into his head and convince him that he is a very,
very bad kitten and you are his mother and you’re going to punish him unless he
says he’s sorry and he won’t do it again. Make him think that you are so angry
that you might kill him if he can’t understand how bad he’s been. In fact, any
of you cats that can get into his head should do that. Then make him promise
that he’ll always obey everything you tell him to, and don’t let up the pressure
until he does.”
SKitty looked at Vena as if
she thought the human had gone crazy, then sighed. :Stupid,: she told Dick
privately. :But okay. I do.:
Dick was as baffled as
SKitty was, as he followed Vena out into the hall, leaving the cats with the
prisoner. “Just what is that going to accomplish?” he demanded.
She chuckled. “I rather
doubt he’s ever heard anyone speak in his mind before,” she pointed out. “Not
even his god.”
Now Dick saw exactly what
she’d had in mind—and stifled his bark of laughter. “He’s going to be certain
SKitty’s more powerful than his god if she can do that—and if she treats him
like a naughty child rather than an enemy to be destroyed—”
“Exactly,” Vena said with
satisfaction. “This is what Lieutenant Reynard wanted me to try, though we
thought we’d have to add halucinogens and a VR headset, rather than getting
right directly into his head. My problem was finding a way to tell her to act
like an all-powerful, rebuking god in a way she’d understand. In the drugged
state he’s in now, he’ll accept whatever happens as the truth.”
“So he won’t threaten the
cats anymore—but then what?” Dick asked.
“According to Reynard, the
worst that will happen is that he’ll be convinced that this new god of his
enemies is a lot more powerful and real than his own, and that’s the story
he’ll take back home.”
“And the best?” Dick
inquired.
She shrugged. “He converts.”
“Just what will that
accomplish?”
She paused, and licked her
lips unconsciously. “We ran some simulations, based on what we’ve learned about
Lacu’un psychology and projecting the rest from history. Historically, the most
fanatic followers of a new religion are the converts who were just as fanatical
in their former religion. In either case, imagine the reaction when he returns
home, which he will, and miraculously, because we’ll take a stealthed flitter
and drop him over the border while he’s drugged and unconscious. He’ll probably
figure out that we brought him, but there won’t be any sign of how. Imagine
what his superiors will think?”
The Marine lieutenant
standing diffidently at her elbow cleared his throat. “Actually, you don’t have
to guess,” he said respectfully. “As the Ambassador mentioned, we’ve been running
a psych-profiles for possible contingencies, and they agree with her educated
assessment. No matter what, the fanatics will be too frightened of the power of
this new ‘god’ to hazard either a war or another assassination attempt. And if
we send back a convert—there’s a seventy-four point three percent chance he’ll
end up starting his own crusade, or even a holy war within their culture. No
matter what, they cease to be a problem.”
“Now that,” Dick replied
with feeling, “Is really a better mousetrap!”
This is a very old story,
dating back at least ten years. Published in a short-lived magazine called American
Fantasy, I doubt that many people had a chance to see it. It was old enough
that I felt it needed a bit of rewriting, so although the general plot is the
same, it’s undergone a pretty extensive change.
The Last of the Season
They said on TV that her
name was Molly, but Jim already knew that. They also said that she was eight
years old, but she didn’t look eight, more like six; didn’t look old enough to
be in school, even. She didn’t look anything like the picture they’d put up on
the screen, either. The picture was at least a year old, and done by some
cut-rate outfit for her school. Her hair was shorter, her face rounder, her
expression so stiff she looked like a kid-dummy. There was nothing like the
lively spark in her eyes, or the naughty smile she’d worn this afternoon. The
kid in the picture was so clean she squeaked; where was the sticky popsicle
residue on her face and hands, the dirt-smudges on her knees?
Jim lost interest as soon as
the station cut away to the national news, and turned the set off.
The remote-controlled TV was
the one luxury in his beige box of an apartment. His carpet was the cheapest
possible brown industrial crap, the curtains on the picture-window a drab,
stiff, cheap polyester stuff, backed with even cheaper vinyl that was seamed
with cracks after less than a year. He had one chair (Salvation Army, brown
corduroy), one lamp (imitation brass, from K-mart), one vinyl sofa (bright
orange, St. Vincent de Paul) that was hard and uncomfortable, and one
coffee-table (imitation Spanish, Goodwill) where the fancy color TV sat, like a
king on a peasant’s crude bench.
In the bedroom, just beyond
the closed door, was his bedroom, no better furnished than the living-room. He
stored his clothing in odd chests of folded cardboard, with a clamp-lamp
attached to the cardboard table by the king-sized bed. Like the TV, the bed was
top-of-the-line, with a satin bedspread. On that bed, sprawled over the royal
blue satin, was Molly.
Jim rose, slowly and
silently, and tiptoed across the carpet to the bedroom door, cracking it open
just an inch or so, peering inside. She looked like a Norman Rockwell picture,
lying on her side, so pale against the dark, vivid fabric, her red corduroy
jumper rumpled across her stomach where she clutched her teddy bear with one
arm. She was still out of it, sleeping off the little knock on the skull he’d
given her. Either that, or she was still under the whiff of ether that had
followed. When he was close to her, he could still smell the banana-scent of
her popsicle, and see a sticky trace of syrup around her lips. The light from
the door caught in the eyes of her teddy bear, and made them shine with a
feral, red gleam.
She’d been easy, easy—so
trusting, especially after all the contact he’d had with her for the past three
weeks. He’d had his eye on two or three of the kids at Kennedy Grade School,
but she’d been the one he’d really wanted; like the big TV, she was
top-of-the-line, and any of the others would have been a disappointment. She
was perfect, prime material, best of the season. Those big, chocolate-brown
eyes, the golden-brown hair cut in a sweet page-boy, the round dolly-face—she
couldn’t have been any better.
He savored the moment,
watching her at a distance, greedily studying her at his leisure, knowing that
he had her all to himself and no one could interfere.
She’d been one of the last
kids to leave the school on this warm, golden afternoon—the rest had scattered
on down the streets, chasing the fallen leaves by the time she came out. He’d
been loitering, waiting to see if he’d missed her, if someone had picked her up
after school, or if she’d had a dentist appointment or something—but no one
would ever give a second look at the ice-cream man loitering outside a grade
school. He looked like what everybody expected, a man obviously trying to
squeeze every last dime out of the rug-rats that he could.
The pattern while he’d had
this area staked out was that Molly only had ice-cream money about a third of
the time. He’d set her up so carefully—if she came out of the school alone, and
started to pass the truck with a wistful look in her eyes, he’d made a big
production out of looking around for other kids, then signalling her to come
over. The first couple of times, she’d shaken her head and run off, but after
she’d bought cones from him a time or two, he wasn’t a stranger, and to her
mind, was no longer in the catagory of people she shouldn’t talk to. Then she
responded, and he had given her a broken popsicle in her favorite flavor of
banana. “Do me a favor and eat this, all right?” he’d said, in his kindest
voice. “I can’t sell a broken popsicle, and I’d hate for it to go to waste.”
Then he’d lowered his voice to a whisper and bent over her. “But don’t tell the
other kids, okay? Let’s just keep it a secret.”
She nodded, gleefully, and
ran off. After that he had no trouble getting her to come over to the truck;
after all, why should she be afraid of the friend who gave her ice cream for
free, and only asked that she keep it a secret?
Today she’d had money,
though, and from the sly gleam in her eyes he would bet she’d filched it from
her momma’s purse this morning. He’d laid out choices for her like a servant
laying out feast-choices for a princess, and she’d sparkled at him, loving the
attention as much as the treat.
She’d dawdled over her
choice, her teddy bear clutched under one arm, a toy so much a part of her that
it could have been another limb. That indecision bought time for the other kids
to clear out of the way, and all the teachers to get to their cars and putt out
of the parking-lot. His play-acting paid off handsomely, especially after he’d
nodded at the truck and winked. She’d wolfed down her cone, and he gave her
another broken popsicle; she lingered on, sucking on the yellow ice in a way
that made his groin tighten with anticipation. He’d asked her ingenuous
questions about her school and her teacher, and she chattered amiably with him
between slurps.
Then she’d turned to go at
the perfect moment, with not a child, a car, or a teacher in sight. He reached
for the sock full of sand inside the freezer-door, and in one, smooth move,
gave her a little tap in just the right place.
He caught her before she hit
the ground. Then it was into the special side of the ice-cream truck with her;
the side not hooked up to the freezer-unit, with ventilation holes bored
through the walls in places where no one would find them. He gave her a whiff
of ether on a rag, just in case, to make sure she stayed under, then he slid
her limp body into the cardboard carton he kept on that side, just in case
somebody wanted to look inside. He closed and latched the door, and was back in
the driver’s seat before two minutes were up, with still no sign of man nor
beast. Luck, luck, all the way.
Luck, or pure genius. He
couldn’t lose; he was invulnerable.
Funny how she’d kept a grip
on that toy, though. But that was luck, too; if she’d left it there—
Well, he might have
forgotten she’d had it. Then somebody would have found it, and someone might
have remembered her standing at the ice-cream truck with it beside her.
But it had all gone
smoothly, perfectly planned, perfectly executed, ending with a drive through
the warm September afternoon, bells tinkling slightly out-of-tune, no different
from any other ice-cream man out for the last scores of the season. He’d felt
supremely calm and in control of everything the moment he was in his seat; no
one would ever suspect him, he’d been a fixture since the beginning of school.
Who ever sees the ice-cream man? He was as much a part of the landscape as the
fire-hydrant he generally stopped beside.
They’d ask the kids of
course, now that Molly was officially missing—and they’d say the same stupid
thing they always did. “Did you see any strangers?” they’d ask. “Any strange
cars hanging around? Anyone you didn’t recognize?”
Stupid; they were just
stupid. He was the smart one. The kids would answer just like they always did,
they’d say no, they hadn’t seen any strangers.
No, he wasn’t a stranger, he
was the ice-cream man. The kids saw him today, and they’d see him tomorrow,
he’d make sure of that. He’d be on his route for the next week at least, unless
there was a cold snap. He knew how cops thought, and if he disappeared, they
might look for him. No way was he going to break his pattern. Eventually the
cops would question him—not tomorrow, but probably the day after that. He’d
tell them he had seen the little girl, that she’d bought a cone from him. He’d
cover his tracks there, since the other kids would probably remember that she’d
been at the truck. But he’d shrug helplessly, and say that she hadn’t been on
the street when he drove off. He’d keep strictly to the truth, just not all the
truth.
Now Molly was all his, and
no one would take her away from him until he was done with her.
He drove home, stopping to
sell cones when kids flagged him down, taking his time. It wouldn’t do to break
his pattern. He took out the box that held Molly and brought it upstairs, then
made two more trips, for the leftover frozen treats, all in boxes just like the
one that held Molly. The neighbors were used to this; it was another part of
his routine. He was the invisible man; old Jim always brings in the leftovers
and puts ’em in his freezer overnight, it’s cheaper than running the
truck-freezer overnight.
He knew what they said about
him. That Jim was a good guy—kept to himself mostly, but when it was really hot
or he had too much left over to fit in his freezer, he’d pass out freebies. A
free ice-cream bar was appreciated in this neighborhood, where there wasn’t a
lot of money to spare for treats. Yeah, Jim was real quiet, but okay, never
gave any trouble to anybody.
If the cops went so far as
to look into his background, they wouldn’t find anything. He ran a freelance
ice-cream route in the summer and took odd jobs in the winter; there was no
record of his ever getting into trouble.
Of course there was no
record. He was smart. Nobody had ever caught him, not when he set fires as a
kid, not when he prowled the back alleys looking for stray dogs and cats, and
not later, when he went on to the targets he really wanted. He was careful.
When he first started on kids, he picked the ones nobody would miss. And he
kept up with the literature; he knew everything the cops would look for.
Jim’s apartment was a
corner-unit, under the roof. There was nobody above him, the old man under him
was stone-deaf, the guy on one side was a stoner on the night-shift, and the
couple on the other side kept their music blasting so loud it was a wonder that
they weren’t deaf. Nobody would ever hear a thing.
Meanwhile, Jim waited, as
darkness fell outside, for Molly to sleep off her ether and her bump; it wasn’t
any fun for him when his trophies were out of it. Jim liked them awake; he
liked to see their eyes when they realized that no one was coming to rescue
them.
He changed into a pair of
old jeans and a tee-shirt in the living-room, hanging his white uniform in the
closet, then looked in on her again.
She still had a hold on that
teddy bear. It was a really unusual toy; it was one of the many things that had
marked her when he’d first looked for targets. Jim was really glad she’d kept
such a tight grip on it; it was so different that there was little doubt it
would have been spotted as hers if she’d dropped it. The plush was a thick,
black fur, extremely realistic; in fact, he wasn’t entirely certain that it was
fake fur. There was no sign of the wear that kids usually put on that kind of
beloved plaything. The mouth was half-open, lined with red felt, with white
felt teeth and a red felt tongue. Instead of a ribbon bow, this bear had a real
leather collar with an odd tag hanging from it; pottery or glass, maybe, or
enameled metal, it certainly wasn’t plastic. There was a faint, raised pattern
on the back, and the word “Tedi” on the front in a childishly printed scrawl.
The eyes were oddest of all—whoever had made this toy must have used the same
eyes that taxidermists used; they looked real, alive.
It was going to prove a
little bit of problem dealing with that bear, after. He was so careful not to
leave any fiber or hair evidence; he always washed them when he was through
with them, dressing them in fancy party clothing he took straight out of the
packages, then wrapping them in plastic once they were dressed, to keep from
contaminating them. Once he was through with her and dressed her in that frilly
blue party-dress he’d bought, he’d cut up her old clothing into tiny pieces and
flush them down the john, a few at a time, to keep from clogging the line. That
could be fatal.
He’d do the part with the
knife in the bathtub, of course, so there wouldn’t be any bloodstains. He knew
exactly how to get blood-evidence scrubbed out of the bathroom, what chemicals
to use and everything. They’d have to swab out the pipes to find anything.
But the bear was a problem.
He’d have to figure out a smart way to get rid of it, because it was bound to
collect all kinds of evidence.
Maybe give it to a kid?
Maybe not; there was a chance the kid would remember him. By now it had
probably collected fibers....
He had it; the Salvation
Army box, the one on Colby, all the way across town. They’d let that thing get
stuffed full before they ever emptied it, and by then the bear would have
collected so much fiber and hair they’d never get it all sorted out. Then he
could take her to MacArthur Park; it was far enough away from the collection
box. He’d leave her there like he always did, propped up on a bench like an
oversized doll, a bench off in an out-of-the-way spot. He’d used MacArthur Park
before, but not recently, and at this time of year it might be days before
anyone found her.
But the bear—better get it
away from her now, before it collected something more than hair. For one thing,
it would be harder to handle her if she kept clinging to it. Something about
those eyes bothered him, too, and he wasn’t in a mood to be bothered.
He cracked the door open,
slipped inside, pried the bear out of her loose grip. He threw it into the
bathroom, but Molly didn’t stir; he was vaguely disappointed. He’d hoped she
show some sign of coming around when he took the toy.
Well, he had all night, all
weekend, as long as she lasted. He’d have to make the most of this one; she was
the last of the season.
Might as well get the stuff
out.
He went into the kitchenette
and dragged out the plastic step-stool. Standing it in the closet in the
living-room, he opened up the hatch into the crawl-space. It wasn’t tall enough
for him to see what was up there, but what he wanted was right by the hatch
anyway. He felt across the fiberglass battings; the paper over the insulation
crackled under his fingers. He groped until his hand encountered the cardboard
box he’d stored up there. Getting both hands around it, straining on tiptoe to
do so, he lowered it carfully down through the hatch. He had to bring it
through the opening catty-cornered to make it fit. It wasn’t heavy, but it was
an awkward shape.
He carried it to the center
of the living-room and placed it on the carpet, kneeling beside it with his
stomach tight with anticipation. Slowly, with movements ritualized over time,
he undid the twine holding it closed, just so. He coiled up the twine and laid
it to the side, exactly five inches from the side of the box. He reached for
the lid.
But as he started to open
it, he thought he heard a faint sound, as if something moved in the bedroom.
Was Molly finally awake?
He got to his feet, and
moved softly to the door. But when he applied his eye to the crack, he was
disappointed to see that she hadn’t moved at all. She lay exactly as he’d left
her, head pillowed on one arm, hair scattered across his pillow, lips pursed,
breathing softly but regularly. Her red corduroy jumper was still in the same
folds it had been when he’d put her down on the bed, rucked up over her hip so
that her little pink panties showed the tiniest bit.
Then he saw the bear.
It was back right where it
had been before, sitting up in the curve of her stomach. Looking at him.
He shook his head, frowning.
Of course it wasn’t looking at him, it was his imagination; it was just a toy.
He must have been so wrapped up in anticipation that he’d flaked—and hadn’t
thrown it in the bathroom as he’d intended, or else he’d absent-mindedly put it
back on the bed.
Easily fixed. He took the
few steps into the room, grabbed the bear by one ear, and threw it into the
bedroom closet, closing the door on it. Molly didn’t stir, and he retired to
the living room and his treasure chest.
On the top layer of the box
lay a tangle of leather and rubber. He sorted out the straps carefully, laying
out all the restraints in their proper order, with the rubber ball for her
mouth and the gag to hold it in there first in line. That was one of the most
important parts. Whatever sound got past the gag wouldn’t get past the
neighbors’ various deficiencies.
Something was definitely
moving in the next room. He heard the closet door opening, then the sounds of
shuffling.
He sprinted to the door—
Only to see that Molly was
lying in exactly the same position, and the bear was with her.
He shook his head. Damn! He
couldn’t be going crazy—
Then he chuckled at a sudden
memory. The third kid he’d done had pulled something like this—the kid was a
sleepwalker, with a knack for lying back down in precisely the same position as
before, and it wasn’t until he’d stayed in the bedroom instead of going through
his collection that he’d proved it to himself. Molly had obviously missed her
bear, gotten up, searched blindly for her toy, found it, then lay back down
again. Yeah, come to think of it, her jumper was a bit higher on her hip, and
she was more on her back than her side, now.
But that bear had to go.
He marched in, grabbed the
bear again, and looked around. Now where?
The bathroom, the cabinet
under the sink. There was nothing in there but a pair of dead roaches, and it
had a child-proof latch on it.
The eyes flashed at him as
he flipped on the bathroom light and whipped the cabinet open. For one moment
he almost thought the eyes glared at him with a red light of their own before
he closed the door on the thing and turned the lock with a satisfying click.
Back to the box.
The next layer was his
pictures. They weren’t of any of his kids; he wasn’t that stupid. Nothing in
this box would ever connect him with the guy they were calling the
“Sunday-school killer” because he left them dressed in Sunday best, clean and
shining, in places like parks and beaches, looking as if they’d just come from
church.
But the pictures were the
best the Internet had to offer, and a lot of these kids looked like the ones
he’d had. Pretty kids, real pretty.
He took them out in the
proper order, starting with the simple ones, letting the excitement build in
his groin as he savored each one. First, the nudes—ten of them, he knew them
all by heart. Then the nudes with the kids “playing” together, culled from the
“My Little Fishie” newsletter of a nut-case religious cult that believed in
kid-sex.
Then the good ones.
Halfway through, he slipped
his hand into his pants without taking his eyes off the pictures.
This was going to be a good
one. Molly looked just like the kid in the best of his pictures. She was going
to be perfect; the last of the season, the best of the season.
He was pretty well occuppied
as he got to the last set, though he noted absently that it sounded as if Molly
was up and moving around again. This was the bondage-and-snuff set, very hard
to get, and the only reason he had them at all was because he’d stolen them
from a storage-locker. He wouldn’t have taken the risk of getting them
personally, but they’d given him some of his best ideas.
Molly must be awake by now.
But this wasn’t to be hurried—there wouldn’t be any Mollys or Jeffreys until
next year, next spring, summer, and fall. He had to make this one last.
He savored the emotions in
the pictured eyes as he would savor Molly’s fear; savored their pleading
expressions, their helplessness. Such pretty little things, like her, like all
his kids.
They wanted it, anybody knew
that. Freud said so—that had been in that psychology course he took by
correspondence when he was trying to figure himself out. Look at the way kids
played “doctor” the minute you turned your back on them. That religious cult
had it right; kids wanted it, needed it, and the only thing getting in the way
was the way a bunch of repressed old men felt about it.
He’d show her what it was
she wanted, show her good. He’d make it last, take it slow. Then, once she was
all his and would do anything he said, he’d make sure nobody else would ever
have her again. He’d keep her his, forever. Not even her parents would have her
the way he did.
Under the last layer of
pictures was the knife, the beautiful, shining filleting knife, the best made.
Absolutely stainless, rustproof, with a pristine black handle. He laid it
reverently beside the leather straps, then zipped up his pants and rose to his
feet.
No doubt, she was shuffling
around on the other side of the door, moving uncertainly back and forth. She
should be just dazed enough that he’d get her gagged before she knew enough to
scream.
He paused a moment to order
his thoughts and his face before putting his hand on the doorknob. Next to the
moment when the kid lay trussed-up under him, this was the best moment.
He flung the door wide open.
“Hel-lo, Mo—”
That was as far as he got.
The screams brought the
neighbors to break down the door. There were two sets of screams; his, and
those of a terrified little girl pounding on the closet door.
A dozen of them gathered in
the hall before they got up the courage to break in, and by then Jim wasn’t
screaming anymore. What they found in the living-room made the first inside run
back out the way they had come.
One managed to get as far as
the bedroom to release the child, a pale young woman who lived at the other end
of the floor, whose maternal instincts over-rode her stomach long enough to
rescue the weeping child.
Molly fell out of the closet
into her arms, sobbing with terror. The young woman recognized her from news;
how could she not? Her picture had been everywhere.
Meanwhile one of the others
who had fled the whimpering thing on the living-room floor got to a phone and
called the cops.
The young woman closed the
bedroom door on the horror in the next room, took the hysterical, shivering
child into her arms, and waited for help to arrive, absently wondering at her
own, hitherto unsuspected courage.
While they were waiting, the
thing on the floor mewled, gasped, and died.
Although the young woman
hadn’t known what to make of the tangle of leather she’d briefly glimpsed on
the carpet, the homicide detective knew exactly what it meant. He owed a candle
to Saint Jude for the solving of his most hopeless case and another to the
Virgin for saving this child before anything had happened to her.
And a third to whatever
saint had seen to it that there would be no need for a trial.
“You say there was no sign
of anything or anyone else?” he asked the young woman. She’d already told him
that she was a librarian—that was shortly after she’d taken advantage of their
arrival to close herself into the bathroom and throw up. He almost took her to
task for possibly destroying evidence, but what was the point? This was one
murder he didn’t really want to solve.
She was sitting in the only
chair in the living-room, carefully not looking at the outline on the carpet,
or the blood-spattered mess of pictures and leather straps a little distance
from her feet. He’d asked the same question at least a dozen times already.
“Nothing, no one.” She shook
her head. “There’s no back door, just the hatches to the crawl-space, in each
closet.”
He looked where she pointed,
at the open closet door with the kitchen stool still inside it. He walked over
to the closet and craned his head around sideways, peering upward.
“Not too big, but a skinny
guy could get up there,” he said, half to himself. “Is that attic divided at
all?”
“No, it runs all along the
top floor; I never put anything up there because anybody could get into it from
any other apartment.” She shivered. “And I put locks on all my hatches. Now I’m
glad I did. Once a year they fumigate, so they need the hatches to get exhaust
fans up there.”
“A skinny guy, one real good
with a knife—maybe a ’Nam Vet. A SEAL, a Green Beret—” he was talking mostly to
himself. “It might not have been a knife; maybe claws, like in the karate rags.
Ninja claws. That could be what he used—”
He paced back to the center
of the living room. The librarian rubbed her hands along her arms, watching him
out of sick blue eyes.
“Okay, he knows what this
sicko is up to—maybe he just now found out, doesn’t want to call the cops for
whatever reason. He comes down into the bedroom, locks the kid in the closet to
keep her safe—”
“She told me that a bear
locked her into the closet,” the woman interrupted.
The detective laughed.
“Lady, that kid has a knot the size of a baseball on her skull; she could have
seen Luke Skywalker lock her in that closet!” He went back to his deductions.
“Okay, he locks the kid in, then makes enough noise so joy-boy thinks she
finally woke up. Then when the door opens—yeah. It’ll fly.” He nodded. “Then he
gets back out by this hatch.” He sighed, regretful that he wouldn’t ever get a
chance to thank this guy. “Won’t be any fingerprints; guy like this would be
too smart to leave any.”
He stared at the outline on
the blood-soaked carpet pensively. The librarian shuddered.
“Look, officer,” she said,
asserting herself, “If you don’t need me anymore—”
“Hey, Pete—” the detective’s
partner poked his head in through the door. “The kid’s parents are here. The
kid wants her teddy—she’s raising a real howl about it, and the docs at the
hospital don’t want to sedate her if they don’t have to.”
“Shit, the kid misses being
a statistic by a couple of minutes, and all she can think about is her toy!” He
shook his head, and refocused on the librarian. “Go ahead, miss. I don’t think
you can tell us anything more. You might want to check into the hospital
yourself, get checked over for shock. Either that, or pour yourself a stiff
one. Call in sick tomorrow.”
He smiled, suddenly
realizing that she was pretty, in a wilted sort of way—and after what she’d
just been through, no wonder she was wilted.
“That was what I had in mind
already, Detective,” she replied, and made good her escape before he changed
his mind.
“Pete, her folks say she
won’t be able to sleep without it,” his partner persisted.
“Yeah, yeah, go ahead and
take it,” he responded absently. If things had gone differently—they’d be
shaking out that toy for hair and fiber samples, if they found it at all.
He handed the bear to his
partner.
“Oh—before you give it
back—”
“What?”
“There’s blood on the paws,”
he replied, already looking for trace evidence that would support his theories.
“Wouldn’t want to shake her up any further, so make sure you wash it off
first.”
Okay, so I don’t always take
Diana Tregarde very seriously. When this story appeared in Marion Zimmer
Bradley’s Fantasy Magazine, however, there was a reader (a self-proclaimed
romance writer) who took it seriously, and was quite irate at the rather
unflattering picture I painted of romance writers. She wrote a long and angry
letter about it to the editor.
The editor, who like me has seen
romance writers at a romance convention, declined to comment.
A note: The character of
Robert Harrison and the concept of “whoopie witches” was taken from the
excellent supernatural role-playing game, Stalking the Night Fantastic by
Richard Tucholka and used with the creator’s permission. There is also a
computer game version, Bureau Thirteen. Both are highly recommended!
Satanic, Versus...
“Mrs. Peel,” intoned a
suave, urbane tenor voice from the hotel doorway behind Di Tregarde, “We’re
needed.”
The accent was faintly
French rather than English, but the inflection was dead-on.
Di didn’t bother to look in
the mirror, although she knew there would be a reflection there. Andre LeBrel
might be a 200-year-old vampire, but he cast a perfectly good reflection. She
was too busy trying to get her false eyelashes to stick.
“In a minute, lover. The
glue won’t hold. I can’t understand it—I bought the stuff last year for that
unicorn costume and it was fine then—”
“Allow me.” A thin, graceful
hand appeared over her shoulder, holding a tiny tube of surgical adhesive. “I
had the sinking feeling that you would forget. This glue, cherie, it does not
age well.”
“Piffle. Figure a back-stage
haunt would know that.” She took the white plastic tube from Andre, and
proceeded to attach the pesky lashes properly. This time they obliged by
staying put. She finished her preparations with a quick application of liner,
and spun around to face her partner. “Here,” she said, posing, feeling more
than a little smug about how well the black leather jumpsuit fit, “How do I
look?”
Andre cocked his bowler to
the side and leaned on his umbrella. “Ravishing. And I?” His dark eyes twinkled
merrily. Although he looked a great deal more like Timothy Dalton than Patrick
Macnee, anyone seeing the two of them together would have no doubt who he was
supposed to be costumed as. Di was very glad they had a “pair” costume, and
blessed Andre’s infatuation with old TV shows.
And they’re damned well
going to see us together all the time, Di told herself firmly. Why I ever
agreed to this fiasco...
“You look altogether too
good to make me feel comfortable,” she told him, snapping off the light over
the mirror. “I hope you realize what you’re letting yourself in for. You’re
going to think you’re a drumstick in a pool of piranha.”
Andre made a face as he
followed her into the hotel room from the dressing alcove. “Cherie, these are
only romance writers. They—”
“Are for the most part
over-imaginative middle-aged hausfraus, married to guys that are going thin on
top and thick on the bottom, and you’re likely going to be one of a handful of
males in the room. And the rest are going to be middle-aged copies of their
husbands, agents, or gay.” She raised an eyebrow at him. “So where do you think
that leaves you?”
“Like Old Man Kangaroo, very
much run after.” He had the audacity to laugh at her. “Have no fear, cherie. I
shall evade the sharp little piranha teeth.”
“I just hope I can,” she
muttered under her breath. Under most circumstances she avoided the Romance
Writers of the World functions like the plague, chucked the newsletter in the
garbage without reading it, and paid her dues only because Morrie pointed out
that it would look really strange if she didn’t belong. The RWW, she had found,
was a hotbed of infighting and jealousy, and “my advances are bigger than your
advances, so I am writing Deathless Prose and you are writing tripe.” The
general attitude seemed to be, “the publishers are out to get you, the agents
are out to get you and your fellow writers are out to get you.” Since Di got
along perfectly well with agent and publishers, and really didn’t care how well
or poorly other writers were doing, she didn’t see the point.
But somehow Morrie had
talked her into attending the RWW Halloween party. And for the life of her, she
couldn’t remember why or how.
“Why am I doing this?” she
asked Andre, as she snatched up her purse from the beige-draped bed,
transferred everything really necessary into a black-leather belt-pouch, and
slung the latter around her hips, making very sure the belt didn’t interfere
with the holster on her other hip. “You were the one who talked to Morrie on
the phone.”
“Because M’sieur Morrie
wishes you to give his client Robert Harrison someone to talk to,” the vampire
reminded her. “M’sieur Harrison agreed to escort Valentine Vervain to the party
in a moment of weakness equal to yours.”
“Why in Hades did he agree
to that?” she exclaimed, giving the sable-haired vampire a look of profound
astonishment.
“Because Miss Vervain—cherie,
that is not her real name, is it?—is one of Morrie’s best clients, is newly
divorced and alone and Morrie claims most insecure, and M’sieur Harrison was
kind to her,” Andre replied.
Di took a quick look around
the hotel room, to make sure she hadn’t forgotten anything. One thing about
combining her annual “make nice with the publishers” trip with Halloween, she
had a chance to get together with all her old New York buddies for a real
Samhain celebration and avoid the Christmas and Thanksgiving crowds and bad
weather. “I remember. That was when she did that crossover thing, and the
sci-fi people took her apart for trying to claim it was the best thing since
Tolkien.” She chuckled heartlessly. “The less said about that, the better. Her
magic system had holes I could drive a Mack truck through. But Harrison was a
gentleman and kept the bloodshed to a minimum. But Morrie doesn’t know
Valentine—and no, sexy, her name used to be Edith Bowman until she changed it
legally—if he thinks she’s as insecure as she’s acting. Three quarters of what
La Valentine does is an act. And everything is in Technicolor and Dolby
enhanced sound. So what’s Harrison doing in town?”
She snatched up the key from
the desk, and stuffed it into the pouch, as Andre held the door open for her.
“I do not know,” he replied,
twirling the umbrella once and waving her past. “You should ask him.”
“I hope Valentine doesn’t
eat him alive,” she said, striding down the beige hall, and frankly enjoying
the appreciative look a hotel room-service clerk gave her as she sauntered by.
“I wonder if she’s going to wear the outfit from the cover of her last book—if
she does, Harrison may decide he wants to spend the rest of the party in the
men’s room.” She reached the end of the hall a fraction of a second before
Andre, and punched the button for the elevator.
“I gather that is what we
are to save him from, cherie,” Andre pointed out wryly, as the elevator
arrived.
“Oh well,” she sighed,
stepping into the mirror-walled cubicle. “It’s only five hours, and it can’t be
that bad. How much trouble can a bunch of romance writers get into, anyway?”
There was enough lace,
chiffon, and satin to outfit an entire Busby Berkeley musical. Di counted
fifteen Harem Girls, nine Vampire Victims, three Southern Belles (the South was
Out this year), a round dozen Ravished Maidens of various time periods (none of
them peasants), and assorted Frills and Furbelows, and one “witch” in a black
chiffon outfit clearly purchased from the Frederick’s catalog. Aside from the
“witch,” she and Andre were the only ones dressed in black—and they were the
only ones covered from neck to toes—though in Di’s case, that was
problematical; the tight black leather jumpsuit really didn’t leave anything to
the imagination.
The Avengers outfits had
been Andre’s idea, when she realized she really had agreed to go to this party.
She had suggested Dracula for him and a witch for her—but he had pointed out,
logically, that there was no point in coming as what they really were.
Besides, I’ve always wanted
a black leather jumpsuit, and this made a good excuse to get it. And since I’m
doing this as a favor to Morrie, I might be able to deduct it....
And even if I can’t, the looks
I’m getting are worth twice the price.
Most of the women here—and
as she’d warned Andre, the suite at the Henley Palace that RWW had rented for
this bash contained about eighty percent women—were in their forties at best.
Most of them demonstrated amply the problems with having a sedentary job. And
most of them were wearing outfits that might have been worn by their favorite
heroines, though few of them went to the extent that Valentine Vervain did, and
copied the exact dress from the front of the latest book. The problem was, their
heroines were all no older than twenty-two, and as described, weighed maybe
ninety-five pounds. Since a great many of the ladies in question weighed at
least half again that, the results were not what the wearers intended.
The sour looks Di was
getting were just as flattering as the wolf-whistle the bellboy had sent her
way.
A quick sail through the
five rooms of the suite with Andre at her side ascertained that Valentine and
her escort had not yet arrived. A quick glance at Andre’s face proved that he
was having a very difficult time restraining his mirth. She decided then that
discretion was definitely the better part of valor, and retired to the balcony
with Andre in tow and a couple of glasses of Perrier.
It was a beautiful night;
one of those rare, late-October nights that made Di regret—briefly—moving to
Connecticut. Clear, cool and crisp, with just enough wind to sweep the
effluvium of city life from the streets. Below them, hundreds of lights created
a jewelbox effect. If you looked hard, you could even see a few stars beyond
the light-haze.
The sliding glass door to
the balcony had been opened to vent some of the heat and overwhelming perfume
(Di’s nose said, nothing under a hundred dollars a bottle), and Di left it that
way. She parked her elbows on the balcony railing and looked down, Andre at her
side, and sighed.
He chuckled. “You warned me,
and I did not believe. I apologize, cherie. It is—most remarkable.”
“Hmm. Exercise that vampiric
hearing of yours, and you’ll get an ear-full,” she said, watching the
car-lights crawl by, twenty stories below. “When they aren’t slaughtering each
other and playing little power-trip games, they’re picking apart their agents
and their editors. If you’ve ever wondered why I’ve never bothered going after
the big money, it’s because to get it I’d have to play by those rules.”
“Then I devoutly urge you to
remain with modest ambitions, cherie,” he said, fervently. “I—”
“Excuse me?” said a
masculine voice from the balcony door. It had a distinct note of desperation in
it. “Are you Diana Tregarde?”
Di turned. Behind her,
peering around the edge of the doorway, was a harried-looking fellow in a
baggy, tweedy sweater and slacks—not a costume—with a shock of prematurely
graying, sandy-brown hair, glasses and a moustache. And a look of absolute
misery.
“Robert Harrison, I
presume?” she said, archly. “Come, join us in the sanctuary. It’s too cold out
here for chiffon.”
“Thank God.” Harrison ducked
onto the balcony with the agility of a man evading Iraqi border-guards, and
threw himself down in an aluminum patio chair out of sight of the windows. “I
think the password is, ‘Morrie sent me.’”
“Recognized; pass, friend.
Give the man credit; he gave you an ally and an escape-route,” Di chuckled.
“Don’t tell me; she showed up as the Sacred Priestess Askenazy.”
“In a nine-foot chiffon
train and see-through harem pants, yes,” Harrison groaned. “And let me know I
was Out of the Royal Favor for not dressing as What’s-His-Name.”
“Watirion,” Di said
helpfully. “Do you realize you can pronounce that as ‘what-tire-iron’? I
encourage the notion.”
“But that wasn’t the worst
of it!” Harrison shook his head, distractedly, as if he was somewhat in a daze.
“The worst was the monologue in the cab on the way over here. Every other word
was Crystal this and Vibration that, Past Life Regression, and Mystic Rituals.
The woman’s a whoopie witch!”
Di blinked. That was a new
one on her. “A what?”
Harrison looked up, and for
the first time, seemed to see her. “Uh—” he hesitated. “Uh, some of what Morrie
said—uh, he seemed to think you—well, you’ve seen things—uh, he said you know
things—”
She fished the pentagram out
from under the neck of her jumpsuit and flashed it briefly. “My religion is
non-traditional, yes, and there are more things in heaven and earth, etcetera.
Now what in Tophet is a whoopie witch?”
“It’s—uh—a term some friends
of mine use. It’s kind of hard to explain.” Harrison’s brow furrowed. “Look,
let me give you examples. Real witches have grimorie, sometimes handed down
through their families for centuries. Whoopie witches have books they picked up
at the supermarket. Usually right at the check-out counter.”
“Real witches have carefully
researched spells—” Di prompted.
“Whoopie witches draw a
baseball diamond in chalk on the living room floor and recite random passages
from the Satanic Bible.”
“When real witches make
substitutions, they do so knowing the exact difference the substitute will
make—”
“Whoopie witches slop taco
sauce in their pentagram because it looks like blood.”
“Real witches gather their
ingredients by hand—” Di was beginning to enjoy this game.
“Whoopie witches have a
credit card, and lots of catalogues.” Harrison was grinning, and so was Andre.
“Real witches spend hours in
meditation—”
“Whoopie witches sit under a
pyramid they ordered from a catalogue and watch Knot’s Landing.”
“Real witches cast spells
knowing that any change they make in someone’s life will come back at them
three-fold, for good or ill—”
“Whoopie witches call up the
Hideous Slime from Yosotha to eat their neighbor’s poodle because the bitch got
the last carton of Haagen-Daaz double-chocolate at the Seven-Eleven.”
“I think I’ve got the
picture. So dear Val decided to take the so-called research she did for the
Great Fantasy Novel seriously?” Di leaned back into the railing and laughed.
“Oh, Robert, I pity you! Did she try to tell you that the two of you just must
have been priestly lovers in a past life in Atlantis?”
“Lemuria,” Harrison said,
gloomily. “My God, she must be supporting half the crystal miners in Arkansas.”
“Don’t feel too sorry for
her, Robert,” Di warned him. “With her advances, she can afford it. And I know
some perfectly nice people in Arkansas who should only soak her for every penny
they can get. Change the subject; you’re safe with us—and if she decides to hit
the punch-bowl hard enough, you can send her back to her hotel in a cab and
she’ll never know the difference. What brings you to New York?”
“Morrie wants me to meet the
new editors at Berkley; he thinks I’ve got a shot at selling them that
near-space series I’ve been dying to do. And I had some people here in the City
I really needed to see.” He sighed. “And, I’ll admit it, I’d been thinking
about writing bodice-rippers under a pseudonym. When you know they’re getting
ten times what I am—”
Di shrugged. “I don’t think
you’d be happy doing it, unless you’ve written strictly to spec before. There’s
a lot of things you have to conform to that you might not feel comfortable
doing. Listen, Harrison, you seem to know quite a bit about
hot-and-cold-running esoterica—how did you—”
Someone in one of the other
rooms screamed. Not the angry scream of a woman who has been insulted, but the
soul-chilling shriek of pure terror that brands itself on the air and stops all
conversation dead.
“What in—” Harrison was on
his feet, staring in the direction of the scream. Di ignored him and launched
herself at the patio door, pulling the Glock 19 from the holster on her hip,
and thankful she’d loaded the silver-tipped bullets in the first clip.
Funny how everybody thought
it couldn’t be real because it was plastic....
“Andre—the next balcony!”
she called over her shoulder, knowing the vampire could easily scramble over
the concrete divider and come in through the next patio door, giving them a
two-pronged angle of attack.
The scream hadn’t been what
alerted her—simultaneous with the scream had been the wrenching feeling in her
gut that was the signal that someone had breached the fabric of the Otherworld
in her presence. She didn’t know who, or what—but from the stream of panicked
chiffon billowing towards the door at supersonic speed, it probably wasn’t
nice, and it probably had a great deal to do with one of the party-goers.
Three amply-endowed females
(one Belle, one Ravished and one Harem) had reached the door to the next room
at the same moment, and jammed it, and rather than one of them pulling free,
they all three kept shoving harder, shrieking at the tops of their lungs in tones
their agents surely recognized.
You’d think their advances
failed to pay out! Di kept the Glock in her hand, but sprinted for the door.
She grabbed the nearest flailing arm (Harem), planted her foot in the
midsection of her neighbor (Belle) and shoved and pulled at the same time. The
clot of feminine hysteria came loose with a sound of ripping cloth; a crinoline
parted company with its wearer. The three women tumbled through the door,
giving Di a clear launching path into the next room. She took it, diving for
the shelter of a huge wooden coffee table, rolling, and aiming for the door of
the last room with the Glock. And her elbow hit someone.
“What are you doing here?”
asked Harrison, and Di, simultaneously. Harrison cowered—no, had taken cover,
there was a distinct difference—behind the sofa beside the coffee table, his
own huge magnum aimed at the same doorway.
“My job,” they said—also
simultaneously.
“What?” (Again in chorus).
“This is all a very amusing
study in synchronicity,” said Andre, crouching just behind Harrison, bowler
tipped and sword from his umbrella out and ready, “but I suggest you both pay
attention to that most boorish party-crasher over there—”
Something very large
occluded the light for a moment in the next room, then the lights went out, and
Di distinctly heard the sound of the chandelier being torn from the ceiling and
thrown against the wall. She winced.
There go my dues up again.
“I got a glimpse,” Andre
continued. “It was very large, perhaps ten feet tall, and—cherie, looked like
nothing so much as a rubber creature from a very bad movie. Except that I do
not think it was rubber.”
At just that moment, there
was a thrashing from the other room, and Valentine Vervain, long red hair
liberally beslimed, minus nine-foot train and one of her sleeves, scrambled
through the door and plastered herself against the wall, where she promptly
passed out.
“Valentine?” Di murmured—and
snapped her head towards Harrison when he moaned—“Oh no,” in a way that made
her sure he knew something.
“Harrison!” she snapped.
“Cough it up!”
There was a sound of things
breaking in the other room, as if something was fumbling around in the dark,
picking up whatever it encountered, and smashing it in frustration.
“Valentine—she said
something about getting some of her ‘friends’ together tonight and ‘calling up
her soul-mate’ so she could ‘show that ex of hers.’ I gather he appeared at the
divorce hearing with a twenty-one-year-old blonde.” Harrison gulped. “I figured
she was just blowing it off—I never thought she had any power—”
“You’d be amazed what anger
will do,” Di replied grimly, keeping her eyes on the darkened doorway.
“Sometimes it even transcends a total lack of talent. Put that together with
the time of year—All Hallow’s E’en—Samhain—is tomorrow. The Wall Between the
Worlds is especially thin, and power flows are heavy right now. That’s a recipe
for disaster if I ever heard one.”
“And here comes M’sieur
Soul-Mate,” said Andre, warningly.
What shambled in through the
door was nothing that Di had ever heard of. It was, indeed, about ten feet
tall. It was a very dark brown. It was covered with luxuriant brown hair—all
over. Otherwise, it was nude. If there were any eyes, the hair hid them
completely. It was built something along the lines of a powerful body-builder,
taken to exaggerated lengths, and it drooled. It also stank, a combination of
sulfur and musk so strong it would have brought tears to the eyes of a skunk.
“Wah-wen-ine!” it bawled,
waving its arms around, as if it were blind. “Wah-wen-ine!”
“Oh goddess,” Di groaned,
putting two and two together and coming up with—she called a soul-mate, and
specified parameters. But she forgot to specify “human.” “Are you thinking what
I’m thinking?”
The other writer nodded.
“Tall, check. Dark, check. Long hair, check. Handsome—well, I suppose in some
circles.” Harrison stared at the thing in fascination.
“Some—thing—that will accept
her completely as she is, and love her completely. Young, sure, he can’t be
more than five minutes old.” Di watched the thing fumble for the doorframe and
cling to it. “Look at that, he can’t see. So love is blind. Strong and as
masculine as you can get. And not too bright, which I bet she also specified.
Oh, my ears and whiskers.”
Valentine came to, saw the
thing, and screamed.
“Wah-wen-ine!” it howled,
and lunged for her. Reflexively, Di and Harrison both shot. He emptied his
cylinder, and one speed-loader; Di gave up after four shots, when it was
obvious they were hitting the thing, to no effect.
Valentine scrambled on hands
and knees over the carpet, still screaming—but crawling in the wrong direction,
towards the balcony, not the door.
“Merde!” Andre flung himself
between the creature’s clutching hands and its summoner, before Di could do
anything.
And before Di could react to
that, the thing backhanded Andre into a wall hard enough to put him through the
plasterboard.
Valentine passed out again.
Andre was already out for the count. There are some things even a vampire has a
little trouble recovering from.
“Jesus!” Harrison was on his
feet, fumbling for something in his pocket. Di joined him, holstering the
Glock, and grabbed his arm.
“Harrison, distract it, make
a noise, anything!” She pulled the atheme from her boot sheath and began
cutting Sigils in the air with it, getting the Words of Dismissal out as fast
as she could without slurring the syllables.
Harrison didn’t even
hesitate; he grabbed a couple of tin serving trays from the coffee table, shook
off their contents, and banged them together.
The thing turned its head
toward him, its hands just inches away from its goal. “Wah-wen-ine?” it said.
Harrison banged the trays
again. It lunged toward the sound. It was a lot faster than Di had thought it
was.
Evidently Harrison made the
same error in judgment. It missed him by inches, and he scrambled out of the
way by the width of a hair, just as Di concluded the Ritual of Dismissal.
To no effect.
“Hurry up, will you?”
Harrison yelped, as the thing threw the couch into the wall and lunged again.
“I’m trying!” she replied
through clenched teeth—though not loud enough to distract the thing, which had
concluded either (a) Harrison was Valentine or (b) Harrison was keeping it from
Valentine. Whichever, it had gone from wailing Valentine’s name to simply
wailing, and lunging after Harrison, who was dodging with commendable agility
in a man of middle age.
Of course, he has a lot of
incentive.
She tried three more
dismissals, still with no effect, the room was trashed, and Harrison was
getting winded, and running out of heavy, expensive things to throw....
And the only thing she could
think of was the “incantation” she used—as a joke—to make the stoplights change
in her favor.
Oh hell—a cockamamie
incantation pulled it up—
“By the Seven Rings of Zsa
Zsa Gabor and the Rock of Elizabeth Taylor I command thee!” she shouted,
stepping between the thing and Harrison (who was beginning to stumble). “By the
Six Wives of Eddie Fisher and the Words of Karnak the Great I compel thee! Freeze,
buddy!”
Power rose, through her,
crested over her—and hit the thing. And the thing—stopped. It whimpered, and
struggled a little against invisible bonds, but seemed unable to move.
Harrison dropped to the
carpet, right on top of a spill of guacamole and ground-in tortilla chips,
whimpering a little himself.
I have to get rid of this
thing, quick, before it breaks the compulsion—She closed her eyes and trusted
to instinct, and shouted the first thing that came into her mind. The Parking
Ritual, with one change....
“Great Squat, send him to a
spot, and I’ll send you three nuns—”
Mage-energies raged through
the room, whirling about her, invisible, intangible to eyes and ears, but she
felt them. She was the heart of the whirlwind, she and the other—
There was a pop of displaced
air; she opened her eyes to see that the creature was gone—but the
mage-energies continued to whirl—faster—
“Je-sus,” said Harrison,
“How did you—”
She waved him frantically to
silence as the energies sensed his presence and began to circle in on him.
“Great Squat, thanks for the
spot!” she yelled desperately, trying to complete the incantation before
Harrison could be pulled in. “Your nuns are in the mail!”
The energies swirled up and
away, satisfied. Andre groaned, stirred, and began extracting himself from the
powdered sheetrock wall. Harrison stumbled over to give him a hand.
Just as someone pounded on
the outer door of the suite.
“Police!” came a muffled
voice. “Open the door!”
“It’s open!” Di yelled back,
unzipping her belt-pouch and pulling out her wallet.
Three people, two uniformed
NYPD and one fellow in a suit with an impressive.357 Magnum in his hand, peered
cautiously around the doorframe.
“Jee-zus Christ,” one said
in awe.
“Who?” the dazed Valentine
murmured, hand hanging limply over her forehead. “Wha’ hap...”
Andre appeared beside Di,
bowler in hand, umbrella spotless and innocent-looking again.
Di fished her Hartford PD
Special OPs ID out of her wallet and handed it to the man in the suit. “This
lady,” she said angrily, pointing to Valentine, “played a little Halloween joke
that got out of hand. Her accomplices went out the back door, then down the
fire escape. If you hurry you might be able to catch them.”
The two NYCPD officers
looked around at the destruction, and didn’t seem any too inclined to chase
after whoever was responsible. Di checked out of the corner of her eye;
Harrison’s own.44 had vanished as mysteriously as it had appeared.
“Are you certain this woman
is responsible?” asked the hard-faced, suited individual with a frown, as he
holstered his.357. He wasn’t paying much attention to the plastic handgrip in
the holster at Di’s hip, for which she was grateful.
House detective, I bet. With
any luck, he’s never seen a Glock.
Di nodded. “These two
gentlemen will back me up as witnesses,” she said. “I suspect some of the
ladies from the party will be able to do so as well, once you explain that Ms.
Vervain was playing a not-very-nice joke on them. Personally, I think she ought
to be held accountable for the damages.”
And keep my RWW dues from going
through the roof.
“Well, I think so too,
miss.” The detective hauled Valentine ungently to her feet. The writer was
still confused, and it wasn’t an act this time. “Ma’am,” he said sternly to the
dazed redhead, “I think you’d better come with me. I think we have a few
questions to ask you.”
Di projected outraged
innocence and harmlessness at them as hard as she could. The camouflage trick
worked, which after this evening, was more than she expected. The two uniformed
officers didn’t even look at her weapon; they just followed the detective out
without a single backwards glance.
Harrison cleared his throat,
audibly. She turned and raised an eyebrow at him.
“You—I thought you were just
a writer—”
“And I thought you were just
a writer,” she countered. “So we’re even.”
“But—” He took a good look
at her face, and evidently thought better of prying. “What did you do with
that—thing? That was the strangest incantation I’ve ever heard!”
She shrugged, and began
picking her way through the mess of smashed furniture, spilled drinks, and
crushed and ground-in refreshments. “I have no idea. Valentine brought it in
with something screwy, I got rid of it the same way. And that critter has no
idea how lucky he was.”
“Why?” asked Harrison, as
she and Andre reached the door.
“Why?” She turned and smiled
sweetly. “Do you have any idea how hard it is to get a parking place in
Manhattan at this time of night?”
This is the very first
attempted professional appearance of Diana Tregarde, my occult detective. I’ve
always enjoyed occult detectives, but there is a major problem with them—what
are they supposed to do for a living? Ghosts don’t pay very well! So Di writes
romances for a living and saves the world on the side. This story was originally
rejected by the anthology I submitted it to; it became the basis for Children
of the Night by Another Company, and was then published in this form by Marion
Zimmer Bradley’s Fantasy Magazine.
Nightside
It was early spring, but the
wind held no hint of verdancy, not even the promise of it—it was chill and
odorless, and there were ghosts of dead leaves skittering before it. A few of
them jittered into the pool of weak yellow light cast by the aging streetlamp—a
converted gaslight that was a relic of the previous century. It was old and
tired, its pea-green paint flaking away; as weary as this neighborhood, which
was older still. Across the street loomed an ancient church, its congregation
dwindled over the years to a handful of little old women and men who appeared
like scrawny blackbirds every Sunday, and then scattered back to the shabby
houses that stood to either side of it until Sunday should come again. On the
side of the street that the lamp tried (and failed) to illuminate, was the
cemetery.
Like the neighborhood, it
was very old—in this case, fifty years shy of being classified as “Colonial.”
There were few empty gravesites now, and most of those belonged to the same
little old ladies and men that had lived and would die here. It was protected from
vandals by a thorny hedge as well as a ten-foot wrought-iron fence. Within its
confines, as seen through the leafless branches of the hedge, granite cenotaphs
and enormous Victorian monuments bulked shapelessly against the bare sliver of
a waning moon.
The church across the street
was dark and silent; the houses up and down the block showed few lights, if
any. There was no reason for anyone of this neighborhood to be out in the
night.
So the young woman waiting
beneath the lamp-post seemed that much more out-of-place.
Nor could she be considered
a typical resident of this neighborhood by any stretch of the imagination—for
one thing, she was young; perhaps in her mid-twenties, but no more. Her
clothing was neat but casual, too casual for someone visiting an elderly
relative. She wore dark, knee-high boots, old, soft jeans tucked into their
tops, and a thin windbreaker open at the front to show a leotard beneath. Her
attire was far too light to be any real protection against the bite of the
wind, yet she seemed unaware of the cold. Her hair was long, down to her waist,
and straight—in the uncertain light of the lamp it was an indeterminate shadow,
and it fell down her back like a waterfall. Her eyes were large and oddly
slanted, but not Oriental; catlike, rather. Even the way she held herself was
feline; poised, expectant—a graceful tension like a dancer’s or a hunting
predator’s. She was not watching for something—no, her eyes were unfocused with
concentration. She was listening.
A soft whistle, barely
audible, carried down the street on the chill wind. The tune was of a piece
with the neighborhood—old and timeworn.
Many of the residents would
have smiled in recollection to hear “Lili Marlene” again.
The tension left the girl as
she swung around the lamp-post by one hand to face the direction of the
whistle. She waved, and a welcoming smile warmed her eyes.
The whistler stepped into
the edge of the circle of light. He, too, was dusky of eye and hair—and
heartbreakingly handsome. He wore only dark jeans and a black turtleneck, no
coat at all—but like the young woman, he didn’t seem to notice the cold. There
was an impish glint in his eyes as he finished the tune with a flourish.
“A flair for the dramatic,
Diana, mon cherie?” he said mockingly. “Would that you were here for the same
purpose as the lovely Lili! Alas, I fear my luck cannot be so good....”
She laughed. His eyes warmed
at the throaty chuckle. “Andre,” she chided, “don’t you ever think of anything
else?”
“Am I not a son of the City
of Light? I must uphold her reputation, mais non?” The young woman raised an
ironic brow. He shrugged. “Ah well—since it is you who seek me, I fear I must
be all business. A pity. Well, what lures you to my side this unseasonable
night? What horror has mademoiselle Tregarde unearthed this time?”
Diana Tregarde sobered
instantly, the laughter fleeing her eyes. “I’m afraid you picked the right word
this time, Andre. It is a horror. The trouble is, I don’t know what kind.”
“Say on. I wait in
breathless anticipation.” His expression was mocking as he leaned against the
lamp-post, and he feigned a yawn.
Diana scowled at him and her
eyes darkened with anger. He raised an eyebrow of his own. “If this weren’t so
serious,” she threatened, “I’d be tempted to pop you one—Andre, people are
dying out there. There’s a ‘Ripper’ loose in New York.”
He shrugged, and shifted
restlessly from one foot to the other. “So? This is new? Tell me when there is
not! That sort of criminal is as common to the city as a rat. Let your police
earn their salaries and capture him.”
Her expression hardened. She
folded her arms tightly across the thin nylon of her windbreaker; her lips
tightened a little. “Use your head, Andre! If this was an ordinary
slasher-killer, would I be involved?”
He examined his fingernails
with care. “And what is it that makes it extraordinaire, eh?”
“The victims had no souls.”
“I was not aware,” he
replied wryly, “that the dead possessed such things anymore.”
She growled under her
breath, and tossed her head impatiently, and the wind caught her hair and
whipped it around her throat. “You are deliberately being difficult! I have
half a mind—”
It finally seemed to
penetrate the young man’s mind that she was truly angry—and truly frightened,
though she was doing her best to conceal the fact; his expression became
contrite. “Forgive me, cherie. I am being recalcitrant.”
“You’re being a pain in the
ass,” she replied acidly. “Would I have come to you if I wasn’t already out of
my depth?”
“Well—” he admitted. “No.
But—this business of souls, cherie, how can you determine such a thing? I find
it most difficult to believe.”
She shivered, and her eyes
went brooding. “So did I. Trust me, my friend, I know what I’m talking about.
There isn’t a shred of doubt in my mind. There are at least six victims who no
longer exist in any fashion anymore.”
The young man finally
evidenced alarm. “But—how?” he said, bewildered. “How is such a thing
possible?”
She shook her head
violently, clenching her hands on the arms of her jacket as if by doing so she
could protect herself from an unseen—but not unfelt—danger. “I don’t know, I
don’t know! It seems incredible even now—I keep thinking it’s a nightmare,
but—Andre, it’s real, it’s not my imagination—” Her voice rose a little with
each word, and Andre’s sharp eyes rested for a moment on her trembling hands.
“Eh bien,” he sighed, “I
believe you. So there is something about that devours souls—and mutilates
bodies as well, since you mentioned a ‘Ripper’ persona?”
She nodded.
“Was the devouring before or
after the mutilation?”
“Before, I think—it’s not
easy to judge.” She shivered in a way that had nothing to do with the cold.
“And you came into this
how?”
“Whatever it is, it took the
friend of a friend; I—happened to be there to see the body afterwards, and I
knew immediately there was something wrong. When I unshielded and used the
Sight—”
“Bad.” He made it a
statement.
“Worse. I—I can’t describe
what it felt like. There were still residual emotions, things left behind
when—” Her jaw clenched. “Then when I started checking further I found out
about the other five victims—that what I had discovered was no fluke. Andre,
whatever it is, it has to be stopped.” She laughed again, but this time there
was no humor in it. “After all, you could say stopping it is in my job
description.”
He nodded soberly. “And so
you become involved. Well enough, if you must hunt this thing, so must I.” He
became all business. “Tell me of the history. When, and where, and who does it
take?”
She bit her lip.
“‘Where’—there’s no pattern. ‘Who’ seems to be mostly a matter of opportunity;
the only clue is that the victims were always out on the street and entirely
alone, there were no witnesses whatsoever, so the thing needs total privacy and
apparently can’t strike where it will. And ‘when’—is moon-dark.”
“Bad.” He shook his head. “I
have no clue at the moment. The loup-garou I know, and others, but I know
nothing that hunts beneath the dark moon.”
She grimaced. “You think I
do? That’s why I need your help; you’re sensitive enough to feel something out
of the ordinary, and you can watch and hunt undetected. I can’t. And I’m not
sure I want to go trolling for this thing alone—without knowing what it is, I
could end up as a late-night snack for it. But if that’s what I have to do, I
will.”
Anger blazed up in his face
like a cold fire. “You go hunting alone for this creature over my dead body!”
“That’s a little redundant,
isn’t it?” Her smile was weak, but genuine again.
“Pah!” he dismissed her
attempt at humor with a wave of his hand. “Tomorrow is the first night of
moon-dark; I shall go a-hunting. Do you remain at home, else I shall be most
wroth with you. I know where to find you, should I learn anything of note.”
“You ought to—” Diana began,
but she spoke to the empty air.
The next night was warmer,
and Diana had gone to bed with her windows open to drive out some of the stale
odors the long winter had left in her apartment. Not that the air of New York
City was exactly fresh—but it was better than what the heating system kept
recycling through the building. She didn’t particularly like leaving her
defenses open while she slept, but the lingering memory of Katy Rourk’s fish
wafting through the halls as she came in from shopping had decided her. Better
exhaust fumes than burned haddock.
She hadn’t had an easy time
falling asleep, and when she finally managed to do so, tossed restlessly, her
dreams uneasy and readily broken—
—as by the sound of someone
in the room.
Before the intruder crossed
even half the distance between the window and her bed, she was wide awake, and
moving. She threw herself out of bed, somersaulted across her bedroom, and
wound up crouched beside the door, one hand on the lightswitch, the other holding
a polished dagger she’d taken from beneath her pillow.
As the lights came on, she
saw Andre standing in the center of the bedroom, blinking in surprise, wearing
a sheepish grin.
Relief made her knees go
weak. “Andre, you idiot!” She tried to control her tone, but her voice was
shrill and cracked a little. “You could have been killed!”
He spread his hands wide in
a placating gesture. “Now, Diana—”
“‘Now Diana’ my eye!” she
growled. “Even you would have a hard time getting around a severed spine!” She
stood up slowly, shaking from head to toe with released tension.
“I didn’t wish to wake you,”
he said, crestfallen.
She closed her eyes and took
several long, deep, calming breaths; focusing on a mantra, moving herself back
into stillness until she knew she would be able to reply without screaming at
him.
“Don’t,” she said carefully,
“Ever. Do. That. Again.” She punctuated the last word by driving the dagger she
held into the doorframe.
“Certainement, mon petite,”
he replied, his eyes widening a little as he began to calculate how fast she’d
moved. “The next time I come in your window when you sleep, I shall blow a
trumpet first.”
“You’d be a lot safer. I’d
be a lot happier,” she said crossly, pulling the dagger loose with a snap of
her wrist. She palmed the light-switch and dimmed the lamps down to where they
would be comfortable to his light-sensitive eyes, then crossed the room, the
plush brown carpet warm and soft under her bare feet. She bent slightly, and
put the silver-plated dagger back under her pillow. Then with a sigh she folded
her long legs beneath her to sit on her rumpled bed. This was the first time
Andre had ever caught her asleep, and she was irritated far beyond what her
disturbed dreams warranted. She was somewhat obsessed with her privacy and with
keeping her night-boundaries unbreached—she and Andre were off-and-on lovers,
but she’d never let him stay any length of time.
He approached the antique
wooden bed slowly. “Cherie, this was no idle visit—”
“I should bloody well hope
not!” she interrupted, trying to soothe her jangled nerves by combing the
tangles out of her hair with her fingers.
“—I have seen your killer.”
She froze.
“It is nothing I have ever
seen or heard of before.”
She clenched her hands on
the strand of hair they held, ignoring the pull. “Go on—”
“It—no, he—I could not
detect until he made his first kill tonight. I found him then, found him just
before he took his hunting-shape, or I never would have discovered him at all;
for when he is in that shape there is nothing about him that I could sense that
marked him as different. So ordinary—a man, an Oriental; Japanese, I think, and
like many others—not young, not old; not fat, not thin. So unremarkable as to
be invisible. I followed him—he was so normal I found it difficult to believe what
my own eyes had seen a moment before; then, not ten minutes later, he found yet
another victim and—fed again.”
He closed his eyes, his face
thoughtful. “As I said, I have never seen or heard of his like, yet—yet there
was something familiar about him. I cannot even tell you what it was, and yet
it was familiar.”
“You said you saw him
attack—how, Andre?” she leaned forward, her face tight with urgency as the bed
creaked a little beneath her.
“The second quarry
was—the—is it ‘bag lady’ you say?” At her nod he continued. “He smiled at
her—just smiled, that was all. She froze like the frightened rabbit. Then
he—changed—into dark, dark smoke; only smoke, nothing more. The smoke enveloped
the old woman until I could see her no longer. Then—he fed. I—I can understand
your feelings now, cherie. It was—nothing to the eye, but—what I felt within—”
“Now you see,” she said
gravely.
“Mais oui, and you have no
more argument from me. This thing is abomination, and must be ended.”
“The question is—” She
grimaced.
“How? I have given some
thought to this. One cannot fight smoke. But in his hunting form—I think
perhaps he is vulnerable to physical measures. As you say, even I would have
difficulty in dealing with a severed spine or crushed brain. I think maybe it
would be the same for him. Have you the courage to play the wounded bird, mon
petite?” He sat beside her on the edge of the bed and regarded her with solemn
and worried eyes.
She considered that for a
moment. “Play bait while you wait for him to move in? It sounds like the best
plan to me—it wouldn’t be the first time I’ve done that, and I’m not exactly
helpless, you know,” she replied, twisting a strand of hair around her fingers.
“I think you have finally
proved that to me tonight!” There was a hint of laughter in his eyes again, as
well as chagrin. “I shall never again make the mistake of thinking you to be a
fragile flower. Bien. Is tomorrow night too soon for you?”
“Tonight wouldn’t be too
soon,” she stated flatly.
“Except that he has already
gone to lair, having fed twice.” He took one of her hands, freeing it from the
lock of hair she had twisted about it. “No, we rest—I know where he is to be
found, and tomorrow night we face him at full strength.” Abruptly he grinned. “Cherie,
I have read one of your books—”
She winced, and closed her
eyes in a grimace. “Oh Lord—I was afraid you’d ferret out one of my pseudonyms.
You’re as bad as the Elephant’s Child when it comes to ‘satiable curiosity.”
“It was hardly difficult to
guess the author when she used one of my favorite expressions for the title—and
then described me so very intimately not three pages from the beginning.”
Her expression was woeful.
“Oh no! Not that one!”
He shook an admonishing
finger at her. “I do not think it kind, to make me the villain, and all because
I told you I spent a good deal of the Regency in London.”
“But—but—Andre, these things
follow formulas, I didn’t really have a choice—anybody French in a Regency
romance has to be either an expatriate aristocrat or a villain—” She bit her
lip and looked pleadingly at him. “—I needed a villain and I didn’t have a
clue—I was in the middle of that phony medium thing and I had a deadline—and—”
Her words thinned down to a whisper, “—to tell you the truth, I didn’t think
you’d ever find out. You—you aren’t angry, are you?”
He lifted the hair away from
her shoulder, cupped his hand beneath her chin and moved close beside her. “I think
I may possibly be induced to forgive you—”
The near-chuckle in his
voice told her she hadn’t offended him. Reassured by that, she looked up at
him, slyly. “Oh?”
“You could—” He slid her
gown off her shoulder a little, and ran an inquisitive finger from the tip of
her shoulderblade to just behind her ear “—write another, and let me play the
hero—”
“Have you any—suggestions?”
she replied, finding it difficult to reply when his mouth followed where his
finger had been.
“In that ‘Burning Passions’
series, perhaps?”
She pushed him away,
laughing. “The soft-core porn for housewives? Andre, you can’t be serious!”
“Never more.” He pulled her
back. “Think of how much enjoyable the research would be—”
She grabbed his hand again
before it could resume its explorations. “Aren’t we supposed to be resting?”
He stopped for a moment, and
his face and eyes were deadly serious. “Cherie, we must face this thing at
strength. You need sleep—and to relax. Can you think of any better way to relax
body and spirit than—”
“No,” she admitted. “I
always sleep like a rock when you get done with me.”
“Well then. And I—I have
needs; I have not tended to those needs for too long, if I am to have full
strength, and I should not care to meet this creature at less than that.”
“Excuses, excuses—” She
briefly contemplated getting up long enough to take care of the lights—then
decided a little waste of energy was worth it, and extinguished them with a
thought. “C’mere, you—let’s do some research.”
He laughed deep in his
throat as they reached for one another with the same eager hunger.
She woke late the next
morning—so late that in a half hour it would have been “afternoon”—and lay
quietly for a long, contented moment before wriggling out of the tumble of
bedclothes and Andre. No fear of waking him—he wouldn’t rouse until the sun
went down. She arranged him a bit more comfortably and tucked him in, thinking
that he looked absurdly young with his hair all rumpled and those long, dark
lashes of his lying against his cheek—he looked much better this morning, now
that she was in a position to pay attention. Last night he’d been pretty pale
and hungry-thin. She shook her head over him. Someday his gallantry was going
to get him into trouble. “Idiot—” she whispered, touching his forehead, “—all
you ever have to do is ask—”
But there were other things
to take care of—and to think of. A fight to get ready for; and she had a premonition
it wasn’t going to be an easy one.
So she showered and changed
into a leotard, and took herself into her barren studio at the back of the
apartment to run through her katas three times—once slow, twice at full
speed—and then into some Tai Chi exercises to rebalance everything. She
followed that with a half hour of meditation, then cast a circle and charged
herself with all of the Power she thought she could safely carry.
Without knowing what it was
she was to face, that was all she could do, really—that, and have a really good
dinner—
She showered and changed
again into a bright red sweatsuit and was just finishing that dinner when the
sun set and Andre strolled into the white-painted kitchen, shirtless, and
blinking sleepily.
She gulped the last bite of
her liver and waggled her fingers at him. “If you want a shower, you’d better
get a fast one—I want to get in place before he comes out for the night.”
He sighed happily over the
prospect of a hot shower. “The perfect way to start one’s—day. Petite, you may
have difficulty in dislodging me now that you have let me stay overnight—”
She showed her teeth. “Don’t
count your chickens, kiddo. I can be very nasty!”
“Mon petite—I—” He suddenly
sobered, and looked at her with haunted eyes.
She saw his expression and
abruptly stopped teasing. “Andre—please don’t say it—I can’t give you any
better answer now than I could when you first asked—if I—cared for you as more
than a friend.”
He sighed again, less
happily. “Then I will say no more, because you wish it—but—what of this
notion—would you permit me to stay with you? No more than that. I could be of
some use to you, I think, and I would take nothing from you that you did not
offer first. I do not like it that you are so much alone. It did not matter
when we first met, but you are collecting powerful enemies, cherie.”
“I—” She wouldn’t look at
him, but only at her hands, clenched white-knuckled on the table.
“Unless there are others—”
he prompted, hesitantly.
“No—no, there isn’t anyone
but you.” She sat in silence for a moment, then glanced back up at him with one
eyebrow lifted sardonically. “You do rather spoil a girl for anyone else’s
attentions.”
He was genuinely startled. “Mille
pardons, cherie,” he stuttered, “I—I did not know—”
She managed a feeble chuckle.
“Oh Andre, you idiot—I like being spoiled! I don’t get many things that are
just for me—” she sighed, then gave in to his pleading eyes. “All right then,
move in if you want—”
“It is what you want that
concerns me.”
“I want,” she said, very
softly. “Just—the commitment—don’t ask for it. I’ve got responsibilities as
well as Power, you know that; I—can’t see how to balance them with what you
offered before—”
“Enough,” he silenced her
with a wave of his hand. “The words are unsaid, we will speak of this no more
unless you wish it. I seek the embrace of warm water—”
She turned her mind to the
dangers ahead, resolutely pushing the dangers he represented into the back of
her mind. “And I will go bail the car out of the garage.”
He waited until he was
belted in on the passenger’s side of the car to comment on her outfit. “I did
not know you planned to race him, Diana,” he said with a quirk of one corner of
his mouth.
“Urban camouflage,” she
replied, dodging two taxis and a kamikaze panel truck. “Joggers are everywhere,
and they run at night a lot in deserted neighborhoods. Cops won’t wonder about
me or try to stop me, and our boy won’t be surprised to see me alone. One of
his other victims was out running. His boyfriend thought he’d had a heart
attack. Poor thing. He wasn’t one of us, so I didn’t enlighten him. There are
some things it’s better the survivors don’t know.”
“Oui. Left here, cherie.”
The traffic thinned down to
a trickle, then to nothing. There are odd little islands in New York at night;
places as deserted as the loneliest country road. The area where Andre directed
her was one such; by day it was small warehouses, one floor factories, an odd
store or two. None of them had enough business to warrant running second or third
shifts, and the neighborhood had not been gentrified yet, so no one actually
lived here. There were a handful of night-watchmen, perhaps, but most of these
places depended on locks, burglar-alarms, and dogs that were released at night
to keep out intruders.
“There—” Andre pointed at a
building that appeared to be home to several small manufactories. “He took the
smoke-form and went to roost in the elevator control house at the top. That is
why I did not advise going against him by day.”
“Is he there now?” Diana
peered up through the glare of sodium-vapor lights, but couldn’t make out the
top of the building.
Andre closed his eyes, a
frown of concentration creasing his forehead. “No,” he said after a moment. “I
think he has gone hunting.”
She repressed a shiver.
“Then it’s time to play bait.”
Diana found a parking space
marked dimly with the legend “President”—she thought it unlikely it would be
wanted within the next few hours. It was deep in the shadow of the building
Andre had pointed out, and her car was dead-black; with any luck, cops coming
by wouldn’t even notice it was there and start to wonder.
She hopped out, locking her
door behind her, looking now exactly like the lone jogger she was pretending to
be, and set off at an easy pace. She did not look back.
If absolutely necessary, she
knew she’d be able to keep this up for hours. She decided to take all the
north-south streets first, then weave back along the east-west. Before the
first hour was up she was wishing she’d dared bring a “walk-thing”—every street
was like every other street; blank brick walls broken by dusty, barred windows
and metal doors, alleys with only the occasional dumpster visible, refuse
blowing along the gutters. She was bored; her nervousness had worn off, and she
was lonely. She ran from light to darkness, from darkness to light, and saw and
heard nothing but the occasional rat.
Then he struck, just when
she was beginning to get a little careless. Careless enough not to see him
arrive.
One moment there was nothing,
the next, he was before her, waiting halfway down the block. She knew it was
him—he was exactly as Andre had described him, a nondescript Oriental man in a
dark windbreaker and slacks. He was tall for an Oriental—taller than she by
several inches. His appearance nearly startled her into stopping—then she
remembered that she was supposed to be an innocent jogger, and resumed her
steady trot.
She knew he meant her to see
him, he was standing directly beneath the streetlight and right in the middle
of the sidewalk. She would have to swerve out of her path to avoid him.
She started to do just that,
ignoring him as any real jogger would have—when he raised his head and smiled
at her.
She was stopped dead in her
tracks by the purest terror she had ever felt in her life. She froze, as all of
his other victims must have—unable to think, unable to cry out, unable to run.
Her legs had gone numb, and nothing existed for her but that terrible smile and
those hard, black eyes that had no bottom—
Then the smile vanished, and
the eyes flinched away. Diana could move again, and staggered back against the
brick wall of the building behind her, her breath coming in harsh pants, the
brick rough and comforting in its reality beneath her hands.
“Diana?” It was Andre’s
voice behind her.
“I’m—all right—” she said,
not at all sure that she really was.
Andre strode silently past
her, face grim and purposeful. The man seemed to sense his purpose, and smiled
again—
But Andre never faltered for
even the barest moment.
The smile wavered and faded;
the man fell back a step or two, surprised that his weapon had failed him—
Then he scowled, and pulled
something out of the sleeve of his windbreaker; and to Diana’s surprise,
charged straight for Andre, his sneakered feet scuffing on the cement—
And something suddenly
blurring about his right hand. As it connected with Andre’s upraised left arm,
Diana realized what it was—almost too late.
“Andre—he has
nunchuks—they’re wood,” she cried out urgently as Andre grunted in unexpected
pain. “He can kill you with them! Get the hell out of here!”
Andre needed no second
warning. In the blink of an eye, he was gone.
Leaving Diana to face the
creature alone.
She dropped into
guard-stance as he regarded her thoughtfully, still making no sound, not even
of heavy breathing. In a moment he seemed to make up his mind, and came for
her.
At least he didn’t smile
again in that terrible way—perhaps the weapon was only effective once.
She hoped fervently he
wouldn’t try again—as an empath, she was doubly-vulnerable to a weapon forged
of fear.
They circled each other
warily, like two cats preparing to fight—then Diana thought she saw an
opening—and took it.
And quickly came to the
conclusion that she was overmatched, as he sent her tumbling with a badly
bruised shin. The next few moments reinforced that conclusion—as he continued
scatheless while she picked up injury after painful injury.
She was a brown-belt in
karate—but he was a black-belt in kung-fu, and the contest was a pathetically
uneven match. She knew before very long that he was toying with her—and while
he still swung the wooden nunchuks, Andre did not dare move in close enough to
help.
She realized, (as fear dried
her mouth, she grew more and more winded, and she searched frantically for a
means of escape) that she was as good as dead.
If only she could get those
damn ’chucks away from him!
And as she ducked and
stumbled against the curb, narrowly avoiding the strike he made at her, an idea
came to her. He knew from her moves—as she knew from his—that she was no
amateur. He would never expect an amateur’s move from her—something truly
stupid and suicidal—
So the next time he swung at
her, she stood her ground. As the ’chuk came at her she took one step forward,
smashing his nose with the heel of her right hand and lifting her left to
intercept the flying baton.
As it connected with her
left hand with a sickening crunch, she whirled and folded her entire body
around hand and weapon, and went limp, carrying it away from him.
She collapsed in a heap at
his feet, hand afire with pain, eyes blurring with it, and waited for either
death or salvation.
And salvation in the form of
Andre rose behind her attacker. With one savate kick he broke the man’s back;
Diana could hear it cracking like green wood—and before her assailant could
collapse, a second double-handed blow sent him crashing into the brick wall,
head crushed like an eggshell.
Diana struggled to her feet,
and waited for some arcane transformation.
Nothing.
She staggered to the corpse,
face flat and expressionless—a sign she was suppressing pain and shock with
utterly implacable iron will. Andre began to move forward as if to stop her,
then backed off again at the look in her eyes.
She bent slightly, just
enough to touch the shoulder of the body with her good hand—and released the
Power.
Andre pulled her back to
safety as the corpse exploded into flame, burning as if it had been soaked in
oil. She watched the flames for one moment, wooden-faced; then abruptly
collapsed.
Andre caught her easily
before she could hurt herself further, lifting her in his arms as if she
weighed no more than a kitten. “Mon pauvre petite,” he murmured, heading back
towards the car at a swift but silent run, “It is the hospital for you, I
think—”
“Saint—Francis—” she gasped,
every step jarring her hand and bringing tears of pain to her eyes, “One of
us—is on the night-staff—Dr. Crane—”
“Bien,” he replied. “Now be
silent—”
“But—how are you—”
“In your car, foolish one. I
have the keys you left in it.”
“But—”
“I can drive.”
“But—”
“And I have a license. Will
you be silent?”
“How?” she said, disobeying
him.
“Night school,” he replied
succinctly, reaching the car, putting her briefly on her feet to unlock the
passenger-side door, then lifting her into it. “You are not the only one who
knows of urban camouflage.”
This time she did not
reply—mostly because she had fainted from pain.
The emergency room was
empty—for which Andre was very grateful. His invocation of Dr. Crane brought a
thin, bearded young man around to the tiny examining cubicle in record time.
“Good godalmighty! What did
you tangle with, a bus?” he exclaimed, when stripping the sweatsuit jacket and
pants revealed that there was little of Diana that was not battered and
black-and-blue.
Andre wrinkled his nose at
the acrid antiseptic odors around them, and replied shortly. “No. Your
‘Ripper.’”
The startled gaze the doctor
fastened on him revealed that Andre had scored. “Who—won?” he asked at last.
“We did. I do not think he
will prey upon anyone again.”
The doctor’s eyes closed
briefly; Andre read prayerful thankfulness on his face as he sighed with
relief. Then he returned to business. “You must be Andre, right? Anything I can
supply?”
Andre laughed at the
hesitation in his voice. “Fear not, your blood supply is quite safe, and I am
unharmed. It is Diana who needs you.”
The relief on the doctor’s
face made Andre laugh again.
Dr. Crane ignored him.
“Right,” he said, turning to the work he knew best.
She was lightheaded and
groggy with the Demerol Dr. Crane had given her as Andre deftly stripped her
and tucked her into her bed; she’d dozed all the way home in the car.
“I just wish I knew what
that thing was—” she said inconsequentially, as he arranged her arm in its
light Fiberglas cast a little more comfortably. “—I won’t be happy until I know—”
“Then you are about to be
happy, cherie, for I have had the brainstorm—” Andre ducked into the livingroom
and emerged with a dusty leather-bound book. “Remember I said there was
something familiar about it? Now I think I know what it was.” He consulted the
index, and turned pages rapidly—found the place he sought, and read for a few
moments. “As I thought—listen. ‘The gaki—also known as the Japanese
vampire—also takes its nourishment only from the living. There are many kinds
of gaki, extracting their sustenance from a wide variety of sources. The most
harmless are the “perfume” and “music” gaki—and they are by far the most
common. Far deadlier are those that require blood, flesh—or souls.’”
“Souls?”
“Just so. ‘To feed, or when
at rest, they take their normal form of a dense cloud of dark smoke. At other
times, like the kitsune, they take on the form of a human being. Unlike the kitsune,
however, there is no way to distinguish them in this form from any other human.
In the smoke form, they are invulnerable—in the human form, however, they can
be killed; but to permanently destroy them, the body must be burned—preferably
in conjunction with or solely by Power.’ I said there was something familiar
about it—it seems to have been a kind of distant cousin.” Andre’s mouth smiled,
but his eyes reflected only a long-abiding bitterness.
“There is no way you have
any relationship with that—thing!” she said forcefully. “It had no more honor,
heart or soul than a rabid beast!”
“I—I thank you, cherie,” he
said, slowly, the warmth returning to his eyes. “There are not many who would
think as you do.”
“Their own closed-minded
stupidity.”
“To change the subject—what
was it made you burn it as you did? I would have abandoned it. It seemed dead
enough.”
“I don’t know—it just seemed
the thing to do,” she yawned. “Sometimes my instincts just work... right....”
Suddenly her eyes seemed too
leaden to keep open.
“Like they did with you....”
She fought against exhaustion and the drug, trying to keep both at bay.
But without success. Sleep
claimed her for its own.
He watched her for the rest
of the night, until the leaden lethargy of his own limbs told him dawn was near.
He had already decided not to share her bed, lest any movement on his part
cause her pain—instead, he made up a pallet on the floor beside her.
He stood over her broodingly
while he in his turn fought slumber, and touched her face gently. “Well—” he
whispered, holding off torpor far deeper and heavier than hers could ever
be—while she was mortal. “You are not aware to hear, so I may say what I will
and you cannot forbid. Dream; sleep and dream—I shall see you safe—my only
love.”
And he took his place beside
her, to lie motionless until night should come again.
This was originally for a
Susan Shwartz anthology, Sisters of Fantasy 2.
Wet Wings
Katherine watched avidly,
chin cradled in her old, arthritic hands, as the chrysalis heaved, and writhed,
and finally split up the back. The crinkled, sodden wings of the butterfly
emerged first, followed by the bloated body. She breathed a sigh of wonder, as
she always did, and the butterfly tried to flap its useless wings in alarm as it
caught her movement.
“Silly thing,” she chided it
affectionately. “You know you can’t fly with wet wings!” Then she exerted a
little of her magic; just a little, brushing the butterfly with a spark of calm
that jumped from her trembling index finger to its quivering antenna.
The butterfly, soothed, went
back to its real job, pumping the fluid from its body into the veins of its
wings, unfurling them into their full glory. It was not a particularly rare
butterfly, certainly not an endangered one; nothing but a common Buckeye, a
butterfly so ordinary that no one even commented on seeing them when she was a
child. But Katherine had always found the markings exquisite, and she had used
this species and the Sulfurs more often than any other to carry her magic.
Magic. That was a word hard
to find written anymore. No one approved of magic these days. Strange that in a
country that gave the Church of Gaia equal rights with the Catholic Church,
that no one believed in magic.
But magic was not “correct.”
It was not given equally to all, nor could it be given equally to all. And that
which could not be made equal, must be destroyed....
“We always knew that there
would be repression and a burning time again,” she told the butterfly, as its
wings unfolded a little more. “But we never thought that the ones behind the
repression would come from our own ranks.”
Perhaps she should have
realized it would happen. So many people had come to her over the years, drawn
by the magic in her books, demanding to be taught. Some had the talent and the
will; most had only delusions. How they had cursed her when she told them the
truth! They had wanted to be like the heroes and heroines of her stories; special,
powerful.
She remembered them all; the
boy she had told, regretfully, that his “telepathy” was only observation and
the ability to read body-language. The girl whose “psychic attacks” had been
caused by potassium imbalances. The would-be “bardic mage” who had nothing
other than a facility to delude himself. And the many who could not tell a
tale, because they would not let themselves see the tales all around them. They
were neither powerful nor special, at least not in terms either of the power of
magic, nor the magic of storytelling. More often than not, they would go to
someone else, demanding to be taught, unwilling to hear the truth.
Eventually, they found
someone; in one of the many movements that sprouted on the fringes like
parasitic mushrooms. She, like the other mages of her time, had simply shaken
her head and sighed for them. But what she had not reckoned on, nor had anyone
else, was that these movements had gained strength and a life of their own—and
had gone political.
Somehow, although the
process had been so gradual she had never noticed when it had become
unstoppable, those who cherished their delusions began to legislate some of
those delusions. “Politically correct” they called it—and some of the things
they had done she had welcomed, seeing them as the harbingers of more freedom,
not less.
But they had gone from the
reasonable to the unreasoning; from demanding and getting a removal of sexism
to a denial of sexuality and the differences that should have been celebrated.
From legislating the humane treatment of animals to making the possession of
any animal or animal product without licenses and yearly inspections a crime.
Fewer people bothered with owning a pet these days—no, not a pet, an “Animal
Companion,” and one did not “own” it, one “nurtured” it. Not when inspectors
had the right to come into your home day or night, make certain that you were
giving your Animal Companion all the rights to which it was entitled. And the
rarer the animal, the more onerous the conditions....
“That wouldn’t suit you,
would it, Horace?” she asked the young crow perched over the window. Horace was
completely illegal; there was no way she could have gotten a license for him.
She lived in an apartment, not on a farm; she could never give him the
four-acre “hunting preserve” he required. Never mind that he had come to her,
lured by her magic, and that he was free to come and go through her window,
hunting and exercising at will. He also came and went with her little
spell-packets, providing her with eyes on the world where she could not go, and
bringing back the cocoons and chrysalises that she used for her
butterfly-magics.
She shook her head, and
sighed. They had sucked all the juice of life out of the world, that was what
they had done. Outside, the gray overcast day mirrored the gray sameness of the
world they had created. There were no bright colors anymore to draw the eye,
only pastels. No passion, no fire, nothing to arouse any kind of emotions. They
had decreed that everyone must be equal, and no one must be offended, ever. And
they had begun the burning and the banning....
She had become alarmed when
the burning and banning started; she knew that her own world was doomed when it
reached things like “Hansel and Gretel”—banned, not because there was a witch
in it, but because the witch was evil, and that might offend witches. She had
known that her own work was doomed when a book that had been lauded for its
portrayal of a young gay hero was banned because the young gay hero was unhappy
and suicidal. She had not even bothered to argue. She simply announced her
retirement, and went into seclusion, pouring all her energies into the magic of
her butterflies.
From the first moment of
spring to the last of autumn, Horace brought her caterpillars and cocoons. When
the young butterflies emerged, she gave them each a special burden and sent
them out into the world again.
Wonder. Imagination. Joy.
Diversity. Some she sent out to wake the gifts of magic in others. Some she
sent to wake simple stubborn will.
Discontent. Rebellion. She
sowed her seeds, here in this tiny apartment, of what she hoped would be the
next revolution. She would not be here to see it—but the day would come, she
hoped, when those who were different and special would no longer be willing or
content with sameness and equality at the expense of diversity.
Her door-buzzer sounded,
jarring her out of her reverie.
She got up, stiffly, and
went to the intercom. But the face there was that of her old friend Piet, the
“Environmental Engineer” of the apartment building, and he wore an expression
of despair.
“Kathy, the Psi-cops are
coming for you,” he said, quickly, casting a look over his shoulder to see if
there was anyone listening. “They made me let them in—”
The screen darkened
abruptly.
Oh Gods—She had been so
careful! But—in a way, she had expected it. She had been a world-renowned
fantasy writer; she had made no secret of her knowledge of real-world magics.
The Psi-cops had not made any spectacular arrests lately. Possibly they were
running out of victims; she should have known they would start looking at
peoples’ pasts.
She glanced around at the
apartment reflexively—
No. There was no hope. There
were too many thing she had that were contraband. The shelves full of books,
the feathers and bones she used in her magics, the freezer full of meat that
she shared with Horace and his predecessors, the wool blankets—
For that matter, they could
arrest her on the basis of her jewelry alone, the fetish-necklaces she carved
and made, the medicine-wheels and shields, and the prayer-feathers. She was not
Native American; she had no right to make these things even for private use.
And she knew what would
happen to her. The Psi-cops would take her away, confiscate all her property,
and “re-educate” her.
Drugged, brainwashed, wired
and probed. There would be nothing left of her when they finished. They had
“re-educated” Jim three years ago, and when he came out, everything, even his
magic and his ability to tell a story, was gone. He had not even had the
opportunity to gift it to someone else; they had simply crushed it. He had
committed suicide less than a week after his release.
She had a few more minutes
at most, before they zapped the lock on her door and broke in. She had to save
something, anything!
Then her eyes lighted on the
butterfly, his wings fully unfurled and waving gently, and she knew what she
would do.
First, she freed Horace. He
flew off, squawking indignantly at being sent out into the overcast. But there
was no other choice; if they found him, they would probably cage him up and
send him to a forest preserve somewhere. He did not know how to find food in a
wilderness—let him at least stay here in the city, where he knew how to steal
food from birdfeeders, and where the best dumpsters were.
Then she cupped her hands
around the butterfly, and gathered all of her magic. All of it this time; a
great burden for one tiny insect, but there was no choice.
Songs and tales, magic and
wonder; power, vision, will, strength—She breathed them into the butterfly’s
wings, and he trembled as the magic swirled around him, in a vortex of sparkling
mist.
Pride. Poetry.
Determination. Love. Hope—
She heard them at the door,
banging on it, ordering her to open in the name of the Equal State. She ignored
them. There was at least a minute or so left.
The gift of words. The gift
of difference—
Finally she took her hands
away, spent and exhausted, and feeling as empty as an old paper sack. The
butterfly waved his wings, and though she could no longer see it, she knew that
a drift of sparkling power followed the movements.
There was a whine behind her
as the Psi-cops zapped the lock.
She opened the window,
coaxed the butterfly onto her hand, and put him outside. An errant ray of
sunshine broke through the overcast, gilding him with a glory that mirrored the
magic he carried.
“Go,” she breathed. “Find
someone worthy.”
He spread his wings, tested
the breeze, and lifted off her hand, to be carried away.
And she turned, full of
dignity and empty of all else, to face her enemies.
Here is the only Valdemar
short story I have ever done, largely because I hate to waste a good story idea
on something as small as a short story! This first appeared in the anthology, Horse
Fantastic.
Stolen Silver
Silver stamped restively as
another horse on the picket-line shifted and blundered into his hindquarters.
Alberich clucked to quiet him and patted the stallion’s neck; the beast swung
his head about to blow softly into the young Captain’s hair. Alberich smiled a
little, thinking wistfully that the stallion was perhaps the only creature in the
entire camp that felt anything like friendship for him.
And possibly the only
creature that isn’t waiting for me to fail.
Amazingly gentle, for a
stallion, Silver had caused no problems either in combat or here, on the
picket-line. Which was just as well, for if he had, Alberich would have had him
gelded or traded off for a more tractable mount, gift of the Voice of Vkandis
Sunlord or no. Alberich had enough troubles without worrying about the behavior
of his beast.
He wasn’t sure where the
graceful creature had come from; Shin’a’in-bred, they’d told him. Chosen for
him out of a string of animals “liberated from the enemy.” Which meant
war-booty, from one of the constant conflicts along the borders. Silver hadn’t
come from one of the bandit-nests, that was sure—the only beasts the bandits
owned were as disreputable as their owners. Horses “liberated” from the bandits
usually weren’t worth keeping. Silver probably came from Menmellith via
Rethwellan; the King was rumored to have some kind of connection with the
horse-breeding, blood-thirsty Shin’a’in nomads.
Whatever; when Alberich lost
his faithful old Smoke a few weeks ago he hadn’t expected to get anything
better than the obstinate, intractable gelding he’d taken from its
bandit-owner.
But fate ruled otherwise;
the Voice chose to “honor” him with a superior replacement along with his
commission, the letter that accompanied the paper pointing out that Silver was
the perfect mount for a Captain of light cavalry. It was also another evidence
of favoritism from above, with the implication that he had earned that
favoritism outside of performance in the field. Not a gift that was likely to
increase his popularity with some of the men under his command, and a beast
that was going to make him pretty damned conspicuous in any encounter with the
enemy.
Plus one that’s an unlucky
color. Those witchy-Heralds of Valdemar ride white horses, and the blue-eyed
beasts may be witches too, for all I know.
The horse nuzzled him again,
showing as sweet a temper as any lady’s mare. He scratched its nose, and it
sighed with content; he wished he could be as contented. Things had been bad
enough before getting this commission. Now—
There was an uneasy, prickly
sensation between his shoulder-blades as he went back to brushing his new mount
down. He glanced over his shoulder, to intercept the glare of Leftenant
Herdahl; the man dropped his gaze and brushed his horse’s flank vigorously, but
not quickly enough to prevent Alberich from seeing the hate and anger in the
hot blue eyes.
The Voice had done Alberich
no favors in rewarding him with the Captaincy and this prize mount, passing
over Herdahl and Klaus, both his seniors in years of service, if not in
experience. Neither of them had expected that he would be promoted over their
heads; during the week’s wait for word to come from Headquarters, they had
saved their rivalry for each other.
Too bad they didn’t murder
each other, he thought resentfully, then suppressed the rest of the thought. It
was said that some of the priests of Vkandis could pluck the thoughts from a
man’s head. It could have been thoughts like that one that had led to Herdahl’s
being passed over for promotion. But it could also be that this was a test, a
way of flinging the ambitious young Leftenant Alberich into deep water, to see
if he would survive the experience. If he did, well and good; he was of
suitable material to continue to advance, perhaps even to the rank of
Commander. If he did not—well, that was too bad. If his ambition undid him,
then he wasn’t fit enough for the post.
That was the way of things,
in the armies of Karse. You rose by watching your back, and (if the occasion
arose) sticking careful knives into the backs of your less-cautious fellows,
and insuring other enemies took the punishment. All the while, the priests of
the Sunlord, who were the ones who were truly in charge, watched and smiled and
dispensed favors and punishments with the same dispassionate aloofness
displayed by the One God.
But Alberich had given a
good account of himself along the border, at the corner where Karse met
Menmellith and the witch-nation Valdemar, in the campaign against the bandits
there. He’d earned his rank, he told himself once again, as Silver stamped and
shifted his weight beneath the strokes of Alberich’s brush. The spring sun
burned down on his head, hotter than he expected without the breeze to cool
him.
There was no reason to feel
as if he’d cheated to get where he was. He’d led more successful sorties
against the bandits in his first year in the field than the other two had
achieved in their entire careers together. He’d cleared more territory than
anyone of Leftenant rank ever had in that space of time—and when Captain Anberg
had met with one too many arrows, the men had seemed willing that the Voice
chose him over the other two candidates.
It had been the policy of
late to permit the brigands to flourish, provided they confined their
attentions to Valdemar and the Menmellith peasantry and left the inhabitants of
Karse unmolested. A stupid policy, in Alberich’s opinion; you couldn’t trust
bandits, that was the whole reason why they became bandits in the first place.
If they could be trusted, they’d be in the army themselves, or in the Temple
Guard, or even have turned mercenary. He’d seen the danger back when he was a
youngster in the Academy, in his first tactics classes. He’d even said as much
to one of his teachers—phrased as a question, of course—and had been ignored.
But as Alberich had
predicted, there had been trouble from the brigands, once they began to
multiply; problems that escalated past the point where they were useful. With
complete disregard for the unwritten agreements between them and Karse, they
struck everyone, and when they finally began attacking villages, the authorities
deemed it time they were disposed of.
Alberich had just finished
cavalry training as an officer when the troubles broke out; he’d spent most of
his young life in the Karsite military schools. The ultimate authority was in
the hands of the Voices, of course; the highest anyone not of the priesthood
could expect to rise was to Commander. But officers were never taken from the
ranks; many of the rank-and-file were conscripts, and although it was never
openly stated, the Voices did not trust their continued loyalty if they were
given power.
Alberich, and many others
like him, had been selected at the age of thirteen by a Voice sent every year
to search out young male-children, strong of body and quick of mind, to school
into officers.
Alberich had both those qualities,
developing expertise in many weapons with an ease that was the envy of his
classmates, picking up his lessons in academic subjects with what seemed to be
equal ease.
It wasn’t ease; it was the
fact that Alberich studied long and hard, knowing that there was no way for the
bastard son of a tavern whore to advance in Karse except in the army. There was
no place for him to go, no way to get into a trade, no hope for any but the
most menial of jobs. The Voices didn’t care about a man’s parentage once he was
chosen as an officer, they cared only about his abilities and whether or not he
would use them in service to his God and country. It was a lonely life,
though—his mother had loved and cared for him to the best of her abilities, and
he’d had friends among the other children of similar circumstances. When he
came to the Academy, he had no friends, and his mother was not permitted to
contact him, lest she “distract him,” or “contaminate his purity of purpose.”
Alberich had never seen her again, but both of them had known this was the only
way for him to live a better life than she had.
Alberich had no illusions
about the purity of the One God’s priesthood. There were as many corrupt and
venal priests as there were upright, and more fanatic than there were
forgiving. He had seen plenty of the venal kind in the tavern; had hidden from
one or two that had come seeking pleasures strictly forbidden by the One God’s
edicts. He had known they were coming, looking for him, and had managed to make
himself scarce long before they arrived. Just as, somehow, he had known when
the Voice was coming to look for young male children for the Academy, and had
made certain he was noticed and questioned—
And that he had known which
customers it was safe to cadge for a penny in return for running errands—
Or that he had known that
drunk was going to try to set the stable afire.
Somehow. That was Alberich’s
secret. He knew things were going to happen. That was a witch-power, and
forbidden by the Voices of the One God. If anyone knew he had it—
But he had also known, as
surely as he had known all the rest, that he had to conceal the fact that he
had this power, even before he knew the law against it.
He’d succeeded fairly well
over the years, though it was getting harder and harder all the time. The power
struggled inside him, wanting to break free, once or twice overwhelming him
with visions so intense that for a moment he was blind and deaf to everything
else. It was getting harder to concoct reasons for knowing things he had no business
knowing, like the hiding places of the bandits they were chasing, the
bolt-holes and escape routes. But it was harder still to ignore them,
especially when subsequent visions showed him innocent people suffering because
he didn’t act on what he knew.
He brushed Silver’s neck
vigorously, the dust tickling his nose and making him want to sneeze—
—and between one
brush-stroke and the next, he lost his sense of balance, went light-headed, and
the dazzle that heralded a vision-to-come sparkled between his eyes and
Silver’s neck.
Not here! he thought
desperately, clinging to Silver’s mane and trying to pretend there was nothing
wrong. Not now, not with Herdahl watching—
But the witch-power would
not obey him, not this time.
A flash of blue light,
blinding him. The bandits he’d thought were south had slipped behind him, into
the north, joining with two more packs of the curs, becoming a group large
enough to take on his troops and give them an even fight. But first, they
wanted a secure base. They were going to make Alberich meet them on ground of
their choosing. Fortified ground.
That this ground was already
occupied was only a minor inconvenience... one that would soon be dealt with.
He fought free of the vision
for a moment, clinging to Silver’s shoulder like a drowning man, both hands
full of the beast’s silky mane, while the horse curved his head back and looked
at him curiously. The big brown eyes flickered blue, briefly, like a
half-hidden flash of lightning, reflecting—
—another burst of sapphire. The
bandits’ target was a fortified village, a small one, built on the top of a
hill, above the farm-fields. Ordinarily, these people would have no difficulty
in holding off a score of bandits. But there were three times that number
ranged against them, and a recent edict from the High Temple decreed that no
one but the Temple Guard and the Army could possess anything but the simplest
of weapons. Not three weeks ago, a detachment of priests and a Voice had come
through here, divesting them of everything but knives, farm-implements, and
such simple bows and arrows as were suitable for waterfowl and small game. And
while they were at it, a third of the able-bodied men had been conscripted for
the regular Army.
These people didn’t have a
chance.
The bandits drew closer,
under the cover of a brush-filled ravine.
Alberich found himself on
Silver’s back, without knowing how he’d gotten there, without remembering that
he’d flung saddle and bridle back on the beast—
No, not bridle; Silver still
wore the hackamore he’d had on the picket-line. Alberich’s bugle was in his
hand; presumably he’d blown the muster, for his men were running towards him,
buckling on swords and slinging quivers over their shoulders.
Blinding flash of cerulean—
The bandits attacked the
village walls, overpowering the poor man who was trying to bar the gate against
them, and swarming inside.
It hadn’t happened yet, he
knew that with the surety with which he knew his own name. It wasn’t even going
to happen in the next few moments. But it was going to happen soon—
They poured inside, cutting
down anyone who resisted them, then throwing off what little restraint they had
shown and launching into an orgy of looting and rapine. Alberich gagged as one
of them grabbed a pregnant woman and with a single slash of his sword, murdered
the child that ran to try and protect her, followed through to her—
The vision released him, and
he found himself surrounded by dust and thunder, still on Silver’s back—
—but leaning over the stallion’s
neck as now he led his troops up the road to the village of Sunsdale at full
gallop. Hooves pounded the packed-earth of the road, making it impossible to
hear or speak; the vibration thrummed into his bones as he shifted his weight
with the stallion’s turns. Silver ran easily, with no sign of distress, though
all around him and behind him the other horses streamed saliva from the corners
of their mouths, and their flanks ran with sweat and foam, as they strained to
keep up.
The lack of a bit didn’t
seem to make any difference to the stallion; he answered to neck-rein and knee
so readily he might have been anticipating Alberich’s thoughts.
Alberich dismissed the
uneasy feelings that prompted. Better not to think that he might have a second
witch-power along with the first. He’d never shown any ability to control
beasts by thought before. There was no reason to think he could now. The
stallion was just superbly trained, that was all. And he had more important
things to worry about.
They topped the crest of a
hill; Sunsdale lay atop the next one, just as he had seen in his vision, and
the brush-filled ravine beyond it.
There was no sign of
trouble.
This time it’s been a wild
hare, he thought, disgusted at himself for allowing blind panic to overcome
him. And for what? A daytime-nightmare? Next time I’ll probably see trolls
under my bed, he thought, just about to pull Silver up and bring the rest of
his men to a halt—
When a flash of sunlight on
metal betrayed the bandits’ location.
He grabbed for the bugle
dangling from his left wrist instead, and pulled his blade with the right;
sounded the charge, and led the entire troop down the hill, an unstoppable
torrent of hooves and steel, hitting the brigands’ hidden line like an
avalanche.
Sword in hand, Alberich
limped wearily to another body sprawled amid the rocks and trampled weeds of
the ravine, and thrust it through to make death certain. His sword felt heavy
and unwieldy, his stomach churned, and there was a sour taste in his mouth. He
didn’t think he was going to lose control of himself, but he was glad he was
almost at the end of the battle-line. He hated this part of the fighting—which
wasn’t fighting at all; it was nothing more than butchery.
But it was necessary. This
scum was just as likely to be feigning death as to actually be dead. Other
officers hadn’t been that thorough—and hadn’t lived long enough to regret it.
Silver was being fed and
watered along with the rest of the mounts by the youngsters of Sunsdale; the
finest fodder and clearest spring water, and a round dozen young boys to brush
and curry them clean. And the men were being fed and made much of by the older
villagers. Gratitude had made them forgetful of the loss of their weapons and
many of their men. Suddenly the army that had conscripted their relatives was
no longer their adversary. Or else, since the troops had arrived out of nowhere
like Vengeance of the Sunlord Himself, they assumed the One God had a hand in
it, and it would be prudent to resign themselves to the sacrifice. And meanwhile,
the instrument of their rescue probably ought to be well treated....
Except for the Captain, who
was doing a dirty job he refused to assign to anyone else.
Alberich made certain of two
more corpses and looked dully around for more.
There weren’t any, and he
saw to his surprise that the sun was hardly more than a finger-breadth from the
horizon. Shadows already filled the ravine, the evening breeze had picked up,
and it was getting chilly. Last year’s weeds tossed in the freshening wind as
he gazed around at the long shadows cast by the scrubby trees. More time had
passed than he thought—and if he didn’t hurry, he was going to be late for
SunDescending.
He scrambled over the
slippery rocks of the ravine, cursing under his breath as his boots (meant for
riding) skidded on the smooth, rounded boulders. The last thing he needed now
was to be late for a Holy Service, especially this one. The priest here was
bound to ask him for a Thanks-Prayer for the victory. If he was late, it would
look as if he was arrogantly attributing the victory to his own abilities, and
not the Hand of the Sunlord. And with an accusation like that hanging over his
head, he’d be in danger not only of being deprived of his current rank, but of
being demoted into the ranks, with no chance of promotion, a step up from
stable-hand, but not a big one.
He fought his way over the
edge, and half-ran, half-limped to the village gates, reaching them just as the
sun touched the horizon. He put a little more speed into his weary, aching
legs, and got to the edge of the crowd in the village square a scant breath
before the priest began the First Chant.
He bowed his head with the
others, and not until he raised his head at the end of it did he realize that
the robes the priest wore were not black, but red. This was no mere village
priest—this was a Voice!
He suppressed his start of
surprise, and the shiver of fear that followed it. He didn’t know what this
village meant, or what had happened to require posting a Voice here, but there
was little wonder now why they had submitted so tamely to the taking of their
men and the confiscation of their weapons. No one sane would contradict a
Voice.
The Voice held up his hand,
and got instant silence; a silence so profound that the sounds of the horses on
the picket-line came clearly over the walls. Horses stamped and whickered a
little, and in the distance, a few lonely birds called, and the breeze rustled
through the new leaves of the trees in the ravine. Alberich longed suddenly to
be able to mount Silver and ride away from here, far away from the machinations
of Voices and the omnipresent smell of death and blood. He yearned for
somewhere clean, somewhere that he wouldn’t have to guard his back from those
he should be able to trust....
“Today this village was
saved from certain destruction,” the Voice said, his words ringing out, but
without passion, without any inflection whatsoever. “And for that, we offer
Thanks-giving to Vkandis Sunlord, Most High, One God, to whom all things are
known. The instrument of that salvation was Captain Alberich, who mustered his
men in time to catch our attackers in the very act. It seems a miracle—”
During the speech, some of
the men had been moving closer to Alberich, grouping themselves around him to
bask in the admiration of the villagers.
Or so he thought. Until the
Voice’s tone hardened, and his next words proved their real intent.
“It seems a miracle—but it
was not!” he thundered. “You were saved by the power of the One God, whose
wrath destroyed the bandits, but Alberich betrayed the Sunlord by using the
unholy powers of witchcraft! Seize him!”
The men grabbed him as he
turned to run, throwing him to the ground and pinning him with superior
numbers. He fought them anyway, struggling furiously, until someone brought the
hilt of a knife down on the back of his head.
He didn’t black out
altogether, but he couldn’t move or see; his eyes wouldn’t focus, and a gray
film obscured everything. He felt himself being dragged off by the arms—heaved
into darkness—felt himself hitting a hard surface—heard the slamming of a door.
Then heard only confused
murmurs as he lay in shadows, trying to regain his senses and his strength.
Gradually his sight cleared, and he made out walls on all sides of him, close
enough to touch. He raised his aching head cautiously, and made out the dim
outline of an ill-fitting door. The floor, clearly, was dirt. And smelled
unmistakably of birds.
They must have thrown him
into some kind of shed, something that had once held chickens or pigeons. He was
under no illusions that this meant his prison would be easy to escape; out
here, the chicken-sheds were frequently built better than the houses, for
chickens were more valuable than children.
Still, once darkness
descended, it might be possible to get away. If he could overpower whatever
guards that the Voice had placed around him. If he could find a way out of the
shed....
If he could get past the
Voice himself. There were stories that the Voices had other powers than
plucking the thoughts from a man’s head—stories that they commanded the
services of demons tamed by the Sunlord—
While he lay there gathering
his wits, another smell invaded the shed, overpowering even the stench of old
bird-droppings. A sharp, thick smell... it took a moment for him to recognize
it.
But when he did, he clawed
his way up the wall he’d been thrown against, to stand wide-eyed in the
darkness, nails digging into the wood behind him, heart pounding with stark
terror.
Oil. They had poured oil
around the foundations, splashed it up against the sides of the shed. And now
he heard them out there, bringing piles of dry brush and wood to stack against
the walls. The punishment for witchery was burning, and they were taking no
chances; they were going to burn him now.
The noises outside stopped;
the murmur of voices faded as his captors moved away—
Then the Voice called out,
once—a set of three sharp, angry words—
And every crack and crevice
in the building was outlined in yellow and red, as the entire shed was engulfed
in flames from outside.
Alberich cried out, and
staggered away from the wall he’d been leaning against. The shed was bigger
than he’d thought—but not big enough to protect him. The oil they’d spread so
profligately made the flames burn hotter, and the wood of the shed was old,
weathered, probably dry. Within moments, the very air scorched him; he hid his
mouth in a fold of his shirt, but his lungs burned with every breath. His eyes
streamed tears of pain as he turned, staggering, searching for an escape that
didn’t exist.
One of the walls burned
through, showing the flames leaping from the wood and brush piled beyond it. He
couldn’t hear anything but the roar of the flames. At any moment now, the roof
would cave in, burying him in burning debris—
:Look out!:
How he heard the warning—or
how he knew to stagger back as far as he could without being incinerated on the
spot—he did not know. But a heartbeat after that warning shout in his mind, a
huge, silver-white shadow lofted through the hole in the burning wall, and
landed beside him. It was still wearing his saddle and hackamore—
And it turned huge,
impossibly blue eyes on him as he stood there gaping at it. It? No. Him.
:On!: the stallion snapped
at him. :The roof’s about to go!:
Whatever fear he had of the
beast, he was more afraid of a death by burning. With hands that screamed with
pain, he grabbed the saddle-bow and threw himself onto it. He hadn’t even found
the stirrups when the stallion turned on his hind feet.
There was a crack of
collapsing wood, as fire engulfed them. Burning thatch fell before and behind
them, sparks showering as the air was sucked into the blaze, hotter....
But, amazingly, no fire
licked at his flesh once he had mounted....
Alberich sobbed with relief
as the cool air surged into his lungs—the stallion’s hooves hit the ground
beyond the flames, and he gasped with pain as he was flung forward against the
saddle-bow.
Then the real pain began,
the torture of half-scorched skin, and the broken bones of his capture, jarred
into agony by the stallion’s headlong gallop into the night. The beast
thundered towards the villagers, and they screamed and parted before it;
soldiers and Voice alike were caught unawares, and not one of them raised a
weapon in time to stop the flight.
:Stay on,: the stallion said
grimly, into his mind, as the darkness was shattered by the red lightning of
his own pain. :Stay on, stay with me; we have a long way to go before we’re
safe. Stay with me....:
Safe where? he wanted to
ask—but there was no way to ask around the pain. All he could do was to hang
on, and hope he could do what the horse wanted.
An eternity later—as dawn
rose as red as the flames that had nearly killed him—the stallion had slowed to
a walk. Dawn was on their right, which meant that the stallion was heading
north, across the border, into the witch-kingdom of Valdemar. Which only made
sense, since what he’d thought was a horse had turned out to be one of the
blue-eyed witch-beasts....
None of it mattered. Now
that the stallion had slowed to a walk, his pain had dulled, but he was
exhausted and out of any energy to think or even feel with. What could the
witches do to him, after all? Kill him? At the moment, that would be a
kindness....
The stallion stopped, and he
looked up, trying to see through the film that had come over his vision. At
first he thought he was seeing double; two white witch-beasts and two
white-clad riders blocked the road. But then he realized that there were two of
them, hastily dismounting, reaching for him.
He let himself slide down
into their hands, hearing nothing he could understand, only a babble of strange
syllables.
Then, in his mind—
:Can you hear me?:
:I—what?: he replied,
without thinking.
:Taver says his name’s
Alberich,: came a second voice in his head. :Alberich? Can you stay with us a
little longer? We need to get you to a Healer. You’re going into shock; fight
it for us. Your Companion will help you, if you let him.:
His what? He shook his head;
not in negation, in puzzlement. Where was he? All his life he’d heard that the
witches of Valdemar were evil—but—
:And all our lives we’ve
heard that nothing comes out of Karse but brigands and bad weather,: said the
first voice, full of concern, but with an edge of humor to it. He shook his
head again and peered up at the person supporting him on his right. A woman,
with many laugh-lines etched around her generous mouth. She seemed to fit that
first voice in his head, somehow....
:So, which are you,
Alberich?: she asked, as he fought to stay awake, feeling the presence of the
stallion (his Companion?) like a steady shoulder to lean against, deep inside
his soul. :Brigand, or bad weather?:
:Neither... I hope...: he
replied, absently, as he clung to consciousness as she’d asked.
:Good. I’d hate to think of
a Companion Choosing a brigand to be a Herald,: she said, with her mouth
twitching a little, as if she was holding back a grin, :And a thunderstorm in
human guise would make uncomfortable company.:
:Choosing?: he asked. :What—what
do you mean?:
:I mean that you’re a
Herald, my friend,: she told him. :Somehow your Companion managed to insinuate
himself across the Border to get you, too. That’s how Heralds of Valdemar are
made; Companions Choose them—: She looked up and away from him, and relief and
satisfaction spread over her face at whatever it was she saw. :—and the rest of
it can wait. Aren’s brought the Healer. Go ahead and let go, we’ll take over
from here.:
He took her at her word, and
let the darkness take him. But her last words followed him down into the
shadows, and instead of bringing the fear they should have given him, they
brought him comfort, and a peace he never expected.
:It’s a hell of a greeting,
Herald Alberich, and a hell of a way to get here—but welcome to Valdemar,
brother. Welcome...:
This odd little story was
first published in Marion Zimmer Bradley’s Fantasy Magazine. It’s the one I
always use as an example when people ask me where I get my ideas. This one
literally came as I was driving to work, saw a piece of cardboard skitter
across the road in front of me as if it was alive, and thought, “Now what if it
was alive?”
Roadkill
A gust of wind hit the side
of George Randal’s van and nearly tore the steering wheel out of his hands. He
cursed as the vehicle lurched sideways, and wrestled it back into his own lane.
It was a good thing there
weren’t too many people on the road. It was just a damned good thing that Mingo
Road was a four-lane at this point, or he’d have been in the ditch. A mile
away, it wasn’t, but all the shift traffic from the airline maintenance base,
the Rockwell plant and the McDonald-Douglas plant where he worked would have
put an intolerable strain on a two-lane road.
The stoplight at Mingo and
163rd turned yellow, and rather than push his luck, he obeyed it, instead of
doing an “Okie caution” (“Step on the gas, Fred, she’s fixin’ to turn red”).
This was going to be another typical late spring Oklahoma day. Wind gusting up
to 60 per, and rain off and on. Used to be, when he was a kid, it’d be dry as
old bones by this late in the season, but not anymore. All the flood-control
projects and water-management dams had changed the micro-climate, and it was
unlikely this part of Oklahoma would ever see another Dust-Bowl.
Although with winds like
this, he could certainly extrapolate what it had been like, back then during
the thirties.
The habit of working a
mental simulation was so ingrained it was close to a reflex; once the thought
occurred, his mind took over, calculating wind-speed, type of dust, carrying
capacity of the air. He was so intent on the internal calculations that he
hardly noticed when the light turned green, and only the impatient honk of the
car behind him jolted him out of his reverie. He pulled the van out into the
intersection, and the red sports-car behind him roared around him, driver
giving him the finger as he passed.
“You son of a—” he noted
with satisfaction the MacDac parking permit in the corner of the rear window:
the vanity plate was an easy one to remember, “HOTONE.” He’d tell a little fib
to the guard at the guard shack, and have the jerk cited for reckless driving
in the parking-lot. That would go on his work-record, and serve him right, too.
If it hadn’t been for the
combination of the wind gust and the fool in the red IROC, he would never have
noticed the strange behavior of that piece of cardboard in the median strip.
But because of the gust, he knew
which direction the wind was coming from. When the IROC screamed right over the
center-line, heading straight toward a piece of flattened box, and the box
skittered just barely out of the way as if the wind had picked it up and moved
it in time, something went off in his brain.
As he came up even to where
the box had been, he saw what the thing had been covering; roadkill, a dead
’possum. At that exact moment he knew what had been wrong with the scene a
second before, when the box had moved. Because it had moved against the wind.
He cast a startled glance in
his rear-view mirror just in time to see the box skitter back, with the wind
this time, and stop just covering the dead animal.
That brought all the little
calculations going on in his head to a screeching halt. George was an orderly
man, a career engineer, whose one fervent belief was that everything could be
explained in terms of physics if you had enough data.
Except that this little
incident was completely outside his ordered universe.
He was so preoccupied with
trying to think of an explanation for the box’s anomalous behavior that he
didn’t remember to report the kid in the sports-car at the guard-shack. He
couldn’t even get his mind on the new canard specs he’d been so excited about
yesterday. Instead he sat at his desk, playing with the CAD/CAM computer,
trying to find some way for that box to have done what it did.
And coming up dry. It should
not, could not, have moved that way, and the odds against it moving back to
exactly the same place where it had left were unbelievable.
He finally grabbed his
gym-bag, left his cubicle, and headed for the tiny locker-room MacDac kept for
those employees who had taken up running or jogging on their lunch-breaks.
Obviously he was not going to get anything done until he checked the site out,
and he might just as well combine that with his lunch-time exercise. Today he’d
run out on Mingo instead of around the base.
A couple of Air National
Guard A-4s cruised by overhead, momentarily distracting him. He’d forgotten
exactly where the roadkill had been, and before he was quite ready for it, he
was practically on top of it. Suddenly he was no longer quite sure that he
wanted to do this. It seemed silly, a fantasy born of too many late-night
movies. But as long as he was out here...
The box was nowhere in
sight. Feeling slightly foolish, he crossed to the median and took a good look
at the body.
It was half-eaten, which
wasn’t particularly amazing. Any roadkill that was relatively fresh was bound
to get chewed on.
Except that the last time
he’d seen roadkill on the median, it had stayed there until it bloated,
untouched. Animals didn’t like the traffic; they wouldn’t go after carrion in
the middle of the road if they could help it.
And there was something
wrong with the way the bite-marks looked too. Old Boy Scout memories came back,
tracking and identifying animals by signs....
The flesh hadn’t been bitten
off so much as carved off—as if the carcass had been chewed by something with
enormous buck teeth, like some kind of carnivorous horse, or beaver. Nothing in
his limited experience made marks like that.
As a cold trickle ran down
his spine, a rustle in the weeds at the side of the road made him jump. He
looked up.
The box was there, in the
weeds. He hadn’t seen it, half-hidden there, until it had moved. It almost
seemed as if the thing was watching him; the way it had a corner poked out of
the weeds like a head....
His reaction was stupid and
irrational, and he didn’t care. He bolted, ran all the way back to the
guard-shack with a chill in his stomach that all his running couldn’t warm.
He didn’t stop until he
reached the guard-shack and the safety of the fenced-in MacDac compound, the
sanity and rational universe of steel and measurement where nothing existed
that could not be simulated on a computer screen.
He slowed to a gentle jog as
he passed the shack; he’d have liked to stop, because his heart was pounding so
hard he couldn’t hear anything, but if he did, the guards would ask him what
was wrong....
He waited until he was just
out of sight, and then dropped to a walk. He remembered from somewhere, maybe
one of his jogging tapes, that it was a bad idea just to stop, that his muscles
would stiffen. Actually he had the feeling if he went to his knees on the verge
like he wanted to, he’d never get up again.
He reached the sanctuary of
his air-conditioned office and slumped down into his chair, still panting. He
waited with his eyes closed for his heart to stop pounding, while the sweat
cooled and dried in the gust of metallic-flavored air from the vent over his
chair. He tried to summon up laughter at himself, a grown man, for finding a
flattened piece of cardboard so frightening, but the laughter wouldn’t come.
Instead other memories of
those days as a Boy Scout returned, of the year he’d spent at camp where he’d
learned those meager tracking skills. One of the counselors had a grandfather
who was—or so the boy claimed—a full Cherokee medicine man. He’d persuaded the
old man to make a visit to the camp. George had found himself impressed against
his will, as had the rest of the Scouts; the old man still wore his hair in two
long, iron-gray braids and a bone necklace under his plain work-shirt. He had a
dignity and self-possession that kept all of the rowdy adolescents in awe of
him and silent when he spoke.
He’d condescended to tell
stories at their campfire several times. Most of them were tales of what his
life had been like as a boy on the reservation at the turn of the century—but
once or twice he’d told them bits of odd Indian lore, not all of it Cherokee.
Like the shape-changers.
George didn’t remember what he’d called them, but he did recall what had
started the story. One of the boys had seen I Was A Teen-age Werewolf before
he’d come to camp, and he was regaling all of them with a vivid description of
Michael Landon’s transformation into the monster. The old man had listened, and
scoffed. That was no kind of shape-changer, he’d told them scornfully. Then he
had launched into a new story.
George no longer recalled
the words, but he remembered the gist of it. How the shape-changers would prey
upon the Indians in a peculiar fashion; stealing what they wanted by deception.
If one wanted meat, for instance, he would transform himself into a hunter’s
game-bag and wait for the Indian to stuff the “bag” full, then shift back and
carry the game off while the hunter’s back was turned. If one wanted a new
buffalo-robe, he would transform himself into a stretching-frame—or if very
ambitious, into a tipi, and make off with all of the inhabitant’s worldly
goods.
“Why didn’t they just turn
into horses and carry everything off?” he’d wanted to know. The old man had
shaken his head. “Because they cannot take a living form,” he’d said, “only a
dead one. And you do not want to catch them, either. Better for you to pretend
it never happened.”
But he wouldn’t say what
would happen if someone did catch the thief at work. He only looked, for a
brief instant, very frightened, as if he had not intended to say that much.
George felt suddenly sick.
What if these things, these shape-changers, weren’t just legend. What could
they be living on now? They wouldn’t be able to sneak into someone’s house and
counterfeit a refrigerator.
But there was all that
roadkill, enough dead animals along Mingo alone each year to keep someone
going, if that someone wasn’t too fastidious.
And what would be easier to
mimic than an old, flattened box?
He wanted to laugh at
himself, but the laughter wouldn’t come. This was such a stupid fantasy, built
out of nothing but a boy’s imagination and a box that didn’t behave the way it
ought to.
Instead, he only felt
sicker, and more frightened. Now he could recall the one thing the old man had
said about the creatures and their fear of discovery.
“They do not permit it,”
he’d said, as his eyes widened in that strange flicker of fear. “They do not
permit it.”
Finally he just couldn’t sit
there anymore. He picked up the phone and mumbled something to his manager
about feeling sick, grabbed his car keys and headed for the parking lot.
Several of the others on the engineering staff looked at him oddly as he passed
their desks; the secretary even stopped him and asked him if he felt all right.
He mumbled something at her that didn’t change her look of concern, and assured
her that he was going straight home.
He told himself that he was
going to do just that. He even had his turn-signal on for a right-hand turn,
fully intending to take the on-ramp at Pine and take the freeway home.
But instead he found himself
turning left, where the roadkill was still lying.
He saw it as he came up over
the rise; and the box was lying on top of it once again.
Suddenly desperate to prove
to himself that this entire fantasy he’d created around a dead ’possum and a
piece of cardboard was nothing more than that, he jerked the wheel over and
straddled the median, gunning the engine and heading straight for the dingy
brown splotch of the flattened box.
There was no wind now; if
the thing moved, it would have to do so under its own power.
He floored the accelerator,
determined that the thing wasn’t going to escape his tires.
It didn’t move; he felt a
sudden surge of joy—
Then the thing struck.
It leapt up at the last
possible second, landing with a splat, splayed across his windshield. He had a
brief, horrifying impression of some kind of face, flattened and distorted, red
eyes and huge, beaver-like teeth as long as his hand—
Then it was gone, and the
car was out of control, tires screaming, wheel wrenching under his hands.
He pumped his brakes—once,
twice—then the pedal went flat to the floor.
And as the car heeled over
on two wheels, beginning a high-speed roll that could have only one ending,
that analytical part of his mind that was not screaming in terror was
calculating just how easy it would be for a pair of huge, chisel-like teeth to
shear through a brake-line.
Larry and I wrote this for
the Keith Laumer “Bolo” anthology, but it stands pretty well alone. All you
have to know is that Bolos are fairly unstoppable, self-aware, intelligent
tanks.
Operation
Desert Fox
Mercedes
Lackey & Larry Dixon
Siegfried O’Harrigan’s name
had sometimes caused confusion, although the Service tended to be color-blind.
He was black, slight of build and descended from a woman whose African tribal
name had been long since lost to her descendants.
He wore both Caucasian
names—Siegfried and O’Harrigan—as badges of high honor, however, as had all of
that lady’s descendants. Many times, although it might have been politically
correct to do so, Siegfried’s ancestors had resisted changing their name to
something more ethnic. Their name was a gift—and not a badge of servitude to
anyone. One did not return a gift, especially not one steeped in the love of
ancestors....
Siegfried had heard the
story many times as a child, and had never tired of it. The tale was the modern
equivalent of a fairy-tale, it had been so very unlikely. O’Harrigan had been
the name of an Irish-born engineer, fresh off the boat himself, who had seen
Siegfried’s many-times-great grandmother and her infant son being herded down
the gangplank and straight to the Richmond Virginia slave market. She had been,
perhaps, thirteen years old when the Arab slave-traders had stolen her. That
she had survived the journey at all was a miracle. And she was the very first
thing that O’Harrigan set eyes on as he stepped onto the dock in this new land
of freedom.
The irony had not been lost
on him. Sick and frightened, the woman had locked eyes with Sean O’Harrigan for
a single instant, but that instant had been enough.
They had shared neither
language nor race, but perhaps Sean had seen in her eyes the antithesis of
everything he had come to America to find. His people had suffered virtual
slavery at the hands of the English landlords; he knew what slavery felt like.
He was outraged, and felt that he had to do something. He could not save all
the slaves offloaded this day—but he could help these two.
He had followed the traders
to the market and bought the woman and her child “off the coffle,” paying for
them before they could be put up on the auction-block, before they could even
be warehoused. He fed them, cared for them until they were strong, and then put
them on another boat, this time as passengers, before the woman could learn
much more than his name. The rest the O’Harrigans learned later, from Sean’s
letters, long after.
The boat was headed back to
Africa, to the newly-founded nation of Liberia, a place of hope for freed
slaves, whose very name meant “land of liberty.” Life there would not be easy
for them, but it would not be a life spent in chains, suffering at the whims of
men who called themselves “Master.”
Thereafter, the woman and
her children wore the name of O’Harrigan proudly, in memory of the stranger’s
kindness—as many other citizens of the newly-formed nation would wear the names
of those who had freed them.
No, the O’Harrigans would
not change their name for any turn of politics. Respect earned was infinitely
more powerful than any messages beaten into someone by whips or media.
And as for the name
“Siegfried”—that was also in memory of a stranger’s kindness; this time a
member of Rommel’s Afrika Korps. Another random act of kindness, this time from
a first lieutenant who had seen to it that a captured black man with the name
O’Harrigan was correctly identified as Liberian and not as American. He had
then seen to it that John O’Harrigan was treated well and released.
John had named his
first-born son for that German, because the young lieutenant had no children of
his own. The tradition and the story that went with it had continued down the
generations, joining that of Sean O’Harrigan. Siegfried’s people remembered
their debts of honor.
Siegfried O’Harrigan’s name
was at violent odds with his appearance. He was neither blond and tall, nor
short and red-haired—and in fact, he was not Caucasian at all.
In this much, he matched the
colonists of Bachman’s World, most of whom were of East Indian and Pakistani
descent. In every other way, he was totally unlike them.
He had been in the military
for most of his life, and had planned to stay in. He was happy in uniform, and
for many of the colonists here, that was a totally foreign concept.
Both of those stories of his
ancestors were in his mind as he stood, travel-weary and yet excited, before a
massive piece of the machinery of war, a glorious hulk of purpose-built design.
It was larger than a good many of the buildings of this far-off colony at the
edges of human space.
Bachman’s World. A poor
colony known only for its single export of a medicinal desert plant, it was not
a place likely to attract a tourist trade. Those who came here left because
life was even harder in the slums of Calcutta, or the perpetually typhoon-swept
mud-flats of Bangladesh. They were farmers, who grew vast acreages of the
“saje” for export, and irrigated just enough land to feed themselves. A hot,
dry wind blew sand into the tight curls of his hair and stirred the short
sleeves of his desert-khaki uniform. It occurred to him that he could not have
chosen a more appropriate setting for what was likely to prove a life-long
exile, considering his hobby—his obsession. And yet, it was an exile he had
chosen willingly, even eagerly.
This behemoth, this
juggernaut, this mountain of gleaming metal, was a Bolo. Now, it was his Bolo,
his partner. A partner whose workings he knew intimately... and whose thought
processes suited his so uniquely that there might not be a similar match in all
the Galaxy.
RML-1138. Outmoded now, and
facing retirement—which, for a Bolo, meant deactivation.
Extinction, in other words.
Bolos were more than “super-tanks,” more than war machines, for they were
inhabited by some of the finest AIs in human space. When a Bolo was “retired,”
so was the AI. Permanently.
There were those, even now,
who were lobbying for AI rights, who equated deactivation with murder. They
were opposed by any number of special-interest groups, beginning with
religionists, who objected to the notion than anything housed in a “body” of
electronic circuitry could be considered “human” enough to “murder.” No matter
which side won, nothing would occur soon enough to save this particular Bolo.
Siegfried had also faced
retirement, for the same reason. Outmoded. He had specialized in
weapons’-systems repair, the specific, delicate tracking and targeting systems.
Which were now outmoded,
out-of-date; he had been deemed too old to retrain. He had been facing an
uncertain future, relegated to some dead-end job with no chance for promotion,
or more likely, given an “early-out” option. He had applied for a transfer,
listing, in desperation, everything that might give him an edge somewhere. On
the advice of his superiors, he had included his background and his hobby of
military strategy of the pre-Atomic period.
And to his utter amazement,
it had been that background and hobby that had attracted the attention of
someone in the Reserves, someone who had been looking to make a most particular
match....
The wind died; no one with
any sense moved outside during the heat of midday. The port might have been
deserted, but for a lone motor running somewhere in the distance.
The Bolo was utterly silent,
but Siegfried knew that he—he, not it—was watching him, examining him with a
myriad of sophisticated instruments. By now, he probably even knew how many
fillings were in his mouth, how many grommets in his desert-boots. He had
already passed judgment on Siegfried’s service record, but there was this final
confrontation to face, before the partnership could be declared a reality.
He cleared his throat,
delicately. Now came the moment of truth. It was time to find out if what one
administrator in the Reserves—and one human facing early-out and a future of
desperate scrabbling for employment—thought was the perfect match really would
prove to be the salvation of that human and this huge marvel of machinery and
circuits.
Siegfried’s hobby was the
key—desert warfare, tactics, and most of all, the history and thought of one
particular desert commander.
Erwin Rommel. The “Desert
Fox,” the man his greatest rival had termed “the last chivalrous knight.”
Siegfried knew everything there was to know about the great tank-commander. He
had fought and refought every campaign Rommel had ever commanded, and his
admiration for the man whose life had briefly touched on that of his own
ancestor’s had never faded, nor had his fascination with the man and his
genius.
And there was at least one
other being in the universe whose fascination with the Desert Fox matched
Siegfried’s. This being; the intelligence resident in this particular Bolo, the
Bolo that called himself “Rommel.” Most, if not all, Bolos acquired a name or
nickname based on their designations—LNE became “Lenny,” or “KKR” became
“Kicker.” Whether this Bolo had been fascinated by the Desert Fox because of
his designation, or had noticed the resemblance of “RML” to “Rommel” because of
his fascination, it didn’t much matter. Rommel was as much an expert on his
namesake as Siegfried was.
Like Siegfried, RML-1138 was
scheduled for “early-out,” but like Siegfried, the Reserves offered him a
reprieve. The Reserves didn’t usually take or need Bolos; for one thing, they
were dreadfully expensive. A Reserve unit could requisition a great deal of
equipment for the “cost” of one Bolo. For another, the close partnership
required between Bolo and operator precluded use of Bolos in situations where
the “partnerships” would not last past the exercise of the moment. Nor were
Bolo partners often “retired” to the Reserves.
And not too many Bolos were
available to the Reserves. Retirement for both Bolo and operator was usually
permanent, and as often as not, was in the front lines.
But luck (good or ill, it
remained to be seen) was with Rommel; he had lost his partner to a deadly
virus, he had not seen much in the way of combat, and he was in near-new
condition.
And Bachman’s World wanted a
Reserve battalion. They could not field their own—every able-bodied human here
was a farmer or engaged in the export trade. A substantial percentage of the
population was of some form of pacifistic religion that precluded bearing
arms—Janist, Buddhist, some forms of Hindu.
Bachman’s World was entitled
to a Reserve force; it was their right under the law to have an on-planet
defense force supplied by the regular military. Just because Bachman’s World
was back-of-beyond of nowhere, and even the most conservative of military planners
thought their insistence on having such a force in place to be paranoid in the
extreme, that did not negate their right to have it. Their charter was clear.
The law was on their side.
Sending them a Reserve
battalion would be expensive in the extreme, in terms of maintaining that
battalion. The soldiers would be full-timers, on full pay. There was no base—it
would have to be built. There was no equipment—that would all have to be
imported.
That was when one solitary
bean-counting accountant at High Command came up with the answer that would
satisfy the letter of the law, yet save the military considerable expense.
The law had been written
stipulating, not numbers of personnel and equipment, but a monetary amount.
That unknown accountant had determined that the amount so stipulated, meant to
be the equivalent value of an infantry battalion, exactly equaled the worth of
one Bolo and its operator.
The records-search was on.
Enter one Reserve officer,
searching for a Bolo in good condition, about to be “retired,” with no current
operator-partner—
—and someone to match him,
familiar with at least the rudiments of mech-warfare, the insides of a Bolo,
and willing to be exiled for the rest of his life.
Finding RML-1138, called
“Rommel,” and Siegfried O’Harrigan, hobbyist military historian.
The government of Bachman’s
World was less than pleased with the response to their demand, but there was
little they could do besides protest. Rommel was shipped to Bachman’s World
first; Siegfried was given a crash-course in Bolo operation. He followed on the
first regularly-scheduled freighter as soon as his training was over. If, for
whatever reason, the pairing did not work, he would leave on the same freighter
that brought him.
Now, came the moment of
truth.
“Guten tag, Herr Rommel,” he
said, in careful German, the antique German he had learned in order to be able
to read first-hand chronicles in the original language. “Ich bin Siegfried
O’Harrigan.”
A moment of silence—and
then, surprisingly, a sound much like a dry chuckle.
“Wie geht’s, Herr
O’Harrigan. I’ve been expecting you. Aren’t you a little dark to be a Storm
Trooper?”
The voice was deep,
pleasant, and came from a point somewhere above Siegfried’s head. And Siegfried
knew the question was a trap, of sorts. Or a test, to see just how much he
really did know, as opposed to what he claimed to know. A good many pre-Atomic
historians could be caught by that question themselves.
“Hardly a Storm Trooper,” he
countered. “Field-Marshall Erwin Rommel would not have had one of those under
his command. And no Nazis, either. Don’t think to trap me that easily.”
The Bolo uttered that same
dry chuckle. “Good for you, Siegfried O’Harrigan. Willkommen.”
The hatch opened, silently;
a ladder descended just as silently, inviting Siegfried to come out of the hot,
desert sun and into Rommel’s controlled interior. Rommel had replied to
Siegfried’s response, but had done so with nothing unnecessary in the way of
words, in the tradition of his namesake.
Siegfried had passed the
test.
Once again, Siegfried stood
in the blindingly hot sun, this time at strict attention, watching the
departing back of the mayor of Port City. The interview had not been pleasant,
although both parties had been strictly polite; the mayor’s back was stiff with
anger. He had not cared for what Siegfried had told him.
“They do not much care for
us, do they, Siegfried?” Rommel sounded resigned, and Siegfried sighed. It was
impossible to hide anything from the Bolo; Rommel had already proven himself to
be an adept reader of human body-language, and of course, anything that was
broadcast over the airwaves, scrambled or not, Rommel could access and read.
Rommel was right; he and his partner were not the most popular of residents at
the moment.
What amazed Siegfried, and
continued to amaze him, was how human the Bolo was. He was used to AIs of
course, but Rommel was something special. Rommel cared about what people did
and thought; most AIs really didn’t take a great interest in the doings and
opinions of mere humans.
“No, Rommel, they don’t,” he
replied. “You really can’t blame them; they thought they were going to get a
battalion of conventional troops, not one very expensive piece of equipment and
one single human.”
“But we are easily the
equivalent of a battalion of conventional troops,” Rommel objected, logically.
He lowered his ladder, and now that the mayor was well out of sight, Siegfried
felt free to climb back into the cool interior of the Bolo.
He waited until he was
settled in his customary seat, now worn to the contours of his own figure after
a year, before he answered the AI he now consciously considered to be his best
friend as well as his assigned partner. Inside the cabin of the Bolo,
everything was clean, if a little worn—cool—the light dimmed the way Siegfried
liked it. This was, in fact, the most comfortable quarters Siegfried had ever
enjoyed. Granted, things were a bit cramped, but he had everything he needed in
here, from shower and cooking facilities to multiple kinds of entertainment.
And the Bolo did not need to worry about “wasting” energy; his power-plant was
geared to supply full-combat needs in any and all climates; what Siegfried
needed to keep cool and comfortable was miniscule. Outside, the ever-present
desert sand blew everywhere, the heat was enough to drive even the most patient
person mad, and the sun bleached everything to a bone-white. Inside was a
compact world of Siegfried’s own.
Bachman’s World had little
to recommend it. That was the problem.
“It’s a complicated issue,
Rommel,” he said. “If a battalion of conventional troops had been sent here,
there would have been more than the initial expenditure—there would have been
an ongoing expenditure to support them.”
“Yes—that support money
would come into the community. I understand their distress.” Rommel would
understand, of course; Field Marshal Erwin Rommel had understood the problems
of supply only too well, and his namesake could hardly do less. “Could it be
they demanded the troops in the first place in order to gain that money?”
Siegfried grimaced, and
toyed with the controls on the panel in front of him. “That’s what High Command
thinks, actually. There never was any real reason to think Bachman’s World was
under any sort of threat, and after a year, there’s even less reason than there
was when they made the request. They expected something to bring in money from
outside; you and I are hardly bringing in big revenue for them.”
Indeed, they weren’t
bringing in any income at all. Rommel, of course, required no support, since he
was not expending anything. His power-plant would supply all his needs for the
next hundred years before it needed refueling. If there had been a battalion of
men here, it would have been less expensive for High Command to set up a
standard mess hall, buying their supplies from the local farmers, rather than
shipping in food and other supplies. Further, the men would have been spending
their pay locally. In fact, local suppliers would have been found for nearly
everything except weaponry.
But with only one man here,
it was far less expensive for High Command to arrange for his supplies to come
in at regular intervals on scheduled freight-runs. The Bolo ate nothing. They
didn’t even use “local” water; the Bolo recycled nearly every drop, and distilled
the rest from occasional rainfall and dew. Siegfried was not the usual
soldier-on-leave; when he spent his pay, it was generally off-planet, ordering
things to be shipped in, and not patronizing local merchants. He bought books,
not beer; he didn’t gamble, his interest in food was minimal and satisfied by
the R.E.M.s (Ready-to-Eat-Meals) that were standard field issue and shipped to
him by the crateful. And he was far more interested in that four-letter word
for “intercourse” that began with a “t” than in intercourse of any other kind.
He was an ascetic scholar; such men were not the sort who brought any amount of
money into a community. He and his partner, parked as they were at the edge of
the spaceport, were a continual reminder of how Bachman’s World had been
“cheated.”
And for that reason, the
mayor of Port City had suggested—stiffly, but politely—that his and Rommel’s
continuing presence so near the main settlement was somewhat disconcerting. He
had hinted that the peace-loving citizens found the Bolo frightening (and never
mind that they had requested some sort of defense from the military). And if
they could not find a way to make themselves useful, perhaps they ought to at
least earn their pay by pretending to go on maneuvers. It didn’t matter that
Siegfried and Rommel were perfectly capable of conducting such exercises
without moving. That was hardly the point.
“You heard him, my friend,”
Siegfried sighed. “They’d like us to go away. Not that they have any authority
to order us to do so—as I reminded the mayor. But I suspect seeing us
constantly is something of an embarrassment to whoever it was that promised a
battalion of troops to bring in cash and got us instead.”
“In that case, Siegfried,”
Rommel said gently, “we probably should take the mayor’s suggestion. How long
do you think we should stay away?”
“When’s the next ship due
in?” Siegfried replied. “There’s no real reason for us to be here until it
arrives, and then we only need to stay long enough to pick up my supplies.”
“True.” With a barely-audible
rumble, Rommel started his banks of motive engines. “Have you any destination
in mind?”
Without prompting, Rommel
projected the map of the immediate area on one of Siegfried’s control-room
screens. Siegfried studied it for a moment, trying to work out the possible
repercussions of vanishing into the hills altogether. “I’ll tell you what, old
man,” he said slowly, “we’ve just been playing at doing our job. Really, that’s
hardly honorable, when it comes down to it. Even if they don’t need us and never
did, the fact is that they asked for on-planet protection, and we haven’t even
planned how to give it to them. How about if we actually go out there in the
bush and do that planning?”
There was interest in the
AI’s voice; he did not imagine it. “What do you mean by that?” Rommel asked.
“I mean, let’s go out there
and scout the territory ourselves; plan defenses and offenses, as if this
dustball was likely to be invaded. The topographical surveys stink for military
purposes; let’s get a real war plan in place. What the hell—it can’t hurt,
right? And if the locals see us actually doing some work, they might not think
so badly of us.”
Rommel was silent for a
moment. “They will still blame High Command, Siegfried. They did not receive
what they wanted, even though they received what they were entitled to.”
“But they won’t blame us.”
He put a little coaxing into his voice. “Look, Rommel, we’re going to be here
for the rest of our lives, and we really can’t afford to have the entire
population angry with us forever. I know our standing orders are to stay at
Port City, but the mayor just countermanded those orders. So let’s have some
fun, and show’em we know our duty at the same time! Let’s use Erwin’s
strategies around here, and see how they work! We can run all kinds of
scenarios—let’s assume in the event of a real invasion we could get some of
these farmers to pick up a weapon; that’ll give us additional scenarios to run.
Figure troops against you, mechs against you, troops and mechs against you,
plus untrained men against troops, men against mechs, you against another
Bolo-type AI—”
“It would be entertaining.”
Rommel sounded very interested. “And as long as we keep our defensive
surveillance up, and an eye on Port City, we would not technically be violating
orders....”
“Then let’s do it,”
Siegfried said decisively. “Like I said, the maps they gave us stink; let’s go
make our own, then plot strategy. Let’s find every wadi and overhang big enough
to hide you. Let’s act as if there really was going to be an invasion. Let’s
give them some options, log the plans with the mayor’s office. We can plan for
evacuations, we can check resources, there’s a lot of things we can do. And
let’s start right now!”
They mapped every dry
stream-bed, every dusty hill, every animal-trail. For months, the two of them
rumbled across the arid landscape, with Siegfried emerging now and again to
carry surveying instruments to the tops of hills too fragile to bear Rommel’s
weight. And when every inch of territory within a week of Port City had been
surveyed and accurately mapped, they began playing a game of “hide and seek”
with the locals.
It was surprisingly
gratifying. At first, after they had vanished for a while, the local
news-channel seemed to reflect an attitude of “and good riddance.” But then,
when no one spotted them, there was a certain amount of concern—followed by a
certain amount of annoyance. After all, Rommel was “their” Bolo—what was
Siegfried doing, taking him out for some kind of vacation? As if Bachman’s
World offered any kind of amusement....
That was when Rommel and
Siegfried began stalking farmers.
They would find a good
hiding place and get into it well in advance of a farmer’s arrival. When he
would show up, Rommel would rise up, seemingly from out of the ground, draped in
camouflage-net, his weaponry trained on the farmer’s vehicle. Then Siegfried
would pop up out of the hatch, wave cheerfully, retract the camouflage, and he
and Rommel would rumble away.
Talk of “vacations” ceased
entirely after that.
They extended their range,
once they were certain that the locals were no longer assuming the two of them
were “gold-bricking.” Rommel tested all of his abilities to the limit, making
certain everything was still up to spec. And on the few occasions that it
wasn’t, Siegfried put in a requisition for parts and spent many long hours
making certain that the repairs and replacements were bringing Rommel up to
like-new condition.
Together they plotted
defensive and offensive strategies; Siegfried studied Rommel’s manuals as if a
time would come when he would have to rebuild Rommel from spare parts. They ran
every kind of simulation in the book—and not just on Rommel’s computers, but
with Rommel himself actually running and dry-firing against plotted enemies.
Occasionally one of the news-people would become curious about their
whereabouts, and lie in wait for them when the scheduled supplies arrived.
Siegfried would give a formal interview, reporting in general what they had
been doing—and then, he would carefully file another set of emergency plans
with the mayor’s office. Sometimes it even made the evening news. Once, it was
even accompanied by a clip someone had shot of Rommel roaring at top speed
across a ridge.
Nor was that all they did.
As Rommel pointed out, the presumptive “battalion” would have been available in
emergencies—there was no reason why they shouldn’t respond when local
emergencies came up.
So—when a flash-flood
trapped a young woman and three children on the roof of her vehicle, it was
Rommel and Siegfried who not only rescued them, but towed the vehicle to safety
as well. When a snowfall in the mountains stranded a dozen truckers, Siegfried
and Rommel got them out. When a small child was lost while playing in the
hills, Rommel found her by having all searchers clear out as soon as the sun
went down, and using his heat-sensors to locate every source of approximately
her size. They put out runaway brushfires by rolling over them; they responded
to Maydays from remote locations when they were nearer than any other agency.
They even joined in a manhunt for an escaped rapist—who turned himself in,
practically soiling himself with fear, when he learned that Rommel was part of
the search-party.
It didn’t hurt. They were of
no help for men trapped in a mine collapse; or rather, of no more help than
Siegfried’s two hands could make them. They couldn’t rebuild bridges that were
washed away, nor construct roads. But what they could do, they did, often
before anyone thought to ask them for help.
By the end of their second
year on Bachman’s World, they were at least no longer the target of resentment.
Those few citizens they had aided actually looked on them with gratitude. The
local politicians whose careers had suffered because of their presence had
found other causes to espouse, other schemes to pursue. Siegfried and Rommel
were a dead issue.
But by then, the two of them
had established a routine of monitoring emergency channels, running their
private war-games, updating their maps, and adding changes in the colony to
their defense and offense plans. There was no reason to go back to simply
sitting beside the spaceport. Neither of them cared for sitting idle, and what
they were doing was the nearest either of them would ever get to actually
refighting the battles their idol had lost and won.
When High Command got their
reports and sent recommendations for further “readiness” preparations, and commendations
for their “community service”—Siegfried, now wiser in the ways of manipulating
public opinion, issued a statement to the press about both.
After that, there were no
more rumblings of discontent, and things might have gone on as they were until
Siegfried was too old to climb Rommel’s ladder.
But the fates had another
plan in store for them.
Alarms woke Siegfried out of
a sound and dreamless sleep. Not the synthesized pseudo-alarms Rommel used when
surprising him for a drill, either, but the real thing—
He launched himself out of
his bunk before his eyes were focused, grabbing the back of the com-chair to
steady himself before he flung himself into it and strapped himself down. As
soon as he moved, Rommel turned off all the alarms but one; the proximity alert
from the single defense-satellite in orbit above them.
Interior lighting had gone
to full-emergency red. He scrubbed at his eyes with the back of his hand,
impatiently; finally they focused on the screens of his console, and he could
read what was there. And he swore, fervently and creatively.
One unknown ship sat in
geosynch orbit above Port City; a big one, answering no hails from the port,
and seeding the skies with what appeared to his sleep-fogged eyes as hundreds
of smaller drop-ships.
“The mother-ship has already
neutralized the port air-to-ground defenses, Siegfried,” Rommel reported
grimly. “I don’t know what kind of stealthing devices they have, or if they’ve
got some new kind of drive, but they don’t match anything in my records. They
just appeared out of nowhere and started dumping drop-ships. I think we can
assume they’re hostiles.”
They had a match for just
this in their hundreds of plans; unknown ship, unknown attackers, dropping a
pattern of offensive troops of some kind—
“What are they landing?” he
asked, playing the console board. “You’re stealthed, right?”
“To the max,” Rommel told
him. “I don’t detect anything like life-forms on those incoming vessels, but my
sensors aren’t as sophisticated as they could be. The vessels themselves aren’t
all that big. My guess is that they’re dropping either live troops or clusters
of very small mechs, mobile armor, maybe the size of a Panzer.”
“Landing pattern?” he asked.
He brought up all of Rommel’s weaponry; AIs weren’t allowed to activate their
own weapons. And they weren’t allowed to fire on living troops without
permission from a human, either. That was the only real reason for a Bolo
needing an operator.
“Surrounding Port City, but
starting from about where the first farms are.” Rommel ran swift
readiness-tests on the systems as Siegfried brought them up; the screens
scrolled too fast for Siegfried to read them.
They had a name for that
particular scenario. It was one of the first possibilities they had run when
they began plotting invasion and counter-invasion plans.
“Operation Cattle Drive.
Right.” If the invaders followed the same scheme he and Rommel had anticipated,
they planned to drive the populace into Port City, and either capture the
civilians, or destroy them at leisure. He checked their current location; it
was out beyond the drop-zone. “Is there anything landing close to us?”
“Not yet—but the odds are
that something will soon.” Rommel sounded confident, as well he should be—his
ability to project landing-patterns was far better than any human’s. “I’d say
within the next fifteen minutes.”
Siegfried suddenly shivered
in a breath of cool air from the ventilators, and was painfully aware suddenly
that he was dressed in nothing more than a pair of fatigue-shorts. Oh well;
some of the Desert Fox’s battles had taken place with the men wearing little
else. What they could put up with, he could. There certainly wasn’t anyone here
to complain.
“As soon as you think we can
move without detection, close on the nearest craft,” he ordered. “I want to see
what we’re up against. And start scanning the local freqs; if there’s anything
in the way of organized defense from the civvies, I want to know about it.”
A pause, while the
ventilators hummed softly, and glowing dots descended on several screens. “They
don’t seem to have anything, Siegfried,” Rommel reported quietly. “Once the
ground-to-space defenses were fried, they just collapsed. Right now, they seem
to be in a complete state of panic. They don’t even seem to remember that we’re
out here—no one’s tried to hail us on any of our regular channels.”
“Either that—or they think
we’re out of commission,” he muttered absently. “Or just maybe they are giving
us credit for knowing what we’re doing and are trying not to give us away. I
hope so. The longer we can go without detection, the better chance we have to
pull something out of a hat.”
An increase in vibration
warned him that Rommel was about to move. A new screen lit up, this one
tracking a single vessel. “Got one,” the Bolo said shortly. “I’m coming in
behind his sensor sweep.”
Four more screens lit up;
enhanced front, back, top, and side views of the terrain. Only the changing
views on the screens showed that Rommel was moving; other than that, there was
no way to tell from inside the cabin what was happening. It would be different
if Rommel had to execute evasive maneuvers of course, but right now, he might
have still been parked. The control cabin and living quarters were heavily
shielded and cushioned against the shocks of ordinary movement. Only if Rommel
took a direct hit by something impressive would Siegfried feel it....
And if he takes a direct hit
by something more than impressive—we’re slag. Bolos are the best, but they
can’t take everything.
“The craft is down.”
He pushed the thought away
from his mind. This was what Rommel had been built to do—this moment justified
Rommel’s very existence. And he had known from the very beginning that the
possibility, however remote, had existed that he too would be in combat one
day. That was what being in the military was all about. There was no use in
pretending otherwise.
Get on with the job. That’s
what they’ve sent me here to do. Wasn’t there an ancient royal family whose
motto was “God, and my Duty?” Then let that be his.
“Have you detected any
sensor scans from the mothership?” he asked, his voice a harsh whisper. “Or
anything other than a forward scan from the landing craft?” He didn’t know why
he was whispering—
“Not as yet, Siegfried,”
Rommel replied, sounding a little surprised. “Apparently, these invaders are
confident that there is no one out here at all. Even that forward scan seemed
mainly to be a landing-aid.”
“Nobody here but us
chickens,” Siegfried muttered. “Are they offloading yet?”
“Wait—yes. The ramp is down.
We will be within visual range ourselves in a moment—there—”
More screens came alive;
Siegfried read them rapidly—
Then read them again, incredulously.
“Mechs?” he said,
astonished. “Remotely controlled mechs?”
“So it appears.” Rommel
sounded just as mystified. “This does not match any known configuration. There
is one limited AI in that ship. Data indicates it is hardened against any attack
conventional forces at the port could mount. The ship seems to be digging
in—look at the seismic reading on 4-B. The limited AI is in control of the
mechs it is deploying. I believe that we can assume this will be the case for
the other invading ships, at least the ones coming down at the moment, since
they all appear to be of the same model.”
Siegfried studied the
screens; as they had assumed, the mechs were about the size of pre-Atomic
Panzers, and seemed to be built along similar lines. “Armored mechs. Good
against anything a civilian has. Is that ship hardened against anything you can
throw?” he asked finally.
There was a certain amount
of glee in Rommel’s voice. “I think not. Shall we try?”
Siegfried’s mouth dried.
There was no telling what weaponry that ship packed—or the mother-ship held.
The mother-ship might be monitoring the drop-ships, watching for attack. God
and my Duty, he thought.
“You may fire when ready,
Herr Rommel.”
They had taken the drop-ship
by complete surprise; destroying it before it had a chance to transmit distress
or tactical data to the mother-ship. The mechs had stopped in their tracks the
moment the AI’s direction ceased.
But rather than roll on to
the next target, Siegfried had ordered Rommel to stealth again, while he examined
the remains of the mechs and the controlling craft. He’d had an idea—the
question was, would it work?
He knew weapons systems;
knew computer-driven control. There were only a limited number of ways such
controls could work. And if he recognized any of those here—
He told himself, as he
scrambled into clothing and climbed the ladder out of the cabin, that he would
give himself an hour. The situation would not change much in an hour; there was
very little that he and Rommel could accomplish in that time in the way of
mounting a campaign. As it happened, it took him fifteen minutes more than that
to learn all he needed to know. At the end of that time, though, he scrambled
back into Rommel’s guts with mingled feelings of elation and anger.
The ship and mechs were
clearly of human origin, and some of the vanes and protrusions that made them
look so unfamiliar had been tacked on purely to make both the drop-ships and
armored mechs look alien in nature. Someone, somewhere, had discovered
something about Bachman’s World that suddenly made it valuable. From the
hardware interlocks and the programming modes he had found in what was left of
the controlling ship, he suspected that the “someone” was not a government, but
a corporation.
And a multiplanet
corporation could afford to mount an invasion force fairly easily. The best
force for the job would, of course, be something precisely like this—completely
mechanized. There would be no troops to “hush up” afterwards; no leaks to the
interstellar press. Only a nice clean invasion—and, in all probability, a nice,
clean extermination at the end of it, with no humans to protest the slaughter
of helpless civilians.
And afterwards, there would
be no evidence anywhere to contradict the claim that the civilians had
slaughtered each other in some kind of local conflict.
The mechs and the AI itself
were from systems he had studied when he first started in this
specialty—outmoded even by his standards, but reliable, and when set against
farmers with hand-weapons, perfectly adequate.
There was one problem with
this kind of setup... from the enemy’s standpoint. It was a problem they didn’t
know they had.
Yet.
He filled Rommel in on what
he had discovered as he raced up the ladder, then slid down the handrails into
the command cabin. “Now, here’s the thing—I got the access code to command
those mechs with a little fiddling in the AI’s memory. Nice of them to leave in
so many manual overrides for me. I reset the command interface freq to one you
have, and hardwired it so they shouldn’t be able to change it—”
He jumped into the command
chair and strapped in; his hands danced across the keypad, keying in the
frequency and the code. Then he saluted the console jauntily. “Congratulations,
Herr Rommel,” he said, unable to keep the glee out of his voice. “You are now a
Field Marshal.”
“Siegfried!” Yes, there was
astonishment in Rommel’s synthesized voice. “You just gave me command of an
armored mobile strike force!”
“I certainly did. And I
freed your command circuits so that you can run them without waiting for my
orders to do something.” Siegfried couldn’t help grinning. “After all, you’re
not going against living troops, you’re going to be attacking AIs and mechs.
The next AI might not be so easy to take over, but if you’re running in the
middle of a swarm of ‘friendlies,’ you might not be suspected. And when we
knock out that one, we’ll take over again. I’ll even put the next bunch on a
different command freq so you can command them separately. Sooner or later
they’ll figure out what we’re doing, but by then I hope we’ll have at least an
equal force under our command.”
“This is good, Siegfried!”
“You bet it’s good, mein
Freund,” he retorted. “What’s more, we’ve studied the best—they can’t possibly
have that advantage. All right—let’s show these amateurs how one of the old
masters handles armor!”
The second and third
takeovers were as easy as the first. By the fourth, however, matters had
changed. It might have dawned on either the AIs on the ground or whoever was in
command of the overall operation in the mother-ship above that the triple loss
of AIs and mechs was not due to simple malfunction, but to an unknown and
unsuspected enemy.
In that, the hostiles were
following in the mental footsteps of another pre-Atomic commander, who had once
stated, “Once is happenstance, twice is circumstance, but three times is enemy
action.”
So the fourth time their
forces advanced on a ship, they met with fierce resistance.
They lost about a dozen
mechs, and Siegfried had suffered a bit of a shakeup and a fair amount of
bruising, but they managed to destroy the fourth AI without much damage to
Rommel’s exterior. Despite the danger from unexploded shells and some residual
radiation, Siegfried doggedly went out into the wreckage to get that precious
access code.
He returned to bad news.
“They know we’re here, Siegfried,” Rommel announced. “That last barrage gave
them a silhouette upstairs; they know I’m a Bolo, so now they know what they’re
up against.”
Siegfried swore quietly, as
he gave Rommel his fourth contingent of mechs. “Well, have they figured out
exactly what we’re doing yet? Or can you tell?” Siegfried asked while typing in
the fourth unit’s access codes.
“I can’t—I—can’t—Siegfried—”
the Bolo replied, suddenly without any inflection at all. “Siegfried. There is
a problem. Another. I am stretching my—resources—”
This time Siegfried swore
with a lot less creativity. That was something he had not even considered! The
AIs they were eliminating were much less sophisticated than Rommel—
“Drop the last batch!” he
snapped. To his relief, Rommel sounded like himself again as he released
control of the last contingent of mechs.
“That was not a pleasurable
experience,” Rommel said mildly.
“What happened?” he
demanded.
“As I needed to devote more
resources to controlling the mechs, I began losing higher functions,” the Bolo
replied simply. “We should have expected that; so far I am doing the work of
three lesser AIs and all the functions you require, and maneuvering of the
various groups we have captured. As I pick up more groups, I will inevitably
lose processing functions.”
Siegfried thought,
frantically. There were about twenty of these invading ships; their plan
absolutely required that Rommel control at least eight of the groups to
successfully hold the invasion off Port City. There was no way they’d be
anything worse than an annoyance with only three; the other groups could
outflank them. “What if you shut down things in here?” he asked. “Run basic
life-support, but nothing fancy. And I could drive—run your weapons’ systems.”
“You could. That would
help.” Rommel pondered for a moment. “My calculations are that we can take the
required eight of the groups if you also issue battle orders and I simply carry
them out. But there is a further problem.”
“Which is?” he
asked—although he had the sinking feeling that he knew what the problem was
going to be.
“Higher functions. One of
the functions I will lose at about the seventh takeover is what you refer to as
my personality. A great deal of my ability to maintain a personality is
dependent on devoting a substantial percentage of my central processor to that
personality. And if it disappears—”
The Bolo paused. Siegfried’s
hands clenched on the arms of his chair.
“—it may not return. There
is a possibility that the records and algorithms which make up my personality
will be written over by comparison files during strategic control
calculations.” Again Rommel paused. “Siegfried, this is our duty. I am willing
to take that chance.”
Siegfried swallowed, only to
find a lump in his throat and his guts in knots. “Are you sure?” he asked
gently. “Are you very sure? What you’re talking about is—is a kind of
deactivation.”
“I am sure,” Rommel replied
firmly. “The Field Marshal would have made the same choice.”
Rommel’s manuals were all on
a handheld reader. He had studied them from front to back—wasn’t there
something in there? “Hold on a minute—”
He ran through the index,
frantically keyword searching. This was a memory function, right? Or at least
it was software. The designers didn’t encourage operators to go mucking around
in the AI functions... what would a computer jock call what he was looking for?
Finally he found it; a tiny
section in programmerese, not even listed in the index. He scanned it, quickly,
and found the warning that had been the thing that had caught his eye in the
first place.
This system has been
simulation proven in expected scenarios, but has never been fully field-tested.
What the hell did that mean?
He had a guess; this was essentially a full-copy backup of the AI’s processor.
He suspected that they had never tested the backup function on an AI with a
full personality. There was no way of knowing if the restoration function would
actually “restore” a lost personality.
But the backup memory-module
in question had its own power-supply, and was protected in the most hardened
areas of Rommel’s interior. Nothing was going to destroy it that didn’t slag
him and Rommel together, and if “personality” was largely a matter of memory—
It might work. It might not.
It was worth trying, even if the backup procedure was fiendishly hard to
initiate. They really didn’t want operators mucking around with the AIs.
Twenty command-strings
later, a single memory-mod began its simple task; Rommel was back in charge of
the fourth group of mechs, and Siegfried had taken over the driving.
He was not as good as Rommel
was, but he was better than he had thought.
They took groups five, and
six, and it was horrible—listening to Rommel fade away, lose the vitality
behind the synthesized voice. If Siegfried hadn’t had his hands full already,
literally, it would have been worse.
But with group seven—
That was when he just about
lost it, because in reply to one of his voice-commands, instead of a “Got it,
Siegfried,” what came over the speakers was the metallic “Affirmative” of a
simple voice-activated computer.
All of Rommel’s resources
were now devoted to self-defense and control of the armored mechs.
God and my Duty. Siegfried
took a deep breath, and began keying in the commands for mass armor deployment.
The ancient commanders were
right; from the ground, there was no way of knowing when the moment of truth
came. Siegfried only realized they had won when the mother-ship suddenly
vanished from orbit, and the remaining AIs went dead. Cutting their losses;
there was nothing in any of the equipment that would betray where it came from.
Whoever was in charge of the invasion force must have decided that there was no
way they would finish the mission before someone, a regularly scheduled
freighter or a surprise patrol, discovered what was going on and reported it.
By that time, he had been
awake for fifty hours straight; he had put squeeze-bulbs of electrolytic drink near
at hand, but he was starving and still thirsty. With the air-conditioning cut
out, he must have sweated out every ounce of fluid he drank. His hands were
shaking and every muscle in his neck and shoulders were cramped from hunching
over the boards.
Rommel was battered and had
lost several external sensors and one of his guns. But the moment that the
mother-ship vanished, he had only one thought.
He manually dropped control
of every mech from Rommel’s systems, and waited, praying, for his old friend to
“come back.”
But nothing happened—other
than the obvious things that any AI would do, restoring all the comfort-support
and life-support functions, and beginning damage checks and some self-repair.
Rommel was gone.
His throat closed; his
stomach knotted. But—
It wasn’t tested. That
doesn’t mean it won’t work.
Once more, his hands moved
over the keyboard, with another twenty command-strings, telling that little
memory-module in the heart of his Bolo to initiate full restoration. He hadn’t
thought he had water to spare for tears—yet there they were, burning their way
down his cheeks. Two of them.
He ignored them, fiercely,
shaking his head to clear his eyes, and continuing the command-sequence.
Damage checks and
self-repair aborted. Life-support went on automatic.
And Siegfried put his head
down on the console to rest his burning eyes for a moment. Just for a moment—
Just—
“Ahem.”
Siegfried jolted out of
sleep, cracking his elbow on the console, staring around the cabin with his
heart racing wildly.
“I believe we have visitors,
Siegfried,” said that wonderful, familiar voice. “They seem most impatient.”
Screens lit up, showing a
small army of civilians approaching, riding in everything from outmoded
sandrails to tractors, all of them cheering, all of them heading straight for
the Bolo.
“We seem to have their
approval at least,” Rommel continued.
His heart had stopped
racing, but he still trembled. And once again, he seemed to have come up with
the moisture for tears. He nodded, knowing Rommel would see it, unable for the
moment to get any words out.
“Siegfried—before we become
immersed in grateful civilians—how did you bring me back?” Rommel asked. “I’m
rather curious—I actually seem to remember fading out. An unpleasant
experience.”
“How did I get you back?” he
managed to choke out—and then began laughing.
He held up the manual,
laughing, and cried out the famous quote of George Patton—
“‘Rommel, you magnificent
bastard, I read your book!’”
Sometimes we write for odd
markets; I wrote this piece for a magazine called Pet Bird Report, which is
bird behaviorist Sally Blanchard’s outlet for continuing information on parrot
behavior and psychology. It’s a terrific magazine, and if you have a bird but
haven’t subscribed, I suggest you would find it worth your while. With twelve
birds, I need all the help I can get! At any rate, Sally asked me for some
fiction, and I came up with this.
Grey
For nine years, Sarah Jane
Lyon-White lived happily with her parents in the heart of Africa. Her father
was a physician, her mother, a nurse, and they worked at a Protestant mission
in the Congo. She was happy there, not the least because her mother and father
were far more enlightened than many another mission worker in the days when
Victoria was Queen; taking the cause of healing as more sacred than that of
conversion, they undertook to work with the natives, and made friends instead
of enemies among the shamans and medicine-people. Because of this, Sarah was a
cherished and protected child, although she was no stranger to the many dangers
of life in the Congo.
When she was six, and far
older in responsibility than most of her peers, one of the shaman brought her a
parrot-chick still in quills; he taught her how to feed and care for it, and
told her that while it was a child, she was to protect it, but when it was
grown, it would protect and guide her. She called the parrot “Grey,” and it
became her best friend—and indeed, although she never told her parents, it
became her protector as well.
But when she was nine, her
parents sent her to live in England for the sake of her health. And because her
mother feared that the climate of England would not be good for Grey’s health,
she had to leave her beloved friend behind.
Now, this was quite the
usual thing in the days when Victoria was Queen and the great British Empire
was so vast that there was never an hour when some part of it was not in
sunlight. It was thought that English children were more delicate than their
parents, and that the inhospitable humors of hot climes would make them sicken
and die. Not that their parents didn’t sicken and die quite as readily as the
children, who were, in fact, far sturdier than they were given credit for—but
it was thought, by anxious mothers, that the climate of England would be far
kinder to them. So off they were shipped, some as young as two and three, torn
away from their anxious mamas and native nurses and sent to live with relatives
or even total strangers.
Now, as Mr. Kipling and Mrs.
Hope-Hodgson have shown us, many of these total strangers—and no few of the
relatives—were bad, wicked people, interested only in the round gold sovereigns
that the childrens’ parents sent to them for their care. There were many
schools where the poor lonely things were neglected or even abused; where their
health suffered far more than if they had stayed safely at the sides of their
mamas.
But there were good schools
too, and kindly people, and Sarah Jane’s mama had been both wise and careful in
her selection. In fact, Sarah Jane’s mama had made a choice that was far wiser
than even she had guessed....
Nan—that was her only name,
for no one had told her of any other—lurked anxiously about the back gate of
the Big House. She was new to this neighborhood, for her slatternly mother had
lost yet another job in a gin-mill and they had been forced to move all the way
across Whitechapel, and this part of London was as foreign to Nan as the wilds
of Australia. She had been told by more than one of the children hereabouts
that if she hung about the back gate after tea, a strange man with a towel
wrapped about his head would come out with a basket of food and give it out to
any child who happened to be there. Now, there were not as many children
willing to accept this offering as might have been expected, even in this poor
neighborhood. They were afraid of the man, afraid of his piercing, black eyes,
his swarthy skin, and his way of walking like a great hunting-cat. Some
suspected poison in the food, others murmured that he and the woman of the
house were foreigners, and intended to kill English children with terrible
curses on the food they offered. But Nan was faint with hunger; she hadn’t
eaten in two days, and was willing to dare poison, curses, and anything else for
a bit of bread.
Furthermore, Nan had a
secret defense; under duress, she could often sense the intent and even dimly
hear the thoughts of others. That was how she avoided her mother when it was
most dangerous to approach her, as well as avoiding other dangers in the
streets themselves. Nan was certain that if this man had any ill intentions,
she would know it.
Still, as tea-time and
twilight both approached, she hung back a little from the wrought-iron gate,
beginning to wonder if it wouldn’t be better to see what, if anything, her
mother brought home. If she’d found a job—or a “gen’lmun”—there might be a
farthing or two to spare for food before Aggie spent the rest on gin. Behind
the high, grimy wall, the Big House loomed dark and ominous against the smoky,
lowering sky, and the strange, carved creatures sitting atop every pillar in
the wall and every corner of the House fair gave Nan the shivers whenever she
looked at them. There were no two alike, and most of them were beasts out of a
rummy’s worst deliriums. The only one that Nan could see that looked at all
normal was a big, grey bird with a fat body and a hooked beak that sat on top
of the right-hand gatepost of the back gate.
Nan had no way to tell time,
but as she waited, growing colder and hungrier—and more nervous—with each
passing moment, she began to think for certain that the other children had been
having her on. Tea-time was surely long over; the tale they’d told her was
nothing more than that, something to gull the newcomer with. It was getting
dark, there were no other children waiting, and after dark it was dangerous
even for a child like Nan, wise in the ways of the evil streets, to be abroad.
Disappointed, and with her stomach a knot of pain, Nan began to turn away from
the gate.
“I think that there is no
one here, Missy S’ab,” said a low, deep voice, heavily accented, sounding
disappointed. Nan hastily turned back, and peering through the gloom, she
barely made out a tall, dark form with a smaller one beside it.
“No, Karamjit—look there!” replied
the voice of a young girl, and the smaller form pointed at Nan. A little girl
ran up to the gate, and waved through the bars. “Hello! I’m Sarah—what’s your
name? Would you like some tea-bread? We’ve plenty!”
The girl’s voice, also
strangely accented, had none of the imperiousness that Nan would have expected
coming from the child of a “toff.” She sounded only friendly and helpful, and
that, more than anything, was what drew Nan back to the wrought-iron gate.
“Indeed, Missy Sarah speaks
the truth,” the man said; and as Nan drew nearer, she saw that the other
children had not exaggerated when they described him. His head was wrapped
around in a cloth; he wore a long, high-collared coat of some bright stuff, and
white trousers that were tucked into glossy boots. He was as fiercely erect as
the iron gate itself; lean and angular as a hunting tiger, with skin so dark
she could scarcely make out his features, and eyes that glittered at her like
beads of black glass.
But strangest, and perhaps
most ominous of all, Nan could sense nothing from the dark man. He might not
even have been there; there was a blank wall where his thoughts should have
been.
The little girl beside him
was perfectly ordinary by comparison; a bright little wren of a thing, not
pretty, but sweet, with a trusting smile that went straight to Nan’s heart. Nan
had a motherly side to her; the younger children of whatever neighborhood she
lived in tended to flock to her, look up to her, and follow her lead. She in
her turn tried to keep them out of trouble, and whenever there was extra to go
around, she fed them out of her own scant stocks.
But the tall fellow
frightened her, and made her nervous, especially when further moments revealed
no more of his intentions than Nan had sensed before; the girl’s bright eyes
noted that, and she whispered something to the dark man as Nan withdrew a
little. He nodded, and handed her a basket that looked promisingly heavy.
Then he withdrew out of
sight, leaving the little girl alone at the gate. The child pushed the gate
open enough to hand the basket through. “Please, won’t you come and take this?
It’s awfully heavy.”
In spite of the clear and
open brightness of the little girl’s thoughts, ten years of hard living had made
Nan suspicious. The child might know nothing of what the dark man wanted.
“Woi’re yer givin’ food away?” she asked, edging forward a little, but not yet
quite willing to take the basket.
The little girl put the
basket down on the ground and clasped her hands behind her back. “Well, Mem’sab
says that she won’t tell Maya and Selim to make less food for tea, because she
won’t have us going hungry while we’re growing. And she says that old, stale
toast is fit only for starlings, so people ought to have the good of it before
it goes stale. And she says that there’s no reason why children outside our
gate have to go to bed hungry when we have enough to share, and my Mum and Da
say that sharing is charity and Charity is one of the cardinal virtues, so
Mem’sab is being virtuous, which is a good thing, because she’ll go to heaven
and she would make a good angel.”
Most of that came out in a
rush that quite bewildered Nan, especially the last, about cardinal virtues and
heaven and angels. But she did understand that “Mem’sab,” whoever that was,
must be one of those daft religious creatures that gave away food free for the
taking, and Nan’s own Mum had told her that there was no point in letting other
people take what you could get from people like that. So Nan edged forward and
made a snatch at the basket-handle.
She tried, that is; it
proved a great deal heavier than she’d thought, and she gave an involuntary
grunt at the weight of it.
“Be careful,” the little
girl admonished mischievously. “It’s heavy.”
“Yer moight’o warned me!”
Nan said, a bit indignant, and more than a bit excited. If this wasn’t a
trick—if there wasn’t a brick in the basket—oh, she’d eat well tonight, and
tomorrow, too!
“Come back tomorrow!” the
little thing called, as she shut the gate and turned and skipped towards the
house. “Remember me! I’m Sarah Jane, and I’ll bring the basket tomorrow!”
“Thenkee, Sarah Jane,” Nan
called back, belatedly; then, just in case these strange creatures would think
better of their generosity, she made the basket and herself vanish into the
night.
She came earlier the next
day, bringing back the now-empty basket, and found Sarah Jane waiting at the
gate. To her disappointment, there was no basket waiting beside the child, and
Nan almost turned back, but Sarah saw her and called to her before she could
fade back into the shadows of the streets.
“Karamjit is bringing the
basket in a bit,” the child said, “There’s things Mem’sab wants you to have.
And—what am I to call you? It’s rude to call you ‘girl,’ but I don’t know your
name.”
“Nan,” Nan replied, feeling
as if a cart had run over her. This child, though younger than Nan herself, had
a way of taking over a situation that was all out of keeping with Nan’s notion
of how things were. “Wot kind’o place is this, anyway?”
“It’s a school, a
boarding-school,” Sarah said promptly. “Mem’sab and her husband have it for the
children of people who live in India, mostly. Mem’sab can’t have children
herself, which is very sad, but she says that means she can be a mother to us.
Mem’sab came from India, and that’s where Karamjit and Selim and Maya and the
others are from, too; they came with her.”
“Yer mean the black feller?”
Nan asked, bewildered. “Yer from In’ju too?”
“No,” Sarah said, shaking
her head. “Africa. I wish I was back there.” Her face paled and her eyes
misted, and Nan, moved by an impulse she did not understand, tried to distract
her with questions.
“Wot’s it loik, then? Izit
loik Lunnun?”
“Like London! Oh, no, it
couldn’t be less like London!” Nan’s ploy worked; the child giggled at the idea
of comparing the Congo with a metropolis, and she painted a vivid word-picture
of the green jungles, teeming with birds and animals of all sorts; of the
natives who came to her father and mother for medicines. “Mum and Da don’t do
what some of the others do—they went and talked to the magic men and showed
them they weren’t going to interfere in the magic work, and now whenever Mum
and Da have a patient who thinks he’s cursed, they call the magic man in to
help, and when a magic man has someone that his magic can’t help right away, he
takes the patient to Mum and Da and they all put on feathers and Mum and Da
give him White Medicine while the magic man burns his herbs and feathers and
makes his chants, and everyone is happy. There haven’t been any uprisings at
our station for ever so long, and our magic men won’t let anyone put black
chickens at our door. One of them gave me Grey, and I wanted to bring her with
me, but Mum said I shouldn’t.” Now the child sighed, and looked woeful again.
“Wot’s a Grey?” Nan asked.
“She’s a Polly, a grey
parrot with the beautifullest red tail; the medicine man gave her to me when
she was all prickles, he showed me how to feed her with mashed-up yams and
things. She’s so smart, she follows me about, and she can say, oh, hundreds of
things. The medicine man said that she was to be my guardian and keep me from
harm. But Mum was afraid the smoke in London would hurt her, and I couldn’t
bring her with me.” Sarah looked up at the fat, stone bird on the gatepost above
her. “That’s why Mem’sab gave me that gargoyle, to be my guardian instead. We
all have them, each child has her own, and that one’s mine.” She looked down
again at Nan, and lowered her voice to a whisper. “Sometimes when I get
lonesome, I come here and talk to her, and it’s like talking to Grey.”
Nan nodded her head,
understanding. “Oi useta go an’ talk t’ a stachew in one’a the yards, ’til we
’adta move. It looked loik me grammum. Felt loik I was talkin’ to ’er, I fair
did.”
A footstep on the gravel
path made Nan look up, and she jumped to see the tall man with the head-wrap
standing there, as if he had come out of the thin air. She had not sensed his
presence, and once again, even though he stood materially before her she could
not. He took no notice of Nan, which she was grateful for; instead, he handed
the basket he was carrying to Sarah Jane, and walked off without a word.
Sarah passed the basket to
Nan; it was heavier this time, and Nan thought she smelled something like
roasted meat. Oh, if only they’d given her the drippings from their beef! Her
mouth watered at the thought.
“I hope you like these,”
Sarah said shyly, as Nan passed her the much-lighter empty. “Mem’sab says that
if you’ll keep coming back, I’m to talk to you and ask you about London; she
says that’s the best way to learn about things. She says otherwise, when I go
out, I might get into trouble I don’t understand.”
Nan’s eyes widened at the
thought that the head of a school had said anything of the sort—but Sarah Jane
hardly seemed like the type of child to lie. “All roit, I s’pose,” she said
dubiously. “If you’ll be ’ere, so’ll Oi.”
The next day, faithful as
the rising sun, Sarah was waiting with her basket, and Nan was invited to come
inside the gate. She wouldn’t venture any farther in than a bench in the
garden, but as Sarah asked questions, she answered them as bluntly and plainly
as she would any similar question asked by a child in her own neighborhood.
Sarah learned about the dangers of the dark side of London first-hand—and oddly,
although she nodded wisely and with clear understanding, they didn’t seem to frighten
her.
“Garn!” Nan said once, when
Sarah absorbed the interesting fact that the opium den a few doors from where
Nan and her mother had a room had pitched three dead men out into the street
the night before. “Yer ain’t never seen nothin’ loik that!”
“You forget, Mum and Da have
a hospital, and it’s very dangerous where they are,” Sarah replied
matter-of-factly. “I’ve seen dead men, and dead women and even babies. When Nkumba
came in clawed up by a lion, I helped bring water and bandages, while Mum and
Da sewed him up. When there was a black-water fever, I saw lots of people die.
It was horrid and sad, but I didn’t fuss, because Nkumba and Da and Mum were
worked nearly to bones and needed me to be good.”
Nan’s eyes widened again.
“Wot else y’see?” she whispered, impressed in spite of herself.
After that, the two children
traded stories of two very different sorts of jungles. Despite its dangers, Nan
thought that Sarah’s was the better of the two.
She learned other things as
well; that “Mem’sab” was a completely remarkable woman, for she had a Sikh, a
Gurkha, two Moslems, two Buddhists, and assorted Hindus working in peace and
harmony together—“and Mum said in her letter that it’s easier to get leopards
to herd sheep than that!” Mem’sab was by no means a fool; the Sikh and the
Gurkha shared guard duty, patrolling the walls by day and night. One of the
Hindu women was the “ayah,” who took care of the smallest children; the rest of
the motley assortment were servants and even teachers.
She heard many stories about
the remarkable Grey, who really did act as Sarah’s guardian, if Sarah was to be
believed. Sarah described times when she had inadvertently gotten lost; she had
called frantically for Grey, who was allowed to fly free, and the bird had come
to her, leading her back to familiar paths. Grey had kept her from eating some
pretty but poisonous berries by flying at her and nipping her fingers until she
dropped them. Grey alerted the servants to the presence of snakes in the
nursery, always making a patrol before she allowed Sarah to enter. And once,
according to Sarah, when she had encountered a lion on the path, Grey had flown
off and made sounds like a young gazelle in distress, attracting the lion’s
attention before it could scent Sarah. “She led it away, and didn’t come back
to me until it was too far away to bother coming back,” the little girl claimed
solemnly, “Grey is very clever.” Nan didn’t know whether to gape at her or
laugh; she couldn’t imagine how a mere bird could be intelligent enough to
talk, much less act with purpose.
Nan had breath to laugh
with, nowadays, thanks to baskets that held more than bread. The food she found
in there, though distinctly odd, was always good, and she no longer felt out of
breath and tired all the time. She had stopped wondering and worrying about why
“Mem’sab” took such an interest in her, and simply accepted the gifts without
question. They might stop at any moment; she accepted that without question,
too.
The only thing she couldn’t
accept so easily was the manservant’s eerie mental silence.
“How is your mother?” Sarah
asked, since yesterday Nan had confessed that Aggie been “on a tear” and had
consumed, or so Nan feared, something stronger and more dangerous than gin.
Nan shook her head. “I
dunno,” she replied reluctantly. “Aggie didn’ wake up when I went out. Tha’s
not roight, she us’lly at least waked up t’foind out wha’ I got. She don’ half
loik them baskets, ’cause it means I don’ go beggin’ as much.”
“And if you don’t beg money,
she can’t drink,” Sarah observed shrewdly. “You hate begging, don’t you?”
“Mostly I don’ like gettin’
kicked an’ cursed at,” Nan temporized. “It ain’t loik I’m gettin’ underfoot...”
But Sarah’s questions were
coming too near the bone, tonight, and Nan didn’t want to have to deal with
them. She got to her feet and picked up her basket. “I gotter go,” she said
abruptly.
Sarah rose from her seat on
the bench and gave Nan a penetrating look. Nan had the peculiar feeling that
the child was looking at her thoughts, and deciding whether or not to press her
further. “All right,” Sarah said. “It is getting dark.”
It wasn’t, but Nan wasn’t
about to pass up the offer of a graceful exit. “’Tis, that,” she said promptly,
and squeezed through the narrow opening Karamjit had left in the gate.
But she had not gone four
paces when two rough-looking men in shabby tweed jackets blocked her path. “You
Nan Killian?” said one hoarsely. Then when Nan stared at him blankly, added, “Aggie
Killian’s girl?”
The answer was surprised out
of her; she hadn’t been expecting such a confrontation, and she hadn’t yet
managed to sort herself out. “Ye—es,” she said slowly.
“Good,” the first man
grunted. “Yer Ma sent us; she’s gone t’ a new place, an’ she wants us t’show y’
the way.”
Now, several thoughts flew
through Nan’s mind at that moment. The first was, that as they were paid up on
the rent through the end of the week, she could not imagine Aggie ever vacating
before the time was up. The second was, that even if Aggie had set up somewhere
else, she would never have sent a pair of strangers to find Nan.
And third was that Aggie had
turned to a more potent intoxicant than gin—which meant she would need a deal
more money. And Aggie had only one thing left to sell.
Nan.
Their minds were such a roil
that she couldn’t “hear” any distinct thoughts, but it was obvious that they
meant her no good.
“Wait a minnit—” Nan said,
her voice trembling a little as she backed away from the two men, edging around
them to get to the street. “Did’jer say Aggie Killian’s gel? Me Ma ain’t called
Killian, yer got th’ wrong gel—”
It was at that moment that
one of the men lunged for her with a curse. He had his hands nearly on her, and
would have gotten her, too, except for one bit of interference.
Sarah came shooting out of
the gate like a little bullet. She body-slammed the fellow, going into the back
of his knees and knocking him right off his feet. She danced out of the way as
he fell in the nick of time, ran to Nan, and caught her hand, tugging her
towards the street. “Run!” she commanded imperiously, and Nan ran.
The two of them scrabbled
through the dark alleys and twisted streets without any idea where they were,
only that they had to shake off their pursuers. Unfortunately, the time that
Nan would have put into learning her new neighborhood like the back of her
grimy little hand had been put into talking with Sarah, and before too long,
even Nan was lost in the maze of dark, fetid streets. Then their luck ran out
altogether, and they found themselves staring at the blank wall of a building,
in a dead-end cul-de-sac.
They whirled around, hoping
to escape before they were trapped, but it was already too late. The bulky
silhouettes of the two men loomed against the fading light at the end of the
street.
“Oo’s yer friend, ducky?”
the first man purred. “Think she’d loik t’come with?”
To Nan’s astonishment, Sarah
stood straight and tall, and even stepped forward a pace. “I think you ought to
go away and leave us alone,” she said clearly. “You’re going to find yourselves
in a lot of trouble.”
The talkative man laughed.
“Them’s big words from such a little gel,” he mocked. “We ain’t leavin’ wi’out
we collect what’s ours, an’ a bit more fer th’ trouble yer caused.”
Nan was petrified with fear,
shaking in every limb, as Sarah stepped back, putting her back to the damp
wall. As the first man touched Sarah’s arm, she shrieked out a single word.
“Grey!”
As Sarah cried out the name
of her pet, Nan let loose a wordless prayer for something, anything, to come to
their rescue.
Something screamed behind
the man; startled and distracted for a moment, he turned. For a moment, a
fluttering shape obscured his face, and he screamed in pain. He shook his head,
violently.
“Get it off!” he screamed at
his partner. “Get it off!”
“Get what off?” the man
said, bewildered. “There ain’t nothin’ there!”
The man clawed frantically
at the front of his face, but whatever had attacked him had vanished without a
trace. But not before leading more substantial help to the rescue.
Out of the dusk and the
first wisps of fog, Karamjit and another swarthy man ran on noiseless feet. In
their hands were cudgels which they used to good purpose on the two who opposed
them. Nor did they waste any effort, clubbing the two senseless with a
remarkable economy of motion.
Then, without a single word,
each of the men scooped up a girl in his arms, and bore them back to the
school. At that point, finding herself safe in the arms of an unlooked-for
rescuer, Nan felt secure enough to break down into hysterical tears.
Nor was that the end of it;
she found herself bundled up into the sacred precincts of the school itself,
plunged into the first hot bath of her life, wrapped in a clean flannel gown,
and put into a real bed. Sarah was in a similar bed beside her. As she sat
there, numb, a plain-looking woman with beautiful eyes came and sat down on the
foot of Sarah’s bed, and looked from one to the other of them.
“Well,” the lady said at
last, “what have you two to say for yourselves?”
Nan couldn’t manage
anything, but that was all right, since Sarah wasn’t about to let her get in a
word anyway. The child jabbered like a monkey, a confused speech about Nan’s
mother, the men she’d sold Nan to, the virtue of Charity, the timely appearance
of Grey, and a great deal more besides. The lady listened and nodded, and when
Sarah ran down at last, she turned to Nan.
“I believe Sarah is right in
one thing,” she said gravely. “I believe we will have to keep you. Now, both of
you—sleep.”
And to Nan’s surprise, she
fell asleep immediately.
But that was not the end to
the story. A month later, Sarah’s mother arrived, with Grey in a cage. Nan had,
by then, found a place where she could listen to what went on in the best
parlor without being found, and she glued her ear to the crack in the pantry to
listen when Sarah was taken into that hallowed room.
“—found Grey senseless
beside her perch,” Sarah’s mother was saying. “I thought it was a fit, but the
Shaman swore that Sarah was in trouble and the bird had gone to help. Grey
awoke none the worse, and I would have thought nothing more of the incident,
until your message arrived.”
“And so you came, very
wisely, bringing this remarkable bird.” Mem’sab made chirping noises at the
bird, and an odd little voice said, “Hello, bright eyes!”
Mem’sab chuckled. “How much
of strangeness are you prepared to believe in, my dear?” she asked gently.
“Would you believe me if I told you that I have seen this bird once
before——fluttering and pecking at my window, then leading my men to rescue your
child?”
“I can only answer with
Hamlet,” Sarah’s mother said after a pause. “That there are more things in
heaven and earth than I suspected.”
“Good,” Mem’sab replied
decidedly. “Then I take it you are not here to remove Sarah from our midst.”
“No,” came the soft reply.
“I came only to see that Sarah was well, and to ask if you would permit her pet
to be with her.”
“Gladly,” Mem’sab said.
“Though I might question which of the two was the pet!”
“Clever bird!” said Grey.
I enjoyed the characters in
“Grey” so much that I decided to write another novella for this anthology using
the same characters. You might think of Mem’sab Harton as the Victorian version
of Diana Tregarde, sans vampire boyfriend. I’m toying with the idea of doing an
entire book about the Harton School, Nan, Sarah, and Grey, and I’d be
interested to hear if anyone besides parrot-lovers would want to read it.
Grey’s Ghost
When Victoria was the Queen
of England, there was a small, unprepossessing school for the children of
expatriate Englishmen that had quite an interesting reputation in the shoddy
Whitechapel neighborhood on which it bordered, a reputation that kept the students
safer than all the bobbies in London.
Once, a young, impoverished
beggar-girl named Nan Killian had obtained leftovers at the back gate, and most
of the other waifs and gutter-rats of the neighborhood shunned the place,
though they gladly shared in Nan’s bounty when she dared the gate and its
guardian.
But now another child picked
up food at the back gate of the Harton School For Boys and Girls on the edge of
Whitechapel in London, not Nan Killian. Children no longer shunned the back
gate of the school, although they treated its inhabitants with extreme caution.
Adults—particularly the criminal, disreputable criminals who preyed on
children—treated the place and its inhabitants with a great deal more than mere
caution. Word had gotten around that two child-pimps had tried to take one of
the pupils, and had been found with arms and legs broken, beaten senseless.
Word had followed that anyone who threatened another child protected by the
school would be found dead—if he was found at all.
The two tall, swarthy
“blackfellas” who served as the school’s guards were rumored to have strange
powers, or be members of the thugee cult, or worse. It was safer just to
pretend the school didn’t exist and go about one’s unsavory business elsewhere.
Nan Killian was no longer a
child of the streets; she was now a pupil at the school herself, a
transmutation that astonished her every morning when she awoke. To find herself
in a neat little dormitory room, papered with roses, curtained in gingham, made
her often feel as if she was dreaming. To then rise with the other girls, dress
in clean, fresh clothing, and go off to lessons in the hitherto unreachable
realms of reading and writing was more than she had ever dared dream of.
Her best friend was still
Sarah, the little girl from Africa who had brought her that first basket of
leftovers. But now she slept in the next bed over from Sarah’s, and they shared
many late-night giggles and confidences, instead of leftover tea-bread.
Nan also had a job; she had
discovered, somewhat to her own bemusement, that the littlest children
instinctively trusted her and would obey her when they obeyed no-one else. So
Nan “paid” for her tutoring and keep by helping Nadra, the babies’ nurse, or
“ayah,” as they all called her. Nadra was from India, as were most of the
servants, from the formidable guards, the Sikh Karamjit and the Gurkha Selim,
to the cook, Maya. Mrs. Helen Harton—or Mem’sab, as everyone called her—and her
husband had once been expatriates in India themselves. Master Harton—called, with
ultimate respect, Sahib Harton—now worked as an advisor to an import firm; his
service in India had left him with a small pension, and a permanent limp. When
he and his wife had returned and had learned quite by accident of the terrible
conditions children returned to England often lived in, they had resolved that
the children of their friends back in the Punjab, at least, would not have that
terrible knowledge thrust upon them.
Here the children sent away
in bewilderment by anxious parents fearing that they would sicken in the hot
foreign lands found, not a cold and alien place with nothing they recognized,
but the familiar sounds of Hindustani, the comfort and coddling of a native
nanny, and the familiar curries and rice to eat. Their new home, if a little
shabby, held furniture made familiar from their years in the bungalows. But
most of all, they were not told coldly to “be a man” or “stop being a
crybaby”—for here they found friendly shoulders to weep out their homesickness
on. If there were no French Masters here, there was a great deal of love and
care; if the furniture was unfashionable and shabby, the children were well-fed
and rosy.
It never ceased to amaze Nan
that more parents didn’t send their children to the Harton School, but some
folks mistakenly trusted relatives to take better care of their precious ones
than strangers, and some thought that a school owned and operated by someone
with a lofty reputation or a title was a wiser choice for a boy-child who would
likely join the Civil Service when he came of age. And as for the girls, there
would always be those who felt that lessons by French dancing-masters and
language teachers, lessons on the harp and in water-color painting, were more
valuable than a sound education in the same basics given to a boy.
Sometimes these parents
learned their lessons the hard way.
* *
*
“Ready for m’lesson,
Mem’sab,” Nan called into the second-best parlor, which was Mem’sab’s private
domain. It was commonly understood that sometimes Mem’sab had to do odd
things—“Important things that we don’t need to know about,” Sarah said
wisely—and she might have to do them at a moment’s notice. So it was better to
announce oneself at the door before venturing over the threshold.
But today Mem’sab was only
reading a book, and looked up at Nan with a smile that transformed her plain
face and made her eyes bright and beautiful.
By now Nan had seen plenty
of ladies who dressed in finer stuffs than Mem’sab’s simple Artistic gown of
common stuffs, made bright with embroidery courtesy of Maya. Nan had seen
ladies who were acknowledged Beauties like Mrs. Lillie Langtry, ladies who
obviously spent many hours in the hands of their dressers and hairdressers
rather than pulling their hair up into a simple chignon from which little
curling strands of brown-gold were always escaping. Mem’sab’s jewelry was not
of diamonds and gold, but odd, heavy pieces in silver and semi-precious gems.
But in Nan’s eyes, not one of those ladies was worth wasting a single glance
upon.
Then again, Nan was a little
prejudiced.
“Come in, Nan,” the
Headmistress said, patting the flowered sofa beside her invitingly. “You’re
doing much better already, you know. You have a quick ear.”
“Thenkee, Mem’sab,” Nan
replied, flushing with pleasure. She, like any of the servants, would gladly
have laid down her life for Mem’sab Harton; they all worshipped her blatantly,
and a word of praise from their idol was worth more than a pocketful of
sovereigns. Nan sat gingerly down on the chintz-covered sofa and smoothed her
clean pinafore with an unconscious gesture of pride.
Mem’sab took a book of
etiquette from the table beside her, and opened it, looking at Nan expectantly.
“Go ahead, dear.”
“Good morning, ma’am. How do
you do? I am quite well. I trust your family is fine,” Nan began, and waited
for Mem’sab’s response, which would be her cue for the next polite phrase. The
point here was not that Nan needed to learn manners and mannerly speech, but
that she needed to lose the dreadful cadence of the streets which would doom
her to poverty forever, quite literally. Nan spoke the commonplace phrases
slowly and with great care, as much care as Sarah took over her French. An
accurate analogy, since the King’s English, as spoken by the middle and upper
classes, was nearly as much a foreign language to Nan as French and Latin were
to Sarah.
She had gotten the knack of
it by thinking of it exactly as a foreign language, once Mem’sab had proven to
her how much better others would treat her if she didn’t speak like a
guttersnipe. She was still fluent in the language of the streets, and often
went out with Karamjit as a translator when he went on errands that took him
into the slums or Chinatown. But gradually her tongue became accustomed to the
new cadences, and her habitual speech marked her less as “untouchable.”
“Beautifully done,” Mem’sab
said warmly, when Nan finished her recitation. “Your new assignment will be to
pick a poem and recite it to me, properly spoken, and memorized.”
“I think I’d loike—like—to
do one uv Mr. Kipling’s, Mem’sab,” Nan said shyly.
Mem’sab laughed. “I hope you
aren’t thinking of ‘Gunga Din,’ you naughty girl!” the woman mock-chided. “It
had better be one from the Jungle Book, or Puck of Pook’s Hill, not something written
in Cockney dialect!”
“Yes, Mem’sab, I mean, no,
Mem’sab,” Nan replied quickly. “I’ll pick a right’un. Mebbe the lullaby for the
White Seal?” Ever since discovering Rudyard Kipling’s stories, Nan had been
completely enthralled; Mem’sab often read them to the children as a go-to-bed
treat, for the stories often evoked memories of India for the children sent
away.
“That will do very well. Are
you ready for the other lesson?” Mem’sab asked, so casually that no one but Nan
would have known that the “other lesson” was one not taught in any other school
in this part of the world.
“I—think so.” Nan got up and
closed the parlor door, signaling to all the world that she and Mem’sab were
not to be disturbed unless someone was dying or the house was burning down.
For the next half hour,
Mem’sab turned over cards, and Nan called out the next card before she turned
it over. When the last of the fifty-two lay in the face-up pile before her, Nan
waited expectantly for the results.
“Not at all bad; you had
almost half of them, and all the colors right,” Mem’sab said with content. Nan
was disappointed; she knew that Mem’sab could call out all fifty-two without an
error, though Sarah could only get the colors correctly.
“Sahib brought me some
things from the warehouse for you to try your ‘feeling’ on,” Mem’sab continued.
“I truly think that is where you true Gifts lie, dear.”
Nan sighed mournfully. “But
knowin’ the cards would be a lot more useful,” she complained.
“What, so you can grow up to
cheat foolish young men out of their inheritances?” Now Mem’sab actually
laughed out loud. “Try it, dear, and the Gift will desert you at the time you
need it most! No, be content with what you have and learn to use it wisely, to
help yourself and others.”
“But card-sharpin’ would help
me, an’ I could use takin’s to help others,” Nan couldn’t resist protesting,
but she held out her hand for the first object anyway.
It was a carved beetle; very
interesting, Nan thought, as she waited to “feel” what it would tell her. It
felt like pottery or stone, and it was of a turquoise-blue, shaded with pale
brown. “It’s old,” she said finally. Then, “Really old. Old as—Methusalum! It
was made for an important man, but not a king or anything.”
She tried for more, but
couldn’t sense anything else. “That’s all,” she said, and handed it back to
Mem’sab.
“Now this.” The carved
beetle that Mem’sab gave her was, for all intents and purposes, identical to
the one she’d just held, but immediately Nan sensed the difference.
“Piff! That ’un’s new!” She
also felt something else, something of intent, a sensation she readily
identified since it was one of the driving forces behind commerce in
Whitechapel. “Feller as made it figgers he’s put one over on somebody.”
“Excellent, dear!” Mem’sab
nodded. “They are both scarabs, a kind of good-luck carving found with
mummies—which are, indeed, often as old as Methuselah. The first one I knew was
real, as I helped unwrap the mummy myself. The second, however, was from a
shipment that Sahib suspected were fakes.”
Nan nodded, interested to
learn that this Gift of hers had some practical application after all. “So
could be I could tell people when they been gammoned?”
“Very likely, and quite
likely that they would pay you for the knowledge, as long as they don’t think
that you are trying to fool them as well. Here, try this.” The next object
placed in Nan’s hand was a bit of jewelry, a simple silver brooch with “gems”
of cut iron. Nan dropped it as soon as it touched her hand, overwhelmed by fear
and horror.
“Lummy!” she cried, without
thinking. “He killed her!”
Who “they” were, she had no
sense of; that would require more contact, which she did not want to have. But
Mem’sab didn’t seem at all surprised; she just shook her head very sadly and put
the brooch back in a little box which she closed without a word.
She held out a child’s
locket on a worn ribbon. “Don’t be afraid, Nan,” she coaxed, when Nan was
reluctant to accept it, “This one isn’t bad, I promise you.”
Nan took the locket
gingerly, but broke out into a smile when she got a feeling of warmth,
contentment, and happiness. She waited for other images to come, and sensed a
tired, but exceedingly happy woman, a proud man, and one—no, two strong and
lively mites with the woman.
Slyly, Nan glanced up at her
mentor. “She’s ’ad twins, ’asn’t she?” Nan asked. “When was it?”
“I just got the letter and
the locket today, but it was about two months ago,” Mem’sab replied. “The lady
is my best friend’s daughter, who was given that locket by her mother for luck
just before the birth of her children. She sent it to me to have it duplicated,
as she would like to present one to each little girl.”
“I’d ’ave it taken apart,
an’ put half of th’ old ’un with half of the new ’un,” Nan suggested, and
Mem’sab brightened at the idea.
“An excellent idea, and I
will do just that. Now, dear, are you feeling tired? Have you a headache? We’ve
gone on longer than we did at your last lesson.”
Nan nodded, quite ready to
admit to both.
Mem’sab gave her still-thin
shoulders a little hug, and sent her off to her afternoon lessons.
Figuring came harder to Nan
than reading; she’d already had some letters before she had arrived, enough to
spell out the signs on shops and stalls and the like and make out a word here
and there on a discarded broadsheet. When the full mystery of letters had been
disclosed to her, mastery had come as naturally as breathing, and she was
already able to read her beloved Kipling stories with minimal prompting. But
numbers were a mystery arcane, and she struggled with the youngest of the
children to comprehend what they meant. Anything past one hundred baffled her
for the moment, and Sarah did her best to help her friend.
After arithmetic came
geography, but for a child to whom Kensington Palace was the end of the
universe, it was harder to believe in the existence of Arabia than of
Fairyland, and Heaven was quite as real and solid as South America, for she
reckoned that she had an equal chance of seeing either. As for how all those
odd names and shapes fit together... well!
History came easier,
although she didn’t yet grasp that it was as real as yesterday, for to Nan it
was just a chain of linking stories. Perhaps that was why she loved the Kipling
stories so much, for she often felt as out-of-place as Mowgli when the
human-tribe tried to reclaim him.
At the end of lessons Nan
usually went to help Nadra in the nursery; the children there, ranging in age
from two to five, were a handful when it came to getting them bathed and put to
bed. They tried to put off bedtime as long as possible; there were a half-dozen
of them, which was just enough that when Nadra had finally gotten two of them
into a bathtub, the other four had escaped, and were running about the nursery
like dripping, naked apes, screaming joyfully at their escape.
But tonight, Karamjit came
for Nan and Sarah as soon as the history lesson was over, summoning them with a
look and a gesture. As always, the African parrot Grey sat on Sarah’s shoulder;
she was so well-behaved, even to the point of being housebroken, that he was
allowed to be with her from morning to night. The handsome grey parrot with the
bright red tail had adapted very well to this new sort of jungle when Sarah’s
mother brought her to her daughter; Sarah was very careful to keep her warm and
out of drafts, and she ate virtually the same food that she did. Mem’sab seemed
to understand the kind of diet that let her thrive; she allowed her only a
little of the chicken and beef, and made certain that she filled up on carrots
and other vegetables before she got any of the curried rice she loved so much.
In fact, she often pointed to Grey as an example to the other children who
would rather have had sweets than green stuffs, telling them that Grey was
smarter than they were, for she knew what would make her grow big and strong.
Being unfavorably compared to a bird often made the difference with the little
boys in particular, who were behaving better at table since the parrot came to
live at the school.
So Grey came along when
Karamjit brought them to the door of Mem’sab’s parlor, cautioning them to wait
quietly until Mem’sab called them.
“What do you suppose can be
going on?” Sarah asked curiously, while Grey turned her head to look at Nan
with her penetrating pale-yellow eyes.
Nan shushed her, pressing
her ear to the keyhole to see what she could hear. “There’s another lady in
there with Mem’sab, and she sounds sad,” Nan said at last.
Grey cocked her head to one
side, then turned his head upside down as she sometimes did when something
puzzled her. “Hurt,” she said quietly, and made a little sound like someone
crying.
Nan had long since gotten
used to the fact that Grey noticed everything that went on around her and
occasionally commented on it like a human person. If the wolves in the Jungle Book
could think and talk, she reasoned, why not a parrot? She accepted Grey’s
abilities as casually as Sarah, who had raised her herself and had no doubt of
the intelligence of her feathered friend.
Had either of them acquired
the “wisdom” of their elders, they might have been surprised that Mem’sab
accepted those abilities too.
Nan jumped back as footsteps
warned her that the visitor had risen and was coming towards the door; she and
Sarah pressed themselves back against the wall as the strange woman passed
them, her face hidden behind a veil. She took no notice of the children, but
turned back to Mem’sab.
“Katherine, I believe going
to this woman is a grave mistake on your part,” Mem’sab told her quietly. “You
and I have been friends since we were in school together; you know that I would
never advise you against anything you felt so strongly about unless I thought
you might be harmed by it. This woman does you no good.”
The woman shook her head.
“How could I be harmed by it?” she replied, her voice trembling. “What possible
ill could come of this?”
“A very great deal, I fear,”
Mem’sab, her expression some combination of concern and other emotions that Nan
couldn’t read.
Impulsively, the woman
reached out for Mem’sab’s hand. “Then come with me!” she cried. “If this woman
cannot convince you that she is genuine, and that she provides me with what I
need more than breath, then I will not see her again.”
Mem’sab’s eyes looked keenly
into her friend’s, easily defeating the concealment of the veil about her
features. “You are willing to risk her unmasking as a fraud, and the pain for
you that will follow?”
“I am certain enough of her
that I know that you will be convinced, even against your will,” the woman
replied with certainty.
Mem’sab nodded. “Very well,
then. You and I—and these two girls—will see her together.”
Only now did the woman
notice Sarah and Nan, and her brief glance dismissed them as unimportant. “I
see no reason why you wish to have children along, but if you can guarantee
they will behave, and that is what it takes you to be convinced to see Madame
Varonsky, then so be it. I will have an invitation sent to you for the next
seance.”
Mem’sab smiled, and patted
her friend’s hand. “Sometimes children see things more clearly than we adults
do,” was all she replied. “I will be waiting for that invitation.”
The woman squeezed Mem’sab’s
hand, then turned and left, ushered out by one of the native servants. Mem’sab
gestured to the two girls to precede her into the parlor, and shut the door
behind them.
“What did you think of the
lady, Nan?” asked their teacher, as the two children took their places
side-by-side, on the loveseat they generally shared when they were in the
parlor together.
Nan assessed the woman as
would any street-child; economics came first. “She’s in mournin’ an’ she’s
gentry,” Nan replied automatically. “Silk gowns fer mournin’ is somethin’ only
gentry kin afford. I ’spect she’s easy t’ gammon, too; paid no attention t’us,
an’ I was near enough t’ get me hand into ’er purse an’ her never knowin’ till
she was home. An’ she didn’ ask fer a cab t’ be brung, so’s I reckon she keeps
’er carriage. That’s not jest gentry, tha’s quality.”
“Right on all counts, my
dear,” Mem’sab said, a bit grimly. “Katherine has no more sense than one of the
babies, and never had. Her parents didn’t spoil her, but they never saw any
reason to educate her in practical matters. They counted on her finding a
husband who would do all her thinking for her, and as a consequence, she is
pliant to any hand that offers mastery. She married into money; her husband has
a very high position in the Colonial Government. Nothing but the best school
would do for her boy, and a spoiled little lad he was, too.”
Grey suddenly began
coughing, most realistically, a series of terrible, racking coughs, and Sarah
turned her head to look into her eyes. Then she turned back to Mem’sab. “He’s
dead, isn’t he?” the child said, quite matter-of-factly. “He got sick, and
died. That’s who she’s in mourning for.”
“Quite right, and as Grey
showed us, he caught pneumonia.” Mem’sab looked grim. “Poor food, icy rooms,
and barbaric treatment—” She threw up her hands, and shook her head. “There’s
no reason to go on; at least Katherine has decided to trust her twins to us
instead of the school her husband wanted. She’ll bring them to Nadra tomorrow,
Nan, and they’ll probably be terrified, so I’m counting on you to help Nadra
soothe them.”
Nan could well imagine that
they would be terrified; not only were they being left with strangers, but they
would know, at least dimly, that their brother had come away to school and
died. They would be certain that the same was about to happen to them.
“That, however, is not why I
sent for you,” Mem’sab continued. “Katherine is seeing a medium; do either of
you know what that is?”
Sarah and Nan shook their
heads, but Grey made a rude noise. Sarah looked shocked, but Nan giggled and
Mem’sab laughed.
“I am afraid that Grey is
correct in her opinions, for the most part,” the woman told them. “A medium is
a person who claims to speak with the dead, and help the souls of the dead
speak to the living.” Her mouth compressed, and Nan sensed her carefully
controlled anger. “All this is accomplished for a very fine fee, I might add.”
“Ho! Like them gypsy
palm-readers, an’ the conjure-men!” Nan exclaimed in recognition. “Aye, there’s
a mort’a gammon there, and that’s sure. You reckon this lady’s been gammoned,
then?”
“Yes I do, and I would like
you two—three—” she amended, with a penetrating look at Grey, “—to help me
prove it. Nan, if there is trickery afoot, do you think you could catch it?”
Nan had no doubt. “I bet I
could,” she said. “Can’t be harder’n keepin’ a hand out uv yer pocket—or
grabbin’ the wrist once it’s in.”
“Good girl—you must remember
to speak properly, and only when you’re spoken to, though,” Mem’sab warned her.
“If this so-called medium thinks you are anything but a gently-reared child,
she might find an excuse to dismiss the seance.” She turned to Sarah. “Now, if
by some incredible chance this woman is genuine, could you and Grey tell?”
Sarah’s head bobbed so hard
her curls tumbled into her eyes. “Yes, Mem’sab,” she said, with as much
confidence as Nan. “M’luko, the Medicine Man that gave me Grey, said that Grey
could tell when the spirits were there, and someday I might, too.”
“Did he, now?” Mem’sab gave
her a curious look. “How interesting! Well, if Grey can tell us if there are
spirits or not, that will be quite useful enough for our purposes. Are either
of you afraid to go with me? I expect the invitation will come quite soon.”
Again, Mem’sab had that grim look. “Katherine is too choice a fish to be
allowed to swim free for long; the Madame will want to keep her under her
control by ‘consulting’ with her as often as possible.”
Sarah looked to Nan for
guidance, and Nan thought that her friend might be a little fearful, despite
her brave words. But Nan herself only laughed. “I ain’t afraid of nobody’s sham
ghost,” she said, curling her lip scornfully. “An’ I ain’t sure I’d be afraid
uv a real one.”
“Wisely said, Nan; spirits
can only harm us as much as we permit them to.” Nan thought that Mem’sab looked
relieved, like maybe she hadn’t wanted to count on their help until she
actually got it. “Thank you, both of you.” She reached out and took their
hands, giving them a squeeze that said a great deal without words. “Now, both
of you get back to whatever it was that I took you from. I will let you know in
plenty of time when our excursion will be.”
It was past the babies’
bed-time, so Sarah and Nan went together to beg Maya for their delayed tea, and
carried the tray themselves up to the now-deserted nursery. They set out the
tea-things on one of the little tables, feeling a mutual need to discuss
Mem’sab’s strange proposition.
Grey had her tea, too; a
little bowl of curried rice, carrots, and beans. They set it down on the table
and Grey climbed carefully down from Sarah’s shoulder to the table-top, where
she selected a bean and ate it neatly, holding in on one claw while she took
small bites, watching them both.
“Do you think there might be
real ghosts?” Sarah asked immediately, shivering a little. “I mean, what if
this lady can bring real ghosts up?”
Grey and Nan made the same
rude noise at the same time; it was easy to tell where Grey had learned it.
“Garn!” Nan said scornfully. “Reckon that Mem’sab only ast if you could tell as
an outside bet. But the livin’ people might be the ones as is dangerous.” She
ate a bite of bread-and-butter thoughtfully. “I dunno as Mem’sab’s thought that
far, but that Missus Katherine’s a right easy mark, an’ a fat ’un, too. People
as is willin’ t’ gammon the gentry might not be real happy about bein’ found
out.”
Sarah nodded. “Should we
tell Karamjit?” she asked, showing a great deal more common sense than she
would have before Nan came into her life. “Mem’sab’s thinking hard about her
friend, but she might not think a bit about herself.”
“Aye, an’ Selim an’ mebbe
Sahib, too.” Nan was a little dubious about that, having only seen the lordly
Sahib from a distance.
“I’ll ask Selim to tell
Sahib, if you’ll talk to Karamjit,” Sarah said, knowing the surest route to the
Master from her knowledge of the School and its inhabitants. “But tell me what
to look for! Three sets of eyes are better than two.”
“Fust thing, whatever they want
you t’ look at is gonna be what makes a fuss—noises or voices or whatever,” Nan
said after a moment of thought. “I dunno how this medium stuff is gonna work,
but that’s what happens when a purse gets nicked. You gotta get the mark’s attention,
so he won’t be thinkin’ of his pocket. So whatever they want us to look at, we
look away from. That’s the main thing. Mebbe Mem’sab can tell us what these
things is s’pposed to be like—if I know what’s t’ happen, I kin guess what
tricks they’re like t’ pull.” She finished her bread and butter, and began her
own curry; she’d quickly acquired a taste for the spicy Indian dishes that the
other children loved. “If there ain’t ghosts, I bet they got somebody dressed
up t’ look like one.” She grinned slyly at Grey. “An’ I betcha a good pinch or
a bite would make ’im yell proper!”
“And you couldn’t hurt a
real ghost with a pinch.” Sarah nodded. “I suppose we’re just going to have to
watch and wait, and see what we can do.”
Nan, as always, ate as a
street-child would, although her manners had improved considerably since coming
to the School; she inhaled her food rapidly, so that no one would have a chance
to take it from her. She was already finished, although Sarah hadn’t eaten more
than half of her tea. She put her plates aside on the tray, and propped her
head up on her hands with her elbows on the table. “We got to talk to Karamjit
an’ Selim, that’s the main thing,” she said, thinking out loud. “They might
know what we should do.”
“Selim will come home with
Sahib,” Sarah answered, “But Karamjit is probably leaving the basket at the
back gate right now, and if you run, you can catch him alone.”
Taking that as her hint, for
Sarah had a way of knowing where most people were at any given time, Nan jumped
to her feet and ran out of the nursery and down the back stairs, flying through
the kitchen, much to the amusement of the cook, Maya. She burst through the
kitchen door, and ran down the path to the back gate, so quickly she hardly
felt the cold at all, though she had run outside without a coat. Mustafa swept
the garden paths free of snow every day, but so soon after Boxing Day there
were mounds of the stuff on either side of the path, snow with a faint tinge of
gray from the soot that plagued London in almost every weather.
Nan saw the Sikh, Karamjit,
soon enough to avoid bouncing off his legs. The tall, dark, immensely dignified
man was bundled up to the eyes in a heavy quilted coat and two mufflers, his
head wrapped in a dark brown turban. Nan no longer feared him, though she
respected him as only a street child who has seen a superior fighter in action
could. “Karamjit!” she called, as she slowed her headlong pace. “I need t’ talk
wi’ ye!”
There was an amused glint in
the Sikh’s dark eyes, though only much association with him allowed Nan to see
it. “And what does Missy Nan wish to speak of that she comes racing out into
the cold like the wind from the mountains?”
“Mem’sab ast us t’ help her
with somethin’—there’s this lady as is a meedeeyum that she thinks is gammonin’
her friend. We—tha’s Sarah an’ Grey an’ me—we says a’course, but—” Here Nan
stopped, because she wasn’t entirely certain how to tell an adult that she
thought another adult didn’t know what she was getting herself into. “I just
got a bad feelin’,” she ended, lamely.
But Karamjit did not
belittle her concerns, nor did he chide her. Instead, his eyes grew even
darker, and he nodded. “Come inside, where it is warm,” he said, “I wish you to
tell me more.”
He sat her down at the
kitchen table, and gravely and respectfully asked Maya to serve them both tea.
He took his with neither sugar nor cream, but saw to it that Nan’s was heavily
sweetened and at least half milk. “Now,” he said, after she had warmed herself
with the first sip, “Tell me all.”
Nan related everything that
had happened from the time he came to take both of them to the parlor to when
she had left Sarah to find him. He nodded from time to time, as he drank tea
and unwound himself from his mufflers and coat.
“I believe this,” he said
when she had finished. “I believe that Mem’sab is a wise, good, and brave
woman. I also believe that she does not think that helping her friend will mean
any real danger. But the wise, the good, and the brave often do not think as
the mean, the bad, and the cowardly do—the jackals that feed on the pain of
others will turn to devour those who threaten their meal. And a man can die
from the bite of a jackal as easily as that of a tiger.”
“So you think my bad feelin’
was right?” Nan’s relief was total; not that she didn’t trust Mem’sab,
but—Mem’sab didn’t know the kind of creatures that Nan did.
“Indeed I do—but I believe
that it would do no good to try to persuade Mem’sab that she should not try to
help her friend.” Karamjit smiled slightly, the barest lifting of the corners
of his mouth. “Nevertheless, Sahib will know how best to protect her without
insulting her great courage.” He placed one of his long, brown hands on Nan’s
shoulder. “You may leave it in our hands, Missy Nan—though we may ask a thing
or two of you, that we can do our duty with no harm to Mem’sab’s own plans. For
now, though, you may simply rely upon us.”
“Thenkee, Karamjit,” Nan
sighed. He patted her shoulder, then unfolded his long legs and rose from his
chair with a slight bow to Maya. Then he left the kitchen, allowing Nan to
finish her tea and run back up to the nursery, to give Sarah and Grey the
welcome news that they would not be the only ones concerned with the protection
of Mem’sab from the consequences of her own generous nature.
Sahib took both Nan and
Sarah aside just before bedtime, after Karamjit and Selim had been closeted
with him for half an hour. “Can I ask you two to come to my study with me for a
bit?” he asked quietly. He was often thought to be older than Mem’sab, by those
who were deceived by the streaks of grey at each temple, the stiff way that he
walked, and the odd expression in his eyes, which seemed to Nan to be the eyes
of a man who had seen so much that nothing surprised him anymore. Nan had
trusted him the moment that she set eyes on him, although she couldn’t have
said why.
“So long as Nadra don’t
fuss,” Nan replied for both of them. Sahib smiled, his eyes crinkling at the
corners.
“I have already made it
right with Nadra,” he promised. “Karamjit, Selim, and Mem’sab are waiting for
us.”
Nan felt better immediately,
for she really hadn’t wanted to go sneaking around behind Mem’sab’s back. From
the look that Sarah gave her, Nan reckoned that she felt the same.
“Thank you, sir,” Sarah said
politely. “We will do just as you say.”
Very few of the children had
ever been inside the sacred precincts of Sahib’s office; the first thing that
struck Nan was that it did not smell of tobacco, but of sandalwood and
cinnamon. That surprised her; most of the men she knew smoked although their
womenfolk disapproved of the habit, but evidently Sahib did not, not even in
his own private space.
There was a tiger-skin on
the carpet in front of the fire, the glass eyes in its head glinting cruelly in
a manner unnerving and lifelike. Nan shuddered, and thought of Shere Khan, with
his taste for man-cub. Had this been another terrible killer of the jungle? Did
tigers leave vengeful ghosts?
Heavy, dark drapes of some
indeterminate color shut out the cold night. Hanging on the walls, which had
been papered with faded gold arabesque upon a ground of light brown, was a
jumble of mementos from Sahib’s life in India: crossed spears, curious daggers
and swords, embroidered tapestries of strange characters twined with exotic
flowers and birds, carved plaques of some heavy, dark wood inlaid with brass,
bizarre masks that resembled nothing less than brightly painted demons. On the
desk and adorning the shelves between the books were statues of half- and
fully-naked gods and goddesses, more bits of carving in wood, stone, and ivory.
Bookshelves built floor-to-ceiling held more books than Nan had known existed.
Sahib took his place behind his desk, while Mem’sab perched boldly on the edge
of it. Selim and Karamjit stood beside the fire like a pair of guardian statues
themselves, and Sahib gestured to the children to take their places on the
over-stuffed chairs on either side of the fireplace. Nan waited tensely,
wondering if Mem’sab was going to be angry because they went to others with
their concerns. Although it had not fallen out so here, she was far more used
to being in trouble over something she had done than in being encouraged for
it, and the reflexes were still in place.
“Karamjit tells me that you
four share some concern over my planned excursion to the medium, Nan,” Mem’sab
said, with a smile that told Nan she was not in trouble for her meddling, as
she had feared. “They went first to Sahib, but as we never keep secrets from
one another, he came to me. And I commend all four of you for your concern and
caution, for after some discussion, I was forced to agree with it.”
“And I would like to commend
both of you, Nan, Sarah, for having the wisdom to go to an adult with your
concerns,” added Sahib, with a kindly nod to both of them that Nan had not
expected in the least. “That shows great good sense, and please, continue to do
so in the future.”
“I thought—I was afeared—”
Nan began, then blurted out all that she’d held in check. “Mem’sab is ’bout the
smartest, goodest lady there is, but she don’t know bad people! Me, I know! I
seed ’em, an’ I figgered that they weren’t gonna lay down an’ lose their fat
mark without a fight!”
“And very wise you were to
remind us of that,” Sahib said gravely. “I pointed out to Mem’sab that we have
no way of knowing where this medium is from, and she is just as likely to be a
criminal as a lady—more so, in fact. Just because she speaks, acts, and dresses
like a lady, and seeks her clients from among the gentry, means nothing; she
could easily have a crew of thugs as her accomplices.”
“As you say, Sahib,”
Karamjit said gravely. “For, as it is said, it is a short step from a deception
to a lie, from a lie to a cheat, from a cheat to a theft, and from a theft to a
murder.”
Mem’sab blushed. “I will
admit that I was very angry with you at first, but when my anger cooled, it was
clear that your reasoning was sound. And after all, am I some Gothic heroine to
go wide-eyed into the villains’ lair, never suspecting trouble? So, we are here
to plan what we all shall do to free Katherine of her dangerous obsession.”
“Me, I needta know what this
see-ants is gonna be like, Mem’sab,” Nan put in, sitting on the edge of the
chair tensely. “What sorta things happens?”
“Generally, the participants
are brought into a room that has a round table with chairs circling it.”
Mem’sab spoke directly to Nan as if to an adult, which gave Nan a rather
pleasant, if shivery, feeling. “The table often has objects upon it that the
spirits will supposedly move; often a bell, a tambourine and a megaphone are
among them, though why spirits would feel the need to play upon a tambourine
when they never had that urge in life is quite beyond me!”
She laughed, as did Sahib;
the girls giggled nervously.
“At any rate, the
participants are asked to sit down and hold hands. Often the medium is tied to
the chair; her hands are secured to the arms, and her feet to the legs.” Nan
noticed that Mem’sab used the word “legs” rather than the mannerly “limbs,” and
thought the better of her for that. “The lights are brought down, and the seance
begins. Most often objects are moved, including the table, the tambourine is
played, the bell is rung, all as a sign that the spirits have arrived. The
spirits most often speak by means of raps on the table, but Katherine tells me
that the spirit of her little boy spoke directly, through the floating
megaphone. Sometimes a spirit will actually appear; in this case, it was just a
glowing face of Katherine’s son.”
Nan thought that over for a
moment. “Be simple ’nuff t’ tilt the chair an’ get yer legs free by slippin the
rope down over the chair-feet,” she observed, “An’ all ye hev t’ do is have
chair-arms as isn’t glued t’ their pegs, an’ ye got yer arms free too. Be easy
enough to make all kind uv things dance about when ye got arms free. Be easy
’nuff t’ make th’ table lift if’s light enough, an’ rap on it, too.”
Sahib stared at her in
astonishment. “I do believe that you are the most valuable addition to our
household in a long time, young lady!” he said with delight that made Nan
blush. “I would never have thought of any of that.”
“I dunno how ye’d make
summat glow, though,” Nan admitted.
“Oh, I know that,” Sarah
said casually. “There’s stuff that grows in rotten wood that makes a glow; some
of the magic-men use it to frighten people at night. It grows in swamps, so it
probably grows in England, too.”
Karamjit grinned, his teeth
very white in his dark face, and Selim nodded with pride. “What is it that the
Black Robe’s Book says, Sahib? Out of the mouths of babes comes wisdom?”
Mem’sab nodded. “I should have
told you more, earlier,” she said ruefully. “Well, that’s mended in time. Now
we all know what to look for.”
Grey clicked her beak
several times, then exclaimed, “Ouch!”
“Grey is going to try to
bite whatever comes near her,” Sarah explained.
“I don’t want her venturing
off your arm,” Mem’sab cautioned. “I won’t chance her getting hurt.” She turned
to Sahib. “The chances are, the room we will be in will have very heavy
curtains to prevent light from entering or escaping, so if you and our warriors
are outside, you won’t know what room we are in.”
“Then I’d like one of you
girls to exercise childish curiosity and go immediately to a window and look
out,” Sahib told them. “At least one of us will be where we can see both the
front and the back of the house. Then if there is trouble, one of you signal us
and we’ll come to the rescue.”
“Just like the shining
knights you are, all three of you,” Mem’sab said warmly, laying her hand over
the one Sahib had on the desk. “I think that is as much of a plan as we can
lay, since we really don’t know what we will find in that house.”
“It’s enough, I suspect,”
Sahib replied. “It allows two of us to break into the house if necessary, while
one goes for the police.” He stroked his chin thoughtfully with his free hand.
“Or better yet, I’ll take a whistle; that will summon help in no time.” He
glanced up at Mem’sab. “What time did you say the invitation specified?”
“Seven,” she replied
promptly. “Well after dark, although Katherine tells me that her sessions are
usually later, nearer midnight.”
“The medium may anticipate
some trouble from sleepy children,” Sahib speculated. “But that’s just a
guess.” He stood up, still holding his wife’s hand, and she slid off her perch
on the desk and turned to face them. “Ladies, gentlemen, I think we are as
prepared as we can be for trouble. So let us get a good night’s sleep, and hope
that we will not find any.”
Then Sahib did a surprising
thing; he came around his desk, limping stiffly, and bent over Nan and took her
hand. “Perhaps only I of all of us can realize how brave you were to confide
your worry to an adult you have only just come to trust, Nan,” he said, very
softly, then grinned at her so impishly that she saw the little boy he must
have been in the eyes of the mature man. “Ain’t no doubt ’uv thet, missy. Yer a
cunnin’ moit, an’ ’ad more blows then pats, Oi reckon,” he continued in street
cant, shocking the breath out of her. “I came up the same way you are now,
dear, thanks to a very kind man with no son of his own. I want you to remember
that to us here at this school, there is no such thing as a stupid question,
nor will we dismiss any worry you have as trivial. Never fear to bring either
to an adult.”
He straightened up, as Mem’sab
came to his side, nodding. “Now both of you try and get some sleep, for every
warrior knows that sleep is more important than anything else before a battle.”
Ha, Nan thought, as she and
Sarah followed Karamjit out of the study. There’s gonna be trouble; I kin feel
it, an’ so can he. He didn’ get that tiger by not havin’ a nose fer trouble.
But—I reckon the trouble’s gonna have its hands full with him.
The medium lived in a modest
house just off one of the squares in the part of London that housed those
clerks and the like with pretensions to a loftier address than their purses
would allow, an area totally unfamiliar to Nan. The house itself had seen
better days, though, as had most of the other homes on that dead-end street,
and Nan suspected that it was rented. The houses had that peculiarly faded look
that came when the owners of a house did not actually live there, and those who
did had no reason to care for the property themselves, assuming that was the
duty of the landlord.
Mem’sab had chosen her gown
carefully, after discarding a walking-suit, a mourning-gown and veil, and a
peculiar draped garment she called a sari, a souvenir of her time in India. The
first, she thought, made her look untrusting, sharp, and suspicious, the second
would not be believed had the medium done any research on the backgrounds of
these new sitters, and the third smacked of mockery. She chose instead one of
the plain, simple gowns she preferred, in the mode called “Artistic Reform”;
not particularly stylish, but Nan thought it was a good choice. For one thing,
she could move in it; it was looser than the highest mode, and did not require
tight corseting. If Mem’sab needed to run, kick, or dodge, she could.
The girls followed her
quietly, dressed in their starched pinafores and dark dresses, showing the best
possible manners, with Grey tucked under Sarah’s coat to stay warm until they
got within doors.
It was quite dark as they
mounted the steps to the house and rang the bell. It was answered by a
sour-faced woman in a plain black dress, who ushered them into a sitting room
and took their coats, with a startled glance at Grey as he popped her head out
of the front of Sarah’s jacket. She said nothing, however, and neither did Grey
as she climbed to Sarah’s shoulder.
The woman returned a moment
later, but not before Nan had heard the faint sounds of surreptitious steps on
the floor above them. She knew it had not been the sour woman, for she had
clearly heard those steps going off to a closet and returning. If the
seance-room was on this floor, then, there was someone else above.
The sitting-room had been
decorated in a very odd style. The paintings on the wall were all either
religious in nature, or extremely morbid, at least so far as Nan was concerned.
There were pictures of women weeping over graves, of angels lifting away the
soul of a dead child, of a woman throwing herself to her death over a cliff, of
the spirits of three children hovering about a man and woman mourning over
pictures held in their listless hands. There was even a picture of a girl
crying over a dead bird lying in her hand.
Crystal globes on stands
decorated the tables, along with bouquets of funereal lilies whose heavy, sweet
scent dominated the chill room. The tables were all draped in fringed cloths of
a deep scarlet. The hard, severe furniture was either of wood or upholstered in
prickly horsehair. The two lamps had been lit before they entered the room, but
their light, hampered as it was by heavy brocade lamp shades, cast more shadows
than illumination.
They didn’t have to wait
long in that uncomfortable room, for the sour servant departed for a moment,
then returned, and conducted them into the next room.
This, evidently, was only an
antechamber to the room of mysteries; heavy draperies swathed all the walls,
and there were straight-backed chairs set against them on all four walls. The
lily-scent pervaded this room as well, mixed with another, that Nan recognized
as the Hindu incense that Nadra often burned in her own devotions.
There was a single picture
in this room, on the wall opposite the door, with a candle placed on a small
table beneath it so as to illuminate it properly. This was a portrait in oils
of a plump woman swathed in pale draperies, her hands clasped melodramatically
before her breast, her eyes cast upwards. Smoke, presumably that of incense,
swirled around her, with the suggestion of faces in it. Nan was no judge of
art, but Mem’sab walked up to it and examined it with a critical eye.
“Neither good nor bad,” she
said, measuringly. “I would say it is either the work of an unknown
professional or a talented amateur.”
“A talented amateur,” said
the lady that Mem’sab had called “Katherine,” as she too was ushered into the
chamber. “My dear friend Lady Harrington painted it; it was she who introduced
me to Madame Varonsky.” Mem’sab turned to meet her, and Katherine glided across
the floor to take her hand in greeting. “It is said to be a very speaking
likeness,” she continued. “I certainly find it so.”
Nan studied the woman
further, but saw nothing to change her original estimation. Katherine wore yet
another mourning gown of expensive silk and mohair, embellished with jet
beadwork and fringes that shivered with the slightest movement. A black hat
with a full veil perched on her carefully coiffed curls, fair hair too dark to
be called golden, but not precisely brown either. Her full lips trembled, even
as they uttered words of polite conversation, her eyes threatened to fill at
every moment, and Nan thought that her weak chin reflected an overly
sentimental and vapid personality. It was an assessment that was confirmed by
her conversation with Mem’sab, conversation that Nan ignored in favor of
listening for other sounds. Over their heads, the floor creaked softly as
someone moved to and fro, trying very hard to be quiet. There were also some
odd scratching sounds that didn’t sound like mice, and once, a dull thud, as of
something heavy being set down a little too hard.
Something was going on up
there, and the person doing it didn’t want them to notice.
At length the incense-smell
grew stronger, and the drapery on the wall to the right of the portrait parted,
revealing a door, which opened as if by itself.
Taking that as their
invitation, Katherine broke off her small talk to hurry eagerly into the sacred
precincts; Mem’sab gestured to the girls to precede her, and followed on their
heels. By previous arrangement, Nan and Sarah, rather than moving towards the
circular table at which Madame Varonsky waited, went to the two walls likeliest
to hold windows behind their heavy draperies before anyone could stop them.
It was Nan’s luck to find a
corner window overlooking the street, and she made sure that some light from
the room within flashed to the watcher on the opposite side before she dropped
the drapery.
“Come away from the windows,
children,” Mem’sab said in a voice that gently chided. Nan and Sarah
immediately turned back to the room, and Nan assessed the foe.
Madame Varonsky’s
portraitist had flattered her; she was decidedly paler than she had been
painted, with a complexion unpleasantly like wax. She wore similar draperies,
garments which could have concealed anything. The smile on her thin lips did
not reach her eyes, and she regarded the parrot on Sarah’s shoulder with
distinct unease.
“You did not warn me about
the bird, Katherine,” the woman said, her voice rather reedy.
“The bird will be no
trouble, Madame Varonsky,” Mem’sab soothed. “It is better behaved than a good
many of my pupils.”
“Your pupils—I am not
altogether clear on why they were brought,” Madame Varonsky replied, turning
her sharp black eyes on Nan and Sarah.
“Nan is an orphan, and wants
to learn what she can of her parents, since she never knew them,” Mem’sab said
smoothly. “And Sarah lost a little brother to an African fever.”
“Ah.” Madame Varonsky’s
suspicions diminished, and she gestured to the chairs around the table.
“Please, all of you, do take your seats, and we can begin at once.”
As with the antechamber,
this room had walls swathed in draperies, which Nan decided could conceal an
entire army if Madame Varonsky were so inclined. The only furnishings besides
the seance table and chairs were a sinuous statue of a female completely
enveloped in draperies on a draped table, with incense burning before it in a
small charcoal brazier of brass and cast iron.
The table at which Nan took
her place was very much as Mem’sab had described. A surreptitious bump as Nan
took her seat on Mem’sab’s left hand proved that it was quite light and easy to
move; it would be possible to lift it with one hand with no difficulty at all.
On the draped surface were some of the objects Mem’sab had described; a
tambourine, a megaphone, a little hand-bell. There were three lit candles in a
brass candlestick in the middle of the table, and some objects Nan had not
expected—a fiddle and bow, a rattle, and a pair of handkerchiefs.
This is where we’re supposed
to look, Nan realized, as Sarah took her place on Mem’sab’s right, next to
Madame Varonsky, and Katherine on Nan’s left, flanking the medium on the other
side. She wished she could look up, as Grey was unashamedly doing, her head
over to one side as one eye peered upwards at the ceiling above them.
“If you would follow dear
Katherine’s example, child,” said Madame, as Katherine took one of the
handkerchiefs and used it to tie the medium’s wrist to the arm of her chair.
She smiled crookedly. “This is to assure you that I am not employing any
trickery.” Sarah, behaving with absolute docility, did the same on the other
side, but cast Nan a knowing look as she finished. Nan knew what that meant;
Sarah had tried the arm of the chair and found it loose.
“Now, if you all will hold
hands, we will beseech the spirits to attend on us.” The medium turned her
attention to Mem’sab as Katherine and Sarah stretched their arms across the
table to touch hands, and the rest reached for the hands of their partners.
“Pray do not be alarmed when the candles are extinguished; the spirits are shy
of light, for they are so delicate that it can destroy them. They will put out
the candles themselves.”
For several long moments
they sat in complete silence, as the incense smoke thickened and curled around.
Then although there wasn’t a single breath of moving air in the room, the
candle-flames began to dim, one by one, and go out!
Nan felt the hair on the
back of her neck rising, for this was a phenomena she could not account for—to
distract herself, she looked up quickly at the ceiling just in time to see a
faint line of light in the form of a square vanish.
She felt better immediately.
However the medium had extinguished the candles, it had to be a trick. If she
had any real powers, she wouldn’t need a trapdoor in the ceiling of her
seance-room. As she looked back down, she realized that the objects on the
table were all glowing with a dim, greenish light.
“Spirits, are you with us?”
Madame Varonsky called. Nan immediately felt the table begin to lift.
Katherine gasped; Mem’sab
gave Nan’s hand a squeeze; understanding immediately what she wanted, Nan let
go of it. Now Mem’sab was free to act as she needed.
“The spirits are strong
tonight,” Madame murmured, as the table settled again. “Perhaps they will give
us a further demonstration of their powers.”
Exactly on cue, the
tambourine rose into the air, shaking uncertainly; first the megaphone joined
it, then the rattle, then the hand-bell, all floating in mid-air, or seeming
to. But Nan was looking up, not at the objects, and saw a very dim square, too
dim to be called light, above the table. A deeper shadow moved back and forth
over that area, and Nan’s lip curled with contempt. She had no difficulty in
imagining how the objects were “levitating”; one by one, they’d been pulled up
by wires or black strings, probably hooked by means of a fishing-rod from the
room above.
Now rapping began on the
table, to further distract their attention. Madame began to ask questions.
“Is there a spirit here for
Helen Harton?” she asked. One rap—that was a no; not surprising, since the
medium probably wouldn’t want to chance making a mistake with an adult. “Is
there a spirit here for Katherine Boughmont?” Two raps—yes. “Is this the spirit
of a child?” Two raps, and already Katherine had begun to weep softly. “Is it
the spirit of her son, Edward?” Two raps plus the bell rang and the rattle and
tambourine played, and Nan found herself feeling very sorry for the poor, silly
woman.
“Are there other spirits
here tonight?” Two raps. “Is there a spirit for the child Nan?” Two raps. “Is
it her father?” One rap. “Her mother?” Two raps, and Nan had to control her
temper, which flared at that moment. She knew very well that her mother was
still alive, though at the rate she was going, she probably wouldn’t be for
long, what with the gin and the opium and the rest of her miserable life. But
if she had been a young orphan, her parents dead in some foreign land like one
or two of the other pupils, what would she not have given for the barest word
from them, however illusory? Would she not have been willing to believe
anything that sounded warm and kind?
There appeared to be no spirit
for Sarah, which was just as well. Madame Varonsky was ready to pull out the
next of her tricks, for the floating objects settled to the table again.
“My spirit-guide was known
in life as the great Paganini, the master violinist,” Madame Varonsky announced.
“As music is the food of the soul, he will employ the same sweet music he made
in life to bridge the gap between our world and the next. Listen, and he will
play this instrument before us!”
Fiddle music appeared to
come from the instrument on the table, although the bow did not actually move
across the strings. Katherine gasped.
“Release the child’s hand a
moment and touch the violin, dear Katherine,” the medium said, in a kind, but
distant voice. Katherine evidently let go of Sarah’s hand, since she still had
hold of Nan’s, and the shadow of her fingers rested for a moment on the neck of
the fiddle.
“The strings!” she cried.
“Helen, the strings are vibrating as they are played!”
If this was supposed to be
some great, long-dead music-master, Nan didn’t think much of his ability. If
she wasn’t mistaken, the tune he was playing was the child’s chant of “London
Bridge Is Falling Down,” but played very, very slowly, turning it into a solemn
dirge.
“Touch the strings, Helen!”
Katherine urged. “See for yourself!”
Nan felt Mem’sab lean
forward, and another hand-shadow fell over the strings. “They are
vibrating....” she said, her voice suddenly uncertain.
The music ground to a halt
before she took her hand away—and until this moment, Grey had been as silent as
a stuffed bird on a lady’s hat. Now she did something.
She began to sing. It was a
very clever imitation of a fiddle, playing a jig-tune that a street-musician
often played at the gate of the School, for the pennies the pupils would throw
to him.
She quit almost immediately,
but not before Mem’sab took her hand away from the strings, and Nan sensed that
somehow Grey had given her the clue she needed to solve that particular trick.
But the medium must have
thought that her special spirit was responsible for that scrap of jig-tune, for
she didn’t say or do anything.
Nan sensed that all of this
was building to the main turn, and so it was.
Remembering belatedly that
she should be keeping an eye on that suspicious square above. She glanced up
just in time to see it disappear. As the medium began to moan and sigh, calling
on Paganini, Nan kept her eye on the ceiling. Sure enough, the dim line of
light appeared again, forming a greyish square. Then the lines of the square
thickened, and Nan guessed that a square platform was being lowered from above.
Pungent incense smoke
thickened about them, filling Nan’s nose and stinging her eyes so that they
watered, and she smothered a sneeze. It was hard to breathe, and there was
something strangely, disquietingly familiar about the scent.
The medium’s words, spoken
in a harsh, accented voice, cut through the smoke. “I, the great Paganini, am
here among you!”
Once again, Katherine
gasped.
“Harken and be still! Lo,
the spirits gather!”
Nan’s eyes burned, and for a
moment, she felt very dizzy; she thought that the soft glow in front of her was
due to nothing more than eyestrain, but the glow strengthened, and she blinked
in shock as two vague shapes took form amid the writhing smoke.
For a new brazier, belching
forth such thick smoke that the coals were invisible, had “appeared” in the
center of the table, just behind the candlestick. It was above this brazier
that the glowing shapes hovered, and slowly took on an identifiable form. Nan
felt dizzier, sick; the room seemed to turn slowly around her.
The faces of a young woman
and a little boy looked vaguely out over Nan’s head from the cloud of smoke.
Katherine began to weep—presumably she thought she recognized the child as her
own. But the fact that the young woman looked nothing like Nan’s mother (and in
fact, looked quite a bit like the sketch in an advertisement for Bovril in the Times)
woke Nan out of her mental haze.
And so did Grey.
She heard the flapping of
wings as Grey plummeted to the floor. She sneezed urgently, and shouted aloud,
“Bad air! Bad air!”
And that was the moment when
she knew what it was that was so familiar in the incense smoke, and why she
felt as tipsy as a sailor on shore leave.
“Hashish!” she choked,
trying to shout, and not managing very well. She knew this scent; on the rare
occasions when her mother could afford it—and before she’d turned to
opium—she’d smoked it in preference to drinking. Nan could only think of one
thing; that she must get fresh air in here before they all passed out!
She shoved her chair back
and staggered up and out of it; it fell behind her with a clatter that seemed
muffled in the smoke. She groped for the brazier as the two faces continued to
stare, unmoved and unmoving, from the thick billows. Her hands felt like a pair
of lead-filled mittens; she had to fight to stay upright as she swayed like a
drunk. She didn’t find it, but her hands closed on the cool, smooth surface of
the crystal ball.
That was good enough; before
the medium could stop her, she heaved up the heavy ball with a grunt of effort,
and staggered to the window. She half-spun and flung the ball at the draperies
hiding the unseen window; it hit the drapes and carried them into the glass,
crashing through it, taking the drapery with it.
A gush of cold air, as fresh
as air in London ever got, streamed in through the broken panes, as bedlam
erupted in the room behind Nan.
She dropped to the floor,
ignoring everything around her for the moment, as she breathed in the air
tainted only with smog, waiting for her head to clear. Grey ran to her and
huddled with her rather than joining her beloved mistress in the poisonous
smoke.
Katherine shrieked in
hysteria, there was a man as well as the medium shouting, and Mem’sab cursed
all of them in some strange language. Grey gave a terrible shriek and half-ran,
half flew away. Nan fought her dizziness and disorientation; looked up to see
that Mem’sab was struggling in the grip of a stringy fellow she didn’t
recognize. Katherine had been backed up into one corner by the medium, and
Sarah and Grey were pummeling the medium with small fists and wings. Mem’sab
kicked at her captor’s shins and stamped on his feet with great effect, as his
grunts of pain demonstrated.
Nan struggled to her feet,
guessing that she must have been the one worst affected by the hashish fumes.
She wanted to run to Mem’sab’s rescue, but she couldn’t get her legs to work.
In a moment the sour-faced woman would surely break into the room, turning the
balance in favor of the enemy—
The door did crash open
behind her just as she thought that, and she tried to turn to face the new foe—
But it was not the foe.
Sahib charged through the
broken door, pushing past Nan to belabor the man holding Mem’sab with his cane;
within three blows the man was on the floor, moaning. Before Nan fell, Karamjit
caught her and steadied her. More men flooded into the room, and Nan let
Karamjit steer her out of the way, concentrating on those steadying breaths of
air. She thought perhaps that she passed out of consciousness for a while, for
when she next noticed anything, she was sitting bent over in a chair, with
Karamjit hovering over her, frowning. At some point the brazier had been
extinguished, and a policeman was collecting the ashes and the remains of the
drug-laced incense.
Finally her head cleared; by
then, the struggle was over. The medium and her fellow tricksters were in the
custody of the police, who had come with Sahib when Nan threw the crystal ball
through the window. Sahib was talking to a policeman with a sergeant’s badge,
and Nan guessed that he was explaining what Mem’sab and Katherine were doing
here. Katherine wept in a corner, comforted by Mem’sab. The police had brought
lamps into the seance-room from the sitting-room, showing all too clearly how
the medium had achieved her work; a hatch in the ceiling to the room above,
through which things could be lowered; a magic-lantern behind the drapes, which
had cast its image of a woman and boy onto the thick brazier smoke. That, and
the disorienting effect of the hashish had made it easy to trick the clients.
Finally the bobbies took
their captives away, and Katherine stopped crying. Nan and Sarah sat on the
chairs Karamjit had set up, watching the adults, Grey on her usual perch on
Sarah’s shoulder. A cushion stuffed in the broken window cut off most of the
cold air from outside.
“I can’t believe I was so
foolish!” Katherine moaned. “But—I wanted to see Edward so very much—”
“I hardly think that falling
for a clever deception backed by drugs makes you foolish, ma’am,” Sahib said
gravely. “But you are to count yourself fortunate in the loyalty of your
friends, who were willing to place themselves in danger for you. I do not think
that these people would have been willing to stop at mere fraud, and neither do
the police.”
His last words made no
impression on Katherine, at least none that Nan saw—but she did turn to Mem’sab
and clasp her hand fervently. “I thought so ill of you, that you would not believe
in Madame,” she said tearfully. “Can you forgive me?”
Mem’sab smiled. “Always, my
dear,” she said, in the voice she used to soothe a frightened child. “Since
your motive was to enlighten me, not to harm me—and your motive in seeking your
poor child’s spirit—”
A chill passed over Nan at
that moment that had nothing to do with the outside air. She looked sharply at
Sarah, and saw a very curious thing.
There was a very vague and
shimmery shape standing in front of Sarah’s chair; Sarah looked at it with an
intense and thoughtful gaze, as if she was listening to it. More than that,
Grey was doing the same. Nan got the distinct impression that it was asking her
friend for a favor.
Grey and Sarah exchanged a
glance, and the parrot nodded once, as grave and sober as a parson, then spread
her wings as if sheltering Sarah like a chick.
The shimmering form melted
into Sarah; her features took on a mischievous expression that Nan had never
seen her wear before, and she got up and went directly to Katherine.
The woman looked up at her,
startled at the intrusion of a child into an adult discussion, then paled at
something she saw in Sarah’s face.
“Oh, Mummy, you don’t have
to be so sad,” Sarah said in a curiously hollow, piping soprano. “I’m all
right, really, and it wasn’t your fault anyway, it was that horrid Lord
Babbington that made you and Papa send me to Overton. But you must stop crying,
please! Laurie is already scared of being left, and you’re scaring her more.”
Now, Nan knew very well that
Mem’sab had not said anything about a Lord Babbington, nor did she and Sarah
know what school the poor little boy had been sent to. Yet, she wasn’t
frightened; in fact, the protective but calm look in Grey’s eye made her feel
rather good, as if something inside her told her that everything was going
wonderfully well.
The effect on Katherine was
not what Nan had expected, either.
She reached out tentatively,
as if to touch Sarah’s face, but stopped short. “This is you, isn’t it,
darling?” she asked in a whisper.
Sarah nodded—or was it
Edward who nodded? “Now, I’ve got to go, Mummy, and I can’t come back. So don’t
look for me, and don’t cry anymore.”
The shimmering withdrew,
forming into a brilliant ball of light at about Sarah’s heart, then shot off,
so fast that Nan couldn’t follow it. Grey pulled in her wings, and Sarah shook
her head a little, then regarded Katherine with a particularly measuring
expression before coming back to her chair and sitting down.
“Out of the mouths of babes,
Katherine,” Mem’sab said quietly, then looked up at Karamjit. “I think you and
Selim should take the girls home now; they’ve had more than enough excitement
for one night.”
Karamjit bowed silently, and
Grey added her own vote. “Wan’ go back,” she said in a decidedly firm tone.
When Selim brought their coats and helped them to put them on, Grey climbed
right back inside Sarah’s, and didn’t even put her head back out again.
They didn’t have to go home
in a cab, either; Katherine sent them back to the school in her own carriage,
which was quite a treat for Nan, who’d had no notion that a private carriage
would come equipped with such comforts as heated bricks for the feet and fur
robes to bundle in. Nan didn’t say anything to Sarah about the aftermath of the
seance until they were alone together in their shared dormitory room.
Only then, as Grey took her
accustomed perch on the headboard of Sarah’s bed, did Nan look at her friend
and ask—
“That last—was that—?”
Sarah nodded. “I could see
him, clear as clear, too.” She smiled a little. “He must’ve been a horrid brat
at times, but he really wasn’t bad, just spoiled enough to be a bit selfish,
and he’s been—learning better manners, since.”
All that Nan could think of
to say was—”Ah.”
“Still; I think it was a bit
rude of him to have been so impatient with his Mother,” she continued, a little
irritated.
“I ’spose that magic-man
friend of yours is right,” Nan replied, finally. “About what you c’n do, I
mean.”
“Oh! You’re right!” Sarah
exclaimed. “But you know, I don’t think I could have done it if Grey hadn’t
been there. I thought if I ever saw a spirit I’d be too scared to do anything,
but I wasn’t afraid, since she wasn’t.”
The parrot took a little
piece of Sarah’s hair in her beak and preened it.
“Wise bird,” replied Grey.